0% found this document useful (0 votes)
9 views246 pages

B1 Level Answers + Script

The document contains a series of dialogues and test answers related to various topics such as movies, homework, sports, and personal experiences. Each test includes multiple-choice answers along with audioscripts that capture conversations between characters discussing their thoughts and experiences. The content is designed for B1 level learners to practice listening and comprehension skills.

Uploaded by

muzafarxbox
Copyright
© All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
9 views246 pages

B1 Level Answers + Script

The document contains a series of dialogues and test answers related to various topics such as movies, homework, sports, and personal experiences. Each test includes multiple-choice answers along with audioscripts that capture conversations between characters discussing their thoughts and experiences. The content is designed for B1 level learners to practice listening and comprehension skills.

Uploaded by

muzafarxbox
Copyright
© All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-1:
8 C 9 A 10 A 11 B 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
8
Girl: That was a great film.
Boy: If you’re into that kind of thing. I haven’t seen anything as bad as that for a long time.
Girl: Oh, I didn’t know that you don’t like horror movies.
Boy: I usually do, but I’m not sure that’s how I’d describe that film – there was only one bit I
found at all scary. It’s strange because the main characters were played by two quite big stars,
but I don’t know how they got to be so famous if that’s the best they can do. It was all very
disappointing …
Girl: Oh, dear!
9
Girl: How’s your biology homework going?
Boy: Not very well. I can’t work out what I have to do.
Girl: In that case, it probably won’t be much use looking online. You can find all the information
you need there, but if you don’t know what to do with it, it’s not really going to help you. Have you
seen Mr Benson about it?
Boy: No, not yet.
Girl: It might be best, as he set the homework in the first place. Take your coursebook with you
when you go so he can explain everything to you using that.
Boy: Good idea!
10
Girl: Did you see that interview with Denny Starr?
Boy: I did. He seemed so nervous at the beginning. And it wasn’t that the guy asking the questions
was especially rude or asked him anything difficult.
Girl: I know. But once he relaxed a bit, he really spoke about lots of things I didn’t know anything
about.
Boy: I don’t think I’ve ever heard him talk in so much detail about his life before. In other
interviews I’ve heard, he’s generally given answers that had very little to do with what he’s been
asked.
Girl: Yes, like he didn’t really understand the question.
Boy: Exactly.
11
Boy: How was the diving trip?
Girl: It was great, but I learned to dive in a swimming pool where the water doesn’t move around
much. Going underwater in the sea was a completely different experience. I seemed to become
totally unable to do all those things that I got so good at in the pool.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 1


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: So is it something you’d like to have another go at?


Girl: I’ll think about it, but if I do, I need to make sure I go with my cousin Martin again. It gave me
a bit more confidence to be underwater with someone I knew.
12
Girl: Hey, did you see the big basketball game last night?
Boy: I did, yeah.
Girl: That was awesome when their star player jumped so high he nearly landed on that
cameraman! Wouldn’t you love to be able to do that? You’d be a great player – you’re real tall.
Boy: I guess. I can’t say I understand much about the rules, though.
Girl: Some of them are quite complicated, especially the ones about how long you can hold onto
the ball for. But the best way to understand them is to play – that way you’d learn them as you
were having fun.
Boy: Maybe one day.
13
Girl: How was London?
Boy: Great, except we got lost.
Girl: Oh no! How?
Boy: My dad had this guide book which was at least 20 years old. We told him lots of things would
be different now, so most of what was in it would be wrong. Even though it was old, it was
probably more accurate than the information a guy on the street gave us for getting to Big Ben –
we ended up somewhere completely different! We only used the book for getting around on the
Underground in the end – the map’s almost the same as it was back then.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 2


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-2:
8 A 9 C 10 C 11 B 12 A 13 C
Audioscript
8
Girl: I enjoyed that.
Boy: Me, too. I don’t think either of them played a wrong note in the whole performance.
Girl: I think I heard a few – perhaps they hadn’t had enough time to play together before the
concert.
Boy: Maybe. I still wish they’d played a little longer, though – maybe a few more songs.
Girl: I thought it was about right as it was. That kind of music sounds so much better in a smaller
place – I don’t know why they chose to have it there.
Boy: The two guitars are too quiet for somewhere that size.
9
Girl: That was an amazing play.
Boy: It was. Over half the people watching were school students like us.
Girl: I guess that’s not so unusual for an afternoon performance. Most adults are working then.
Boy: I wonder what it’s like being an actor. They must have to practise so hard.
Girl: The ones in this play certainly had. I found it difficult to believe how realistic they managed
to make all of the characters.
Boy: Yes, and I couldn’t predict what would happen at the end.
Girl: I studied this play in literature classes last year, so I already knew what was going to happen.
10
Girl: How was the art course?
Boy: Fantastic – I learned so much.
Girl: So what was the best bit?
Boy: There were so many, but if I could only choose one, I think it’d be how the teacher got us to
practise techniques in a number of different ways. I thought I’d spend most of the time drawing or
painting, but we did so many other activities, all of which were quite useful for developing our
skills.
Girl: Sounds good.
Boy: And I never knew there were so many jokes about artists! Our teacher seemed to know
them all, which was great fun.
11
Boy: Are you walking to school with us tomorrow?
Girl: I might go on my own, actually. I don’t want to be late.
Boy: But you’ll enjoy it more if you come with us.
Girl: It’s often no different to walking by myself because you all walk slowly along with your
headphones on.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 3


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: We show each other things on our phones, too.


Girl: That’s true, which is great in our free time, but not when it means arriving half an hour later
than I would if I was by myself. At least you’re polite enough to move out of the way for other
people on the pavement, though.
12
Girl: How’s your new house?
Boy: I like it. The colours aren’t what I’d ever choose, but my mom says we can easily fix that. My
bedroom’s much bigger than the one at the old house, which annoyed my brother as his is quite
small – like the rest of the house.
Girl: I thought people usually moved to be somewhere bigger …
Boy: Sure, but where it is is important, too, and the new one’s much closer to my parents’ work
and to school, too. I can walk there in five minutes, which means I get to stay longer in bed in the
morning.
13
Boy: How was your weekend?
Girl: Good, thanks. We went for a day out by the river.
Boy: The river near here? It’s easy to walk to, but it’s not like there’s lots to do there.
Girl: I know. That’s why we went somewhere else, about an hour away in the car. It’s dangerous
for swimming because the river’s really deep and wide there, but we’ve never found a better place
to sit and eat. I know you’d probably prefer somewhere which has lots of activities, but it’s really
peaceful, so we just sit on the grass, enjoy our food and relax.
Boy: Sounds nice.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 4


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-3:

8 A 9 B 10 C 11 A 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
8
Boy: Hey, what happened to you? You just disappeared from the theatre yesterday.
Girl: Erm, well, I did tell the teacher I wanted to leave.
Boy: What was wrong? I didn’t think the play was that terrible?
Girl: It was nothing to do with that. You know what it’s like when you get toothache, though – you
can’t concentrate on anything. The teacher phoned my mum who contacted the dentist, but they
couldn’t see me yesterday, even though it was a bit of an emergency. So I had to go this morning.
Boy: It seems you’ll do anything to avoid going to the theatre!
9
Girl: The party was fun, wasn’t it?
Boy: It was. It was a bit of a shame that everyone was told to bring anything they wanted, rather
than making a list of who should bring what.
Girl: Yes, it certainly meant that lots of people brought the same thing.
Boy: Not having lots of stuff to choose from doesn’t bother me as long as you like what’s there,
which I did.
Girl: Me too. I didn’t see anyone eating what I brought – apart from us of course.
Boy: No, but that meant there was more for us.
10
Girl: Did you see the soccer match last night?
Boy: Sure did, and although I can’t say I was unhappy at the result, it wasn’t the most interesting
game I’ve ever seen.
Girl: They’ve played better, I agree, but I didn’t think they did that badly, especially that guy you
really like.
Boy: He did well, but he was the only one who did. Imagine if he got injured and couldn’t play for
a few weeks – they’d lose every game.
Girl: Let’s hope that never happens. Anyway, I thought it was a pretty entertaining game.
Boy: I’ve seen our school team play more interesting soccer.
11
Boy: Have you been in the new science building yet?
Girl: I had a class in there this morning. It’s a shame they’ve used all the stuff for experiments
from the old building.
Boy: Yes, it’d be nice to have new things like that as well as a new building. What do you think of
it inside?
Girl: The colours are nice and those paintings make it look really modern.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 5


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: I don’t think we share the same taste in colours and paintings, but I’m really impressed with
the design of the outside.
Girl: I can’t think of a building I like the look of more.
12
Boy: Have you started your blog yet?
Girl: I’ve already written five entries and have had nice comments from some readers. That really
makes it seem like it was worth doing, despite all the issues I had when I was getting it ready. The
website used said it was easy to create a blog – and maybe it is for someone who’s a bit more
familiar with IT than I am.
Boy: Have you put pictures in, too?
Girl: A few. I think I need more, though, to get it looking as good as some of the other blogs I’ve
seen.
13
Boy: Are you still enjoying your Chinese lessons?
Girl: I am, but we always focus on reading and writing. I know they’re important, but I want to
learn other skills, too.
Boy: There’s loads of stuff online for improving reading and writing, but less for speaking, I guess.
It’s the same problem with coursebooks – they’re good for exercises on grammar and things, but
you obviously can’t talk to a book!
Girl: No …
Boy: But lots of people learn Chinese these days, so there must be groups that meet just to
practise talking to each other. Why not search for one of those?
Girl: Hmm, maybe.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 6


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-4:
8 B 9 C 10 C 11 A 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
8
Boy: Hi, Angela. Waiting for the bus again? It’s just as quick to walk into town from here, you
know.
Girl: I know it’s strange, especially as it takes 15 minutes to walk here from home, but I work in a
shop in town on Saturdays with a friend. She lives further out of town, so she gets the bus in. It’s a
bit more sociable if we go together.
Boy: But how do you know which one she’ll be on?
Girl: The buses come every 10 minutes on weekdays, but only once an hour on Saturdays, so I
know exactly which one to get!
9
Boy: Have you seen the video for Lionheart’s new song yet?
Girl: Yes, I watched it last night. It’s really not like their other stuff, but I couldn’t stop listening to
it.
Boy: Maybe I’ll start to like it once I’ve heard it a few more times. I don’t think I’ve ever seen such
an incredible video, though.
Girl: I think they hired a Hollywood director to make it – you can tell because of the quality.
Boy: The dancing looked like something from another planet!
Girl: I thought it was the costumes that created that effect. The routines themselves were quite
like other videos I’ve seen.
10
Girl: My parents say I can get a new phone for my birthday.
Boy: Hey, that’s great. So which model are you going to choose? Reading what phone buyers have
written about their phones is probably more reliable than listening to a sales assistant telling you
which one is best. I’ve heard that some phone companies give stores money for selling more of
their phones, especially the newer, more expensive ones, so I’m not sure you could trust what
they’d say.
Girl: That’s useful to know. I’ll ask my parents what they think is the best way to choose, too.
Boy: Good idea.
11
Boy: You don’t usually look so happy at the end of a school day.
Girl: That’s because we’ve usually been given a load of maths problems to do for the next day.
Not today, though.
Boy: But you’re good at maths – you usually get high marks.
Girl: I know, but it still takes time. Anyway, you know I finished that physics project last week?
Boy: Yeah …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 7


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: Well, the teacher was so impressed with it, she gave me a book.
Boy: Wow, that’s great. Next thing you know, they’ll make you captain of the football team.
Girl: That’d be unbelievable, but fairly unlikely as I hardly ever play football.
12
Girl: How was the weekend away?
Boy: Good, thanks. I had a really nice time with my cousins – we get on really well, and I always
miss them for a few days after we come home. My aunt and uncle love having us there too,
although he got a bit angry when my brother broke one of their vases.
Girl: Oh, dear!
Boy: Fortunately, it wasn’t an old one, but I’ve never heard my uncle shout like that
before. Visiting them for only a weekend’s a bit cruel in a way. It feels like you’ve only just arrived
and suddenly it’s time to go.
13
Boy: Have you tried the new pool? It’s awesome.
Girl: I went with my family last week. I had a few goes on those tubes with the water in – you
know, the ones you can go down really fast and end up in the pool.
Boy: Oh yes, that was amazing.
Girl: I think I’d go back just to play on them. Lots of teenagers used the old pool too, but only
because they didn’t have anywhere else to go. The water in this new one is nowhere near as
warm, but it’s better in a way because it keeps you moving.
Boy: True.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 8


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-5:
8 C 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
8
Girl: Hi Frankie, how was snowboarding?
Boy: The first few days were great! The snow was perfect and I was learning some great new
tricks …
Girl: Don’t tell me! You hit a tree and had to stop.
Boy: That’s what happens to some people, isn’t it – a broken leg. In my case, it was a lot more
boring. My stomach found it hard getting used to the local food, so I had to spend a few days in
bed. Then my sister borrowed my board and managed to drop it from the ski lift. It didn’t break,
but we never got it back.
Girl: Oh, no!
9
Boy: The new school library’s great.
Girl: Everything being self-service takes a bit of getting used to – I found it quite useful having
someone there to ask if you couldn’t find something.
Boy: True, but the new system works well.
Girl: It’s pretty quiet there, too. I can’t concentrate at home because of my little sister, so I always
stay how, to get everything done for the next day’s lessons.
Boy: Good idea.
Girl: Yes, and of course I’d never have the books I needed because I always forgot to get them
before I went home, which isn’t a problem if I stay.
10
Girl: I like that new clothes shop.
Boy: Me, too. The one I usually use is so far out of town, I hardly ever go there.
Girl: Me, neither, and you have to get two different buses.
Boy: The people who work at the new shop couldn’t be nicer.
Girl: The lady who served me was a bit miserable, actually, but the others seemed OK. It’s not too
expensive either.
Boy: Maybe it’s because it’s only just opened, but I found the range of styles they had was quite
narrow.
Girl: I think the other shop definitely has a bigger variety of things for teenagers.
11
Girl: What do you think of the new boy, Finnian?
Boy: He seems pretty cool to me. He certainly knows lots of jokes and funny stories – we could
hardly stop him talking at break time, not that we really wanted him to. And he answered at least
twice as many questions as I did during the maths class.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 9


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: You’re really good at maths too.


Boy: Maybe … but he also knew a lot about what we were discussing in our groups in the history
class. I tried to get him to come to training for the school football team, but I didn’t manage to
persuade him.
12
Boy: Has your brother gone away to college yet?
Girl: Yeah, he left yesterday. I thought I’d be relieved not to have to listen to music coming from
his bedroom all evening. I couldn’t believe it when tears actually started running down my cheeks
last night, and this morning, too, when he wasn’t at breakfast.
Boy: I never knew you two were so close.
Girl: We weren’t. You just get used to someone being there, though, and when they’re suddenly
not, it’s strange, even though I know he hasn’t gone hundreds of kilometres away like some
students do. He’ll probably be back most weekends.
13
Girl: Are you still having tennis coaching?
Boy: Yes, but I’m progressing really slowly. The teacher wants me to learn each skill well before
we move onto the next. Does your coach do that?
Girl: Pretty much, yes.
Boy: Even though I practise between the sessions with my family, I’m sure I’d improve more
quickly if someone showed me a few other skills. That’s why I need your help. When I watch you
play, I can see you doing loads of things I’d like to be able to do, but I forget how you do them as
soon as I go home.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 10


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-6:
8 A 9 B 10 C 11 A 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
8
Boy: That class was fun. I like working in groups like that.
Girl: I guess it means there are five of you to set up the experiment, so you can get it done in half
the time. How much I enjoy it, though, depends very much on who I’m asked to work with. I
usually don’t get along so well with at least one of the others, which kind of spoils things.
Boy: I suppose it does.
Girl: But at least you can solve problems and work out what’s happening better if there are five
minds thinking about it.
9
Boy: That was a great museum.
Girl: If I went again, though, I’d suggest not bothering with that room with those old pots.
Boy: I liked them – they really helped me to imagine what life was like back then. You seemed to
enjoy the shop though – you were in there for ages.
Girl: I wish I’d taken more money.
Boy: It gives us a good reason to come back – there was this amazing puzzle of some ancient ruins
I really wanted.
Girl: It was a long way to come to see a museum of that size, though.
Boy: Yes, I imagined it’d be much bigger.
10
Boy: I really enjoyed that. I came so close to getting the ball in the net a few times, too.
Girl: If you all play as well as that in every game, you should start actually beating some of the
other teams.
Boy: I hope so. We’ve all trained really hard this season, and our new coach has made a big
difference. I think I probably played better than usual because Mum and Dad could both get here
for once. I’m always really cheerful when they do.
Girl: Well I’m sure they enjoyed it as much as I did.
Boy: I hope so.
11
Girl: What did you think of that poem we read in the literature class?
Boy: It always takes me a while to work out what old poems like that are about, but that’s what I
like about them.
Girl: Me too. It’d be a shame if you understood everything after you’d only read it once.
Boy: I can’t help wondering why the poet made it so long, though.
Girl: I’m sure it’d be possible to say the same thing in half as many words.
Boy: It would, and without changing the message of what he wants to say.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 11


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: Absolutely!
12
Boy: So what do you think of my essay?
Girl: I think it’s OK. The teacher will definitely be surprised by what you chose to write about, but
in a good way – it’s certainly original.
Boy: So you think it’s ready to hand in then?
Girl: If I were you, I’d look at the way it’s written. You’ve included plenty of information about the
topic and some good examples to support what you’re saying, but it’s written a bit like a list at the
moment. You need to see if you can get it to flow more, so it sounds more natural.
Boy: I’ll try!
13
Boy: You know that video game you lent me?
Girl: Yes, have you got it with you?
Boy: I haven’t actually. I put it in my bag last night to bring to school today, but I think my brother
saw it and probably wanted to play it, too. I think he took it out and it’ll be in his bedroom
somewhere now.
Girl: Oh dear!
Boy: He didn’t know I said I’d give it back to you today. I’m sure he’d be extremely grateful if we
could keep it for a couple of extra days.
Girl: That’s OK, no problem.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 12


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-7:
8 B 9 A 10 B 11 B 12 A 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a film.
Man: So, Storm Cloud. You saw the film last night, didn’t you?
Woman: Yes, me and lots of teenagers all excited about seeing their action heroes. I enjoyed it! I
think anyone would like it, whatever their age – lots of action, an exciting plot, a happy ending.
Man: It’s quite a change for the director isn’t it? An action film, I mean.
Woman: Yes. This is his first attempt at a film like this – he’s mainly worked on TV programmes.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about someone the woman lives with.
Man: I hear you’re still having a problem with the new person in your flat?
Woman: Yes, his name’s Steve. He doesn’t do anything to keep the place tidy. He refuses to do
any washing-up and never offers to cook. He says he just forgets to do things and that I should
leave a note to remind him of jobs that need doing.
Man: I think you should ask him to find somewhere else to live.
Woman: Well, I didn’t really want to do that, but I think you’re right. He’s never going to change.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a woman telling a friend about a holiday she is going on.
Man: So, are you looking forward to your holiday next week?
Woman: Yes, I really am. I’ll be leaving next Friday. I booked it just in time before the price went
up.
Man: You’re very brave to go on your own, aren’t you? Won’t you feel a bit lonely?
Woman: Well, I’ll be visiting friends once I’m there and they’ve promised to introduce me to their
friends, so I don’t think that will be a problem. I’m hoping to do some long walks in the countryside
if the weather isn’t too bad.
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about meeting a relation at the airport.
Man: Yes, so I’m meeting my cousin at the airport. Her plane arrives at about 9.00. I can’t wait to
see her for the first time and find out what she’s like.
Woman: You’ve never seen each other before? How are you going to recognise each other?
Man: Well, I was going to take a sign so that she could find me in the crowds, but everybody
carries them, don’t they? So, I’ve decided I’m going to wear something colourful instead. I haven’t
told her yet, so I need to send her an email.
Now listen again.
12 You will hear two friends talking about getting to the train station.
Woman: What time shall we leave for the station in the morning?
Man: I was thinking about 9.00. That will give us time to catch the train.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 13


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Woman: Shall I come to your house or will you come to mine?


Man: Well, you’re nearer to the station so I could get the bus to you. But they take ages at that
time in the morning and I’m worried we’ll be late and miss the train. It’s more expensive, but a taxi
might be quicker. I can order it and come to you.
Woman: OK. Let’s do that.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a new laptop.
Man: I see you’ve bought a new laptop.
Woman: Yes, I’ve had the old one for years and I thought I’d get a newer model.
Man: What do you think of it?
Woman: It starts up really quickly, though to be fair the old one wasn’t that slow. But it’s so much
lighter. I stopped taking the old one to work in the end as it was so heavy.
Man: Oh, the new one sounds much better, I’m sure you’ll be pleased with it.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 14


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-8:
8 C 9 B 10 C 11 B 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a new café in town.
Man: I’ve just been into the shopping centre. There’s a new cafe by the station.
Woman: Yes, I know. I went there last week. I think it opened some time ago actually.
Man: I only looked through the window. It looks really nice.
Woman: Yes, it’s nice and bright and the staff are really helpful. It’s simple fast food. People
might just want to grab something to eat before they catch a train, so it should do well.
Man: OK, I’ll go in and try it next time I’m in town.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about litter.
Man: Have you seen all that litter blowing around in the street outside?
Woman: I know. It looks awful, doesn’t it?
Man: I don’t know what we pay our taxes for. Why aren’t the street cleaners out there tidying
up?
Woman: I know, but people don’t seem to think about dropping litter. We shouldn’t expect there
to be a street cleaner running around behind everyone tidying up their rubbish.
Man: Yes, I suppose you’re right. But it does look so messy and someone needs to keep the
streets clean.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a woman telling a friend about a new car.
Man: Well done! I hear you’ve passed your driving test. Congratulations!
Woman: Yes, I’m thinking about buying myself a nice little car now.
Man: Really? What kind are you looking for?
Woman: Nothing too expensive, that’s for sure. A small one to drive around town. At first I wasn’t
sure I wanted to use it to go to the office, but I might car-share with a colleague to save on petrol.
Man: That’s a good idea. Just make sure you find someone you like to talk to in the morning!
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a website they use.
Man: You travel a lot by train, don’t you? Do you book your tickets online?
Woman: Yes, I use Train Track. It’s my favourite site when I need to book anything.
Man: Yes, me too. Some sites make it difficult to choose times and dates but that’s never a
problem on that site.
Woman: I know. But have you noticed that sometimes the price of tickets goes up if you don’t
order straightaway? If you search the same journey later, it’s more expensive.
Man: Yes, I’ve noticed that too.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 15


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You will hear two friends talking about a photography competition.


Woman: I heard about your brother winning that photography competition – that was very good.
Man: I know. His photos are amazing.
Woman: What kind of photos does he take?
Man: The prize was for his photos of strangers in the street.
Woman: Are people happy for him to take their photo?
Man: He takes it first and then shows it to them on his camera. He always tells them what it’s for
and unless they ask him to delete it, he uses it. He says that people rarely complain. Some of them
ask him to email them a copy.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about the man’s birthday.
Woman: Happy birthday, Michael. Have you had a nice day?
Man: Yes, it’s been wonderful. Everyone has been so kind.
Woman: Did the kids get you anything nice?
Man: My daughter got up early and made me breakfast in bed. Toast and a cup of coffee.
Woman: That must have been lovely.
Man: It was. I’m certainly not used to that. My son was supposed to help but he forgot and woke
up late. But he heard us laughing and joking and joined us when I was opening my presents.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 16


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-9:
8 B 9 A 10 A 11 C 12 C 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a dance performance.
Man: Did you get the email? The date for the dance performance is 11 May.
Woman: Yes, I know. I’m sure we’ll have enough time to prepare. We’ve got three lessons before
the big day.
Man: Yes, I think we’ll be OK. We’ve already learnt the basic steps, haven’t we?
Woman: But the dance teacher’s away on holiday for the next two weeks so we’ll have to practise
on our own. I’m not sure we have anyone in the group who’s strong enough to take charge. You
know how we argue so much.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a book they’ve read.
Woman: So, did you like that book?
Man: I loved it. I read it from cover to cover in one day!
Woman: Really? It took me a while to finish it. But I wasn’t familiar with the author and I found it
rather confusing.
Man: The plot is a bit complicated I agree, especially compared to his other books. But he really is
a good author. Would you like to try one of his earlier ones?
Woman: OK, I’m happy to give him another chance.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a man telling a friend about a football match.
Man: Are you looking forward to going to the match this weekend?
Woman: I am, yes. Especially such a big game. It will be so exciting. I just hope we win.
Man: I can’t wait! There should be a fantastic atmosphere in the ground and a bigger crowd than
normal for such an important match.
Woman: I know. We were lucky to get two tickets, weren’t we?
Man: It wasn’t difficult at all. I know someone who has a job in the ticket office. He offered to
save two for me.
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a visit to the dentist.
Man: What time’s your appointment at the dentist tomorrow?
Woman: It’s the last one of the day at 5.30. I was hoping to get one earlier as my tooth is really
hurting.
Man: Oh, poor you! Toothache is horrible.
Woman: I could have got one in the morning, but it would have been with a different dentist. I’ve
heard he’s not very good with nervous patients so I thought it would be better to see my usual
one. She’s gentle and explains everything to you clearly and calmly.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 17


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Man: Well, best of luck.


Now listen again.
12 You will hear two friends talking about their evening meal.
Woman: OK, it’s my turn to cook tonight. Is there anything you fancy?
Man: I love pasta although we’ve had it for the past three days so perhaps something else.
Woman: Is there anything in the freezer? I don’t really want to go shopping.
Man: I don’t think so. We could always get a takeaway for a change. You could cook tomorrow
instead.
Woman: OK. What about a curry?
Man: I’d rather have something that isn’t too hot and spicy. There’s a menu from the local
restaurant in the kitchen. I’ll go and get it.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a friend’s birthday present.
Woman: It’s Sandra’s birthday this Saturday. Have you bought her a present yet?
Man: Not yet, no. I was thinking of getting her a book, but I have no idea what she likes.
Woman: There’s an interesting play on at the theatre this weekend. Why don’t we treat her to a
night out?
Man: That’s a great idea. I know she’s free on Friday so we could always book tickets and surprise
her. She’d like that.
Woman: OK, do you want to order the tickets? Hopefully we can get three seats together.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 18


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-10:
8 A 9 B 10 A 11 B 12 B 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a trip to the theatre.
Man: So, are you ready for the theatre this evening? I can’t wait.
Woman: Yes, I’m really excited too. It’s been a while since I went to the theatre. Don’t forget your
student ID, will you? They always ask to see it before they give you the student discount.
Man: OK. I’ll remind the others in case they forget. I’ll text them in a minute.
Woman: And it’s only offered to full-time students, remember. Some of our friends are only part
time.
Man: OK, it’s only Tahira who is full time so I’ll let her know.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about the man’s job.
Man: I’m going to that employment event in town tomorrow.
Woman: Really? Are you looking for a new job? I always thought you enjoyed it where you work.
Man: Well, I’m thinking of having a change of career. I’ve been working as an accountant for
years now and I feel like doing something different. I’ve got a few friends who are teachers and
they think I’d enjoy doing something like that. It would mean a lower salary but that’s OK. So, I’m
just going to find out about the qualifications I need.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a husband and wife talking about breakfast.
Man: OK, my turn to make breakfast, I think. What would you like?
Woman: I’d love a bowl of cereal, but the last time I looked in the cupboard we’d run out. Did you
get any when you went shopping?
Man: No, I forgot to put that on the list. Sorry. How about some ham and cheese?
Woman: Yes, that would be nice. We could use some of that nice bread you bought. And can I
have coffee for a change instead of tea?
Man: OK. Oh, I’m feeling quite hungry now!
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about buying a bed.
Man: I need to get a new bed for my flat. Is there anywhere you can recommend?
Woman: The furniture store in town has some and they’re good quality.
Man: Really? I might go there later. I was thinking of looking online but it’s difficult to tell how
comfortable they’d be if you can’t try them out first.
Woman: Well, you might find a bargain that way. You could try one out in the shop and then
order the same one online if you find one that costs less than the shop.
Man: Good idea. I might do that.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 19


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You will hear two friends talking about going for a walk.
Woman: I feel like getting outside in the country today and having a fast walk. Do you fancy
joining me?
Man: I’m not sure. We might need to take our umbrellas. The weather forecast says there’s going
to be heavy rain.
Woman: I know I’ve just checked. But it’s not expected until later this afternoon so I’ll just take
my jacket. Anyway, a bit of rain won’t hurt you. And the fresh air will be good for us.
Man: Yes, I suppose so. And I’ve got nothing to do today so let’s go now, shall we?
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a passport photograph.
Woman: I need to get a new passport before we go on holiday. Where can I get my photograph
taken?
Man: There’s a machine in the pharmacy round the corner but I think it’s out of order. I saw
someone asking one of the shop assistants for help last week.
Woman: That’s a pity. I might have to go into town.
Man: There are a lot of places in town. I know you can get it done in the post office. That one
probably works OK, and if you want one that’s open in the evening you could try the machine at
the train station.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 20


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-11:
8 B 9 B 10 A 11 B 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends discussing what to do in the afternoon.
Man: Do you still fancy going out for a walk this afternoon?
Woman: Yes, but shall we see what the weather’s like first? The forecast says we’re going to get
heavy rain.
Man: OK, but I really don’t want to stay in. We can have a look around the shopping centre in
town if it rains. That’s all indoors.
Woman: I want to go out too but not more shopping, please. I’ve already spent too much money
this month.
Man: Yes, me too. Yes, let’s see if the forecast is correct before we decide.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about keeping fit.
Man: Have you decided to renew your gym membership?
Woman: I’m not sure really. I don’t know if it’s doing me any good.
Man: Why don’t you try swimming? You’re a good swimmer.
Woman: I could do I suppose. It might be more fun than the gym.
Man: I don’t think there’s a better way to keep fit. Plus, that new swimming pool is huge. I always
find swimming pools get crowded and you get in each other’s way, but that’s not a problem in the
new one.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a woman telling a friend about a handbag.
Woman: Can you pass me the laptop? I need to write an email complaining about that handbag.
Man: What’s the problem with it?
Woman: Well, I’ve already sent one back. I ordered one in brown and they sent me a black one. I
really don’t like black so I returned it and they sent me the correct one. But look, the handle is
coming off.
Man: Oh yes. That’s not very good is it?
Woman: No, it’s not. And what makes me angry is I have to keep going to the post office to post it
back. It doesn’t cost anything but it’s annoying and a waste of time.
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a new doctor.
Man: I’ve got to make an appointment with that new doctor tomorrow. Have you seen him yet?
Woman: Yes, I went to the clinic a couple of weeks ago. Doctor Collins. He’s a lot younger than
the last doctor, and very caring.
Man: Good, I was hoping he’d be better than the last doctor we had.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 21


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Woman: I know. That one never seemed to listen to what you were saying, did he? You should
phone early for your appointment though. The new one is the only doctor there at the moment, so
he’ll get booked up very quickly.
Now listen again.
12 You will hear two friends talking about a storm.
Woman: Was there anything interesting on the news tonight?
Man: They’re still reporting on the storm that happened last night. They said we had a month’s
rain in one night.
Woman: It was terrible, wasn’t it? There’s been so much damage to people’s property.
Man: Our area escaped the worst of it. It seemed to affect the northern parts of the country
most. They think there’s another storm heading our way at the end of the week. It’s not going to
be quite as bad but we still need to take care.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear a woman telling a friend about her noisy neighbours.
Woman: Ever since those people moved into the flat upstairs, I haven’t been able to sleep
properly.
Man: Why is that? Do they make a noise?
Woman: Yes, they play music quite loudly late at night and they seem to have a party almost
every weekend.
Man: Have you spoken to them about it?
Woman: Not yet. My husband thinks we should knock on their door and tell them to be quiet but
I’m thinking of asking them round for dinner. It will be a nice thing to do and then if we do need to
complain in the future, they might be more likely to agree.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 22


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-12:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear a wife and her husband talking about housework.
Woman: Have you seen how untidy the living room is? The children have left it in a mess again.
Man: I know. To be fair, they’ve done a lot more around the house since we spoke to them last
week.
Woman: They started well, but I think we need to have another talk with them. We’re both so
busy trying to organise work and home. And I’d love to get some outside help but I’m not sure
about your idea of getting a cleaner.
Man: OK, I’ll have another talk with them later.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a university.
Man: So I hear you’ve decided on Melchester University. Is that right?
Woman: Yes. I’ve looked at a few now and I think that’s the best for me.
Man: You were saying there are better ones for your subject area but I’ve been told it’s still good.
Woman: I know, I’m happy with the course. I’ve now got to organise my accommodation.
Man: I’ve heard rent isn’t too expensive there so you may be able to find somewhere nice. Once
you’ve made some friends at university, you’ll be able to share a place.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear two friends talking about the weather.
Man: I’m really enjoying this sunny weather we’ve had lately, aren’t you?
Woman: I know. It’s lovely to wake up to a blue sky every morning, isn’t it? It makes a change
from all the rain we had last month.
Man: So, what are your plans for today?
Woman: I want to do some exercise if I can. I might go the gym as it’s a bit cooler there. It’s too
warm to go running. I can’t remember it being this warm before. I’m certainly not complaining
though!
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a journey to work.
Man: Getting to work in the morning seems to take longer each day. I was half an hour late this
morning.
Woman: Are you still driving in?
Man: Yes, but I might stop using the car. The traffic is so bad early in the morning. It’s a shame as
I like using the car but it’s just one traffic jam after another. There’s no way I’m cycling in – it’s too
dangerous.
Woman: What about getting the train?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 23


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Man: I might do that. I know there were always delays in the past, but I’ve heard the service has
improved.
Now listen again.
12 You will hear two friends talking about the local swimming pool.
Woman: I haven’t seen you at the swimming pool for a while. Have you stopped going?
Man: Yes, I haven’t been recently, although last time I went there weren’t too many people.
We’ve been quite busy at work lately and I get home feeling really tired. That’s no excuse though. I
could always go at the weekend I suppose.
Woman: You should. It sounds like a swim is just what you need.
Man: I thought the changing rooms were clean and tidy, but I think they need better security. I
didn’t feel confident leaving my things in the locker, and after that I stopped going.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about visiting someone in hospital.
Man: I’m going to visit Simon in hospital on Saturday if you want to join me.
Woman: Sorry but I can’t make it at the weekend. Too much to do. I was planning to see him next
week. If I give you some grapes could you give them to him?
Man: Of course.
Woman: How are you getting there? I was planning to go on the bus as it stops right outside.
Man: I’m driving there. You can park on the street outside quite easily.
Woman: OK, I’ll see how I feel next week.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 24


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-13:
8 C 9 A 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear a man talking to his wife about a podcast.
Man: I downloaded a really interesting podcast yesterday about history.
Woman: Really? Do you think Jennifer would find it useful for her exams?
Man: I’m not sure it covers the subjects she’s studying but the presenter is that guy on TV she
loves, so that might interest her.
Woman: Does it cost anything?
Man: You can download the podcast for nothing. There’s a course he offers that you need to pay
for. But she might not want that if the topic is different. Let’s see what she thinks of the podcast
first.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a new mobile phone.
Man: So, are you enjoying your new phone? It certainly looks fantastic.
Woman: It’s OK. It certainly cost enough! I’m not sure it’s a big improvement on the previous one,
to be honest.
Man: Why did you get a new one then?
Woman: Well, I was getting these emails encouraging me to get the latest model. The other one
had a little bit of damage to the screen, which didn’t look very nice. But it worked and I could do all
the things I needed to do with it. Oh well, never mind!
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a woman talking to her husband about washing clothes.
Woman: There’s something wrong with the washing machine. It seems to go on forever!
Man: Not again’ We’ve had problems with it ever since we bought it.
Woman: So, what should we do? We need to do the washing. Shall we get someone to have a
look at it?
Man: I don’t think it’s worth it. We’ve had people out before and they’re never cheap. I know we
only bought it a couple of years ago but maybe it’s time to think about getting a new one. Shall we
have a look online?
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about living in the countryside.
Man: I’ve been watching that programme on TV about moving to the countryside.
Woman: That one about people who don’t want to live in the city anymore? I like having lots of
people around me. Being on my own somewhere in the countryside wouldn’t suit me.
Man: True, but if you have a car it doesn’t take long to get what you need. That wouldn’t bother
me. I know people think it’s good for your health but not if you’re unhappy living there.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 25


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Now listen again.


12 You will hear two friends talking about travelling by plane.
Man: I’ve been thinking about the number of flights I take a year. It’s not good for the
environment.
Woman: I know. It’s a worry, isn’t it?
Man: It’s more expensive to travel by train than to fly on some short journeys. No wonder people
choose to go by plane.
Woman: I don’t think putting the price up would be very popular, do you?
Man: I certainly wouldn’t like it. I think we should avoid travelling abroad for our holidays. That
would probably make a difference.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a local businesswoman.
Woman: I was reading about Emily Wainwright, the local businesswoman of the year.
Man: Mmm, she sounds like an interesting person, doesn’t she? That new shop she has in town is
doing really well. It’s always busy when I go past.
Woman: She seems to be popular with other businesspeople too.
Man: I know. Her new business partner was on the radio the other day. He was explaining that
she always recommends other local companies to customers and helps other women who are
thinking of starting their own business.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 26


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-14:
8 A 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a sales assistant.
Man: Have you just been shopping?
Woman: Yes, I went to that computer shop to have a look at their laptops.
Man: Did you buy one?
Woman: No, not yet, but I had an interesting chat with one of the sales assistants who worked
there. I thought he was new but he’s worked there for quite a while. He was so helpful. He took
the time to explain the difference between the laptops and if he wasn’t able to answer a question,
he went and found the manager to ask for his opinion.
Now listen again.
9 You will hear two friends talking about saving for when they retire.
Woman: My bank sent me a letter about opening a savings account for when I retire.
Man: Did they? It’s a really good idea. Even when you’re young like us, the sooner you start to
save something each month the more you’ll have when you finish work. If you leave it too long,
you end up having to save more each month.
Woman: Not everyone can afford it though, can they?
Man: Some people would definitely find it hard, I agree. But I think young people realise how
important it is and are willing to make an effort.
Now listen again.
10 You will hear a husband and wife talking about a holiday.
Woman: What about this year’s holiday? Where do you fancy going? Anywhere nice?
Man: Somewhere warm and sunny, hopefully. Claire and Adam were talking about going with
them again.
Woman: Were they? I think the kids would prefer to have a family holiday this year. Just the four
of us. What do you think?
Man: OK. Shall we have a look on the internet?
Woman: Let’s go into the travel agents instead. It might be more expensive, but I’d like to go
somewhere we haven’t been to before and they might be able to suggest somewhere.
Now listen again.
11 You will hear two friends talking about the local library.
Woman: Have you heard? They’re thinking of closing our library.
Man: I know. They’ve been recording the number of visitors that libraries in the city get, and our
one is supposed to be very quiet.
Woman: But I’ll really miss it if we lose it.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 27


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Man: Me too. And it’s so important to have a local library for the children. Some families don’t
have a house full of books and a library is somewhere children can discover the pleasure in
reading. And once they close it I don’t suppose there will ever be another one.
Now listen again.
12 You will hear two friends talking about doing a presentation.
Man: It’s your interview tomorrow, isn’t it?
Woman: Yes, 9.30 in the morning. I finally finished my presentation last night. I just hope nothing
goes wrong with the laptop. You know what it’s like relying on things like that.
Man: How about speaking in front of people? Have you done a presentation before?
Woman: Yes, a few times. I’ll be nervous for sure, but once I get started, I’ll be OK. And I’ve spent
ages researching the subject, so I’ll have plenty to talk about. Wish me luck!
Man: Yes, good luck. I’m sure you’ll do well.
Now listen again.
13 You will hear two friends talking about working from home.
Woman: How’s your business going?
Man: It’s good. It’s strange working for myself and not having any meetings to go to, but I’m
enjoying it.
Woman: Do you like working from home?
Man: I get jobs done more quickly. When I was working in the office I was always talking to other
people and didn’t concentrate on the job I was doing. I thought I’d feel a bit lonely working for
myself, but I make sure I get out of the house every day and have a chat with people, so that’s not
a problem.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 28


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-15:
8 C 9 B 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 A
Audioscripts
8 How will hear two friends talking about a singer.
Man: Have you heard Kaylee’s new song?
Woman: Yes, I heard it last night. Do you like it?
Man: It’s good, but I prefer her earlier songs. Her last album was amazing.
Woman: I agree with you. I read an interview with her and she said that she’s been working with
a songwriter lately. They’ve written the lyrics and music for her new album together. I think she
produces better music when she writes her own songs. She’s got real talent, and she’s very
creative.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a new café.
Man: I haven’t been to this café before.
Woman: Nor have I. It’s only been open for a few weeks.
Man: The food is delicious, isn’t it?
Woman: It’s lovely. And the staff are really friendly, too.
Man: Yes, they’re very cheerful and polite. They described all the dishes on the menu to help us
order.
Woman: I know! Well, some of the dishes do have funny names, so it’s good to know what they
are! I just wish the seats weren’t so uncomfortable.
Man: I know what you mean. These chairs are very hard.
10 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her art course.
Boy: So, are you enjoying the art course you’re doing on Saturdays?
Girl: Yes, I am. Well, most of the time, anyway.
Boy: Oh?
Girl: The people on the course are very nice, and the teacher isn’t too bad. I do find the classes
interesting, and it’s fun to do something creative. I just find the hours a bit much. It starts at 8.00
in the morning, which is much earlier than I’m used to. It means that I have to get up at 6.00 to get
there on time. Some days I struggle to stay awake until the end of the class!
Boy: Oh dear! You should ask the teacher to take a lot of breaks.
11 You will hear two friends talking about their teacher.
Girl: I wish we didn’t have Mr Harris teaching us history.
Boy: Why? Don’t you like him?
Girl: It’s not that. He’s a good teacher, and he always explains things really well. He makes the
lessons interesting and easy to understand, which is really good.
Boy: I know. I never used to like history before, but I really enjoy lessons with Mr Harris.
Girl: Me too. But I wish he wouldn’t give us so much homework on a Friday. Now I’ve got to
spend the whole weekend studying!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 29


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: No, you haven’t! We’ll go to the library together this evening and we’ll be finished in time to
enjoy the weekend!
12 You will hear two friends talking about a film they watched.
Teen boy: Well, that was disappointing.
Teen girl: Didn’t you enjoy it? I laughed all the way through! There were some fantastic lines in
that film. I wish I could remember them all!
Teen boy: It was funny, I’ll admit that. But I was expecting there to be a bit more action, to be
honest. The trailer we saw last week made the film look really exciting.
Teen girl: That’s true. It was more of a comedy than an adventure film. But at least it had a great
cast. You have to admit that the acting was brilliant.
Teen boy: Yeah. I suppose so.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a website they use.
Girl: I see they’ve updated Chatter again.
Boy: I know! I wish they wouldn’t do that. Every time I get used to using it, they change it again.
Girl: Yes, but they always improve it and add cool new features. Look, now you can have private
group chats with your friends. And you can add videos to your posts.
Boy: Hmm. But now I can’t find my photo albums. Have all my photos disappeared?
Girl: Don’t panic. You haven’t lost them. They’re just here, under Photo Options.
Boy: Oh, right.
Girl: You’ll get the hang of it soon!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 30


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-16:
8 B 9 A 10 A 11 C 12 B 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a book they read.
Man: What did you think of the new Inspector Lawson book?
Woman: I’ve only just finished it. It took me quite a while to read this one.
Man: It’s not that long, is it?
Woman: No, it’s a fairly short book, but I found the plot very difficult to follow, so I had to keep
going back and reading things again to work out what was going on.
Man: It had a great ending, though, didn’t it?
Woman: To be honest, I’m not really keen on endings that leave the reader guessing. I like the
writer to tell me exactly what happened.
9 You will hear a boy telling a friend about his uncle.
Boy: So, my uncle has moved into the house next door to us.
Girl: Oh, that’s great. Have you been to visit him yet?
Boy: Yeah, I called in yesterday. He’s great, but I don’t think we’ll be seeing much of him.
Girl: Why? Does he travel a lot?
Boy: No, he doesn’t at all. But he’s already a member of every local club you can think of! He’s in
two choirs, the chess club, the film club, the bowling club, and he’s a member of the gym, too.
Girl: Wow! It sounds as though he likes to keep busy!
10 You will hear two people talking about a friend.
Man: What are you doing on Saturday?
Woman: I’m meeting Adam in town. We’re going to see a film at the cinema. That’s if he turns up,
of course!
Man: Oh, don’t get me started! I was supposed to meet him last week, and he was over an hour
late!
Woman: I don’t know how he does it. He wears that expensive watch all the time, but I don’t
think he ever looks at it!
Man: You should tell him to meet you an hour earlier than you want him to. That way he might
just get there at the right time!
11 You will hear two friends talking about a school trip.
Girl: Did you enjoy the trip to the museum last week?
Boy: Yes, it was good, thanks. We saw some interesting things, and I found out some useful
information for my history project. I just wish we’d had longer to look around the museum.
Girl: I thought you were there all day?
Boy: No, the trip lasted all day. But it took us three hours to get to the museum on the coach, and
another three hours to get back. Most of that time was spent trying to get through the city. The

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 31


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

traffic there was terrible. By the time we got to the museum, it was nearly time to come home
again!
Girl: That’s a shame.
12 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her new home.
Boy: So, how’s the new flat your family’s just moved into?
Girl: Great, thanks! Of course, it’s always strange sleeping in a new place. And every building
makes different noises, so that takes some getting used to.
Boy: Oh yes. And what about the neighbours?
Girl: I’ve just met one girl around my age so far. She seemed very friendly.
Boy: It must be a change for you, living in the city now.
Girl: It is, but it’s really convenient to be so close to everything now … school, all the shops, you
know? I love having everything I need right outside my door. I think I’m going to be very happy
here.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a new department store.
Girl: Have you been to that new department store in town?
Boy: Yes, I went there yesterday. They’ve got a great selection of stuff. You can buy all sorts of
unusual things there.
Girl: I know, and they’re much cheaper than our other department stores, too.
Boy: I know! I’d shop there all the time if the queues weren’t so long.
Girl: Oh, they’re awful, aren’t they? They really need to get some more staff if they don’t want to
lose a lot of business.
Boy: I’m sure they will. They won’t want to lose customers.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 32


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-17:
8 A 9 A 10 C 11 B 12 B 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a play.
Man: What did you think of the play last night?
Woman: It was quite good, really. I was pleasantly surprised.
Man: Me too! I didn’t expect to enjoy a play with no words. I thought it would be boring, to be
honest. I wasn’t looking forward to sitting there for nearly two hours in complete silence! But it
was amazing how the actors managed to show us exactly what was happening without saying
anything.
Woman: I agree. It just goes to show how much we express with our facial expressions and our
body language. We can say a lot without actually speaking.
9 You will hear a man telling a friend about his new phone.
Woman: Is that a new phone, John? It’s very smart.
Man: Yes, it is. I’m still getting used to using it. I haven’t had this brand of phone before.
Woman: Oh, you’ll soon get the hang of it. Has it got all the apps you need?
Man: Yes, I think so. I don’t use that many apps, really. I mainly just take photos and chat to my
friends. It’s got a good camera. The photos are lovely and clear. I just wish it was a bit easier to
type on. The keys are so tiny. I’m always pressing the wrong letters, so my messages don’t always
make sense!
Woman: Oh, don’t worry. I do that all the time!
10 You will hear two people talking about a train.
Man: What’s happened to the 10.30 to Manchester? It’s ten minutes late already.
Woman: Oh, I just heard an announcement about it. Apparently there’s some kind of problem on
the track between here and London.
Man: Oh no. So it’s been delayed. Did they say what time it would be here? I hope it won’t be too
long.
Woman: Oh no, it hasn’t been delayed. Sorry, I should have been clearer. They said that the train
won’t be coming at all. There’s no way for it to get through. It’s been cancelled.
Man: Oh no! I don’t believe this! How on earth am I going to get to Manchester on time now?
11 You will hear two people talking about cinema tickets.
Girl: Did you book tickets for the new film on Saturday?
Boy: Yeah, but I couldn’t get any for the time we wanted. The 6.15 showing was sold out.
Girl: Oh, I told Bill and Ramona to meet us there at 6.00.
Boy: Ah. You’d better let them know that we won’t be going until later. Our tickets are for the
8.30 show.
Girl: Oh, that’s pretty late. Didn’t they have any tickets for the afternoon screening?
Boy: I didn’t check. Shall I try now?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 33


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: No, no. We’ll just keep the tickets we have. I hope this film is worth staying up late for!
12 You will hear two young people talking about a blog.
Boy: Have you seen the review of last night’s concert on Jess’s blog?
Girl: Oh, you’re not still reading her blog, are you? You can’t believe anything you read on there!
Boy: Why not? It seems like a perfectly good blog to me. Plus she always recommends cool
places.
Girl: There’s a reason for that. She gets paid to write about those places!
Boy: Oh, come on! Which blogs do you read, then?
Girl: I don’t read any. But I buy magazines sometimes.
Boy: That sounds so old-fashioned! I think you should give Jess’s blog another chance.
13 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her weekend.
Boy: Hi, Emma. How was your weekend?
Girl: Oh, it was wonderful! My cousin came to visit.
Boy: That sounds fantastic! What did you guys do?
Girl: Well, we did a bit of shopping, and we went to the beach. But mostly we just relaxed,
reading books and enjoying the good weather. You’d have been terribly bored!
Boy: Yeah, I do prefer more active weekend, but everyone’s different!
Girl: Well, I needed the rest. School has been so busy with exams lately, and I felt tired. The
weekend was just what I needed. Now I’ve got plenty of energy to get back to studying!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 34


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-18:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 B 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two people talking about a painting.
Woman: This is an amazing portrait, isn’t it? You feel as though the woman is really looking at
you.
Man: I know. She has a very interesting expression on her face, too. She looks as though she’s
done something that she really regrets. It looks like she’s very sad, but she’s trying not to show it.
Woman: Do you think so? I think she looks as though she’s just realized the answer to a difficult
problem. She looks relieved and calm to me.
Man: Oh well, that’s interesting. I wonder why we both have such different ideas about what
she’s thinking. Maybe you’re a more positive person than I am!
9 You will hear a woman telling a friend about her new bag.
Woman: Oh, where are my keys? I know I put them in my bag!
Man: It’s a very smart bag.
Woman: I know. I bought it last week. It looks great, but it drives me crazy because I can never
find anything in it! I thought it would be better than my old bag because it’s bigger and it has so
many useful pockets.
Man: It certainly looks like there’s a pocket for everything.
Woman: There is. But I can never remember which pocket I’ve put things in! I hope I’ll get used to
it soon, or I’ll have to go back to using my little old bag!
10 You will hear two friends talking about a song.
Man: Not that song again! I can’t get it out of my head. It seems to be playing everywhere I go at
the moment. I can’t seem to escape it!
Woman: I know. It’s really popular, isn’t it? It’s on every radio station, in every shop or café … I
think it’s really catchy!
Man: You can say that again. I keep singing it without realizing. I wish I could stop, but it’s like a
disease!
Woman: Haha! You’re funny. I’d love to hear you singing it.
Man: Well, if I start, please pinch me. I really need to stop doing it!
11 You will hear two friends talking about swimming pool.
Girl: Did you enjoy your swim this morning?
Boy: Yeah, it was great. I feel really refreshed now. Hey, have you been to the new swimming
pool?
Girl: Yes, I went with Celia last Saturday afternoon. It was really busy, though. We could hardly
find room to swim!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 35


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: Oh, it was lovely and quiet this morning. Next time, you should go early in the day – there
was hardly anybody else there first thing this morning. The water was freezing, though! I nearly
screamed when I jumped in! I had to swim really fast to warm up.
Girl: Oh dear! That’s certainly one way to make people get fit!
12 You will hear a woman telling a friend about her weekend.
Man: Did you have a good weekend, Sarah?
Woman: Yes, thank you. I visited some friends in the countryside.
Man: That sounds relaxing. It’s good to get out of the city sometimes, isn’t it?
Woman: Yes, it was very peaceful and it’s wonderful to breathe clean air after all the pollution in
the city. They live in a quiet village surrounded by fields and trees. Everything was so green. I
found it a bit scary at night, though. When it gets dark in the countryside, it gets really dark. There
are no street lights, or lights from cars and buildings.
Man: I bet you had a fantastic view of the stars, though!
Woman: That’s true. It was really beautiful.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a curry.
Man: Did you enjoy that curry, Laura? I thought it was very tasty.
Woman: What, really? I thought it was horrible! I left most of it on my plate; look.
Man: Oh, was it too hot for you?
Woman: No. I like spicy food! I just thought this curry had a terrible flavour. It tasted kind of sour
to me. It was disgusting.
Man: Hmm, that’s very strange because I loved it. For me, it had an excellent balance of flavours.
I was tempted to get some more, to be honest.
Woman: Well, you can have mine. I’m going to buy a sandwich or something because I’m still
hungry.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 36


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-19:
8 B 9 A 10 A 11 B 12 C 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about football training.
Girl: So, did you enjoy football training after school yesterday? You haven’t done it before, have
you?
Boy: No, that was my first time. Yeah, I enjoyed the training session, but I don’t think I was very
good.
Girl: What do you mean? Why?
Boy: Those guys are so fit! Seriously, I really struggled to keep up. And a couple of times I didn’t
manage to catch the ball. I think everyone was disappointed in me.
Girl: But all players feel like that at first. I’m sure you’ll get better, with practice.
9 You will hear two friends talking about travelling to and from school.
Boy: So, do you always cycle to school?
Girl: Most of the time. But if the weather’s really bad, I take the bus. What about you? Do you
usually walk to school?
Boy: No! It’s much too far to walk or cycle from home. My brother and I get a lift with Dad in the
mornings; our school is on his way to work.
Girl: And how do you get home, then?
Boy: We get the train. I quite like it actually. I often do my homework on the train, or most of it
anyway, so I can chill out when I get home.
10 You will hear two people talking about a recipe.
Boy: Oh, it’s no good. I just can’t get it right.
Girl: What’s the matter?
Boy: I’m trying to make the cookies my grandma used to bake for me when I was little. My mum
gave me the recipe. I’ve followed all the instructions, but I just can’t make them taste the same. I
wonder if the measurements in the recipe are wrong. Or maybe I’m using different brands of
ingredients, and that’s making the cookies taste different.
Girl: Perhaps your grandma had a secret ingredient which she didn’t tell your mum about.
Boy: Do you know, I bet you’re right! That’s just like my grandma! I wonder what it could be …
11 You will hear two people talking about a gym.
Woman: What do you think of the new gym in town?
Man: It’s great! I’ve been there a few times now. The equipment is very modern, and everything
is very clean and smart.
Woman: It certainly seems very popular. It’s always full of people.
Man: Yes, it does get very busy, but you never have to wait for equipment. There are enough
machines for everyone.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 37


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Woman: That’s true. I just wish there were a few more lockers in the changing rooms. By the time
I get there, they’re all taken, so there’s nowhere for me to leave my things. I suppose I’ll have to
start going earlier.
12 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her new hobby.
Boy: Wow, these photographs are amazing. Did you take them?
Girl: Thanks! Yep, they’re my photos.
Boy: Seriously, they look really professional. You could sell them.
Girl: Oh, I don’t know about that … maybe when I get a bit better at it.
Boy: Did you take all of these with your phone?
Girl: No, not these ones. I started getting interested in photography about a year ago. Then my
parents gave me a really good camera for my birthday, and I decided to sign up for a photography
course. I learned a lot of basic stuff and, at the moment, I’m just experimenting with various
techniques.
Boy: Well, I think you have a lot of talent.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a TV show.
Man: Oh, why do they do that at the end of every series? I hate it when they end the show just as
something terrible or exciting is about to happen. They leave you desperate to know what
happens next, and you have to wait months for the next series to start so that you can find out!
Woman: That’s the whole idea, isn’t it? They don’t want you to forget to watch the new series.
Man: Well, there’s no chance of that! I’m going to be wondering about the next episode all
summer now.
Woman: I’m sure you’ll find something to take your mind off it before the next series starts!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 38


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-20:
8 C 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 C 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two people talking about the weather.
Woman: Oh dear. It’s raining again. I’m getting really fed up with all this wet weather. I wanted to
go for a picnic this weekend.
Man: Well, the weather forecast says that the rain is going to stop by Saturday morning, and
we’re going to have a few sunny days.
Woman: Really? I’ll believe that when I see it. I don’t trust the weather forecast.
Man: I don’t know. They’re pretty accurate these days. I rely on the weather app on my phone to
tell me when I need to take an umbrella with me!
Woman: Well, I hope that you and your weather app are right. A few sunny days would be lovely.
9 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her dreams for the future.
Boy: Where do you think you’ll be in 20 years’ time?
Girl: Ooh – that’s difficult. Perhaps I’ll be living by a beautiful Italian lake surrounded by
mountains. I could work as a windsurfing instructor. Or maybe I’ll be a businesswoman getting rich
in New York City – I wonder what that would be like.
Boy: You don’t think you’ll still be living here in Ireland, then?
Girl: Oh yes, that’s it. I’ll live in one of those pretty little cottages you see round here, and sell my
pictures of the local landscape.
Boy: That makes sense. You’re a very talented painter.
10 You will hear two siblings talking about a trip.
Sister: I’m so excited about our trip to London next month. Shall we go ahead and buy our train
tickets online now? If you book early, it’s cheaper.
Brother: Ummm, I don’t know …
Sister: What, why? Do you not want to go anymore?
Brother: No, it’s not that. I’m really looking forward to London, but I was thinking maybe we
should take the bus instead. It’s better value for money.
Sister: But doesn’t the bus take longer?
Brother: It does, but not much, and it’s still more convenient. If we get the train, we’ll have to
change at Birmingham and carry our bags to a different platform, you know? But the bus is direct.
11 You will hear a boy telling a friend about his father’s job.
Girl: I think it’s so cool that your dad is a firefighter. He must face danger every day.
Boy: Well, not every day, but it is cool! He told me that most of the calls they get are not actually
for fires. They rescue people from all sorts of situations. And, when they do get called to a fire,
they have all the right equipment. Apparently, the biggest danger is when a firefighter isn’t fit
enough. It’s really important to keep fit in that job.
Girl: Yes, it must be. And I expect communication is important, too.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 39


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: Oh yes. Everyone on the team needs to communicate really well, and to trust each other,
too. If they work together well then everyone is a lot safer.
12 You will hear two friends talking about a song.
Girl: This song is great, Tony. Have you heard it yet?
Boy: Don’t tell me you actually like it. It sounds so miserable!
Girl: Come on, it’s not that bad. Listen to the words she’s singing.
Boy: OK, I can see that the song is well-written. You might even say that it’s interesting – but it
just goes on and on!
Girl: Well, it makes me smile. I can’t stop listening to it.
Boy: I guess we just have different tastes. You know I prefer songs that sound more positive.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a computer game.
Boy: Look at this new game! Isn’t it fantastic! The characters look like real people.
Girl: Wow! It’s just like watching a film! That’s fantastic. Is it good fun to play?
Boy: It’s great! The puzzles are a bit difficult, though. Sometimes it can take me days to work out
what I need to do to get to the next stage of the game.
Girl: Well, you don’t want it to be too easy, or you’ll finish the game too fast!
Boy: That’s true, but I like to find out what happens next in the story. I get bored if I have to wait
too long to move on in the game.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 40


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-21:
8 C 9 B 10 A 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a family visit to a cafe.
Boy: I really enjoyed that. It’s much nicer than the old cafe in town. The apple juice was
great. How was your mother’s hot chocolate?
Girl: It was lovely especially with all the cream they put on top and the cake was fantastic. It was
really delicious.
Boy: I realised that when she had a second piece. I don’t think she is sticking to her diet today, do
you?
Girl: No, but she deserves a day off after such a difficult week, I have to say. Anyway, the pictures
on the wall were a bit strange though.
Boy: Do you think so? My father and I really liked them. I guess they were a bit too modern for
your liking, weren’t they?
9 You will hear a boy talking about his big brother learning to drive.
Girl: How did your big brother’s driving lesson go? He must have been really nervous.
Boy: He wasn’t really. He can’t wait to drive as it’s so boring waiting for our parents to drive him
to places all the time. Sometimes he wants to go somewhere and he can’t because either he can’t
get there or he can’t get home again after.
Girl: Wasn’t he worried he might crash the car or that someone might crash into him?
Boy: No. He was too exciting to be worried. In fact, it was great fun. This is the start of a new part
of his life … Freedom to do what he wants at last! I also want to learn to drive as soon as I finish
school.
10 You will hear two friends talking about getting a Saturday job.
Boy: We need to do something about getting a Saturday job, don’t we? I’ve had enough of not
having any money and asking my parents all the time whenever I want to buy something.
Girl: Me too, but we need to be careful that we don’t get jobs that make us too tired to do our
school work.
Boy: Right!
Girl: Let’s look at shop work because then we will be in the warm and the hours aren’t too long.
Boy: Good idea. We can look online to find a job. There must be lots of jobs out there if we look
hard enough.
Girl: Well, let’s get started then. I’ll get my laptop.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a film they have seen.
Girl: I was disappointed by that film. It seemed to go on forever. I’m surprised because the
reviews were really good and other people seemed to like it.
Boy: I know what you mean. It did the plenty of action which I liked but the characters were not
very realistic. There is no way the policeman would have behaved the way he did.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 41


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: Yes, I have to agree with you there. No one would behave like that in real life. And when the
woman saw the criminal, she didn’t even seem scared.
Boy: Let’s see a comedy next time.
12 You will hear a boy telling his friend about a school trip to a museum.
Girl: How was the trip to the museum? Was it a bit boring?
Boy: Well surprisingly, I had a great time. There was a fantastic natural history exhibition with
huge dinosaurs. Also the space rooms were great. You could sit in a space rocket and watch videos
of the planets and stars.
Girl: Really? But I thought you didn’t want to go. You weren’t at all keen on going last week.
Boy: I didn’t but there was some interesting stuff there. I hadn’t realised how big the museum
was either. Having said that, I wouldn’t really want to go again but I’m glad I went.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a new teacher.
Girl: So what do you think about the new English teacher?
Boy: Well, it’s funny because I didn’t like her at first but actually I’m enjoying her lessons now.
English isn’t my favourite subject but I like it more than I used to.
Girl: I agree. She really brings the lessons to life. She’s not like the other teachers.
Boy: Yes and she’s not too serious but she keeps us all under control. So far she hasn’t given us
too much homework either and that’s always a good thing.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 42


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-22:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 C 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about their trip to the museum.
Boy: That museum was very interesting.
Girl: Yes, I enjoyed it. I really enjoyed the section showing how life was in England nine hundred
years ago.
Boy: I preferred the section about dinosaurs.
Girl: I find this section a bit boring.
Boy: Why didn’t you say that to Mr Johnson? Some students that didn’t like that section went to
the museum’s shop. They bought a glass of fresh orange juice and then they took a free piece of
cake.
Girl: I didn’t know that. Anyway I’d love a piece of cake now. Let’s go to the supermarket next
door.
9 You will hear a boy telling a friend about his meeting with the headteacher.
Boy: When I arrived at school this morning, the headteacher asked me to go to his office.
Girl: What happened?
Boy: I knocked on his door and he told me to come in. He was not alone.
Girl: Who was with him?
Boy: He had my history teacher with him I was scared. I didn’t know why they wanted to see me.
But the news was great! They said they were very happy with my project in history lesson and that
it got the highest mark in class. They also want me to present my project in front of the whole
school.
10 You will hear two friends talking about what they did in the snow.
Girl: What a wonderful day! I’m glad you called me.
Boy: Indeed! When I woke up, I looked out of the window and saw all the snow. I immediately
thought of you. It’s great that we live near the big hill.
Girl: Yes. It was very difficult climbing to the top, but it was fun sliding down very fast.
Boy: I laughed a lot when you nearly hit those two children. That dog also ran away quickly.
Girl: I was screaming at them to move but I ended up going into the bush.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a swimming competition.
Boy: Are you going to enter the swimming competition?
Girl: I don’t know if I am good enough. I’ll think about it. When is the competition?
Boy: It’s next month on the first Saturday.
Girl: I will need to practise a lot. Will you help me?
Boy: Of course, if you share the prize money with me.
Girl: Whatever happens I will buy you dinner for helping me but forget about the prize money.
Boy: Great. We can go to the swimming pool tomorrow for your first practice session.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 43


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You will hear two friends talking about their day at the zoo.
Boy: I didn’t realise the zoo had so many different animals.
Girl: Which one did you like the most?
Boy: The monkeys were very funny because they were playing with their toys. What about you?
Girl: I thought the elephants were amazing. I liked how they took the water and threw it at the
zookeeper.
Boy: Yes, that was very funny.
Girl: Those tigers were scary. I was frightened when they showed their teeth.
Boy: We were behind a big glass wall, they couldn’t get to us.
Girl: I know but I was still frightened.
13 You will hear two friends talking about the film they saw at the cinema last night.
Girl: What a wonderful film!
Boy: If you’re into that kind of thing. I have never seen something as bad as that.
Girl: Oh. That’s a pity. I didn’t know that you don’t like horror movies.
Boy: I usually do, but this film was not scary at all. The main characters were played by two well-
known actors, but I think that these roles don’t suit them. Also it was a very long film as well. I
nearly fell asleep.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 44


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-23:

8 B 9 B 10 A 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear a boy talking to a friend about his grandma’s house.
Girl: How’s your grandma’s house?
Boy: I like it. Although it is small it has a very big bedroom but the colours aren’t what I’ve ever
chosen. However that’s not a problem.
Girl: Is it near your house?
Boy: Yes. I can walk there in ten minutes, which means I visit her very often. My grandma’s house
is next to my school, so sometimes I sleep there when I want to stay a bit longer in bed in the
morning. That’s really great.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a birthday present for their friend, Mary.
Boy: I’ve been trying hard to pick out a cool gift for Mary’s birthday.
Girl: That’s been challenging for me too. Would you like to go in with me and choose something
together?
Boy: Yes, two heads are better than one.
Girl: What does she like to do? That might help us pick something out.
Boy: She seems to really enjoy music and going to the cinema every weekend.
Girl: Maybe we could get her some concert tickets, then. Do you know who might know what
concert she might like to go to?
Boy: I think that her brother, Jack, could give us some suggestions.
Girl: Jack definitely could help us. He knows Mary very well. I am going to see Jack afternoon after
class and ask him what he thinks.
Boy: That will work out well.
10 You will hear two friends talking about a concert.
Boy: Wow, that was fantastic. I can’t hear well now, though.
Girl: It wasn’t too loud. That’s just how a live concert should be.
Boy: It was too loud for me. I also think they sold more tickets than they should have done.
Girl: I was thinking the same thing. When you go to a concert, you should be able to watch it in
comfort.
Boy: I don’t mind paying for expensive tickets so long as you can move when you are in there. I
couldn’t get to the other side to meet some of my friends.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a party they went to.
Girl: Have you seen Peter since his party on Saturday?
Boy: No, perhaps his parents haven’t let him go out since then because they are so angry with
him.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 45


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: It could have been worse. At least the house wasn’t very dirty because we had the party in
the garden.
Boy: Exactly and there were only ten of us. Jackie had over 30 people at her party last month.
Girl: It’s just that they had actually told Peter not to have a party while they were away.
Boy: I know. I will never forget the look on his face when they came home a day early.
12 You will hear two friends talking about a competition.
Girl: You’ll be so proud of me. I’ve won first prize in that science competition I took part in.
Boy: Wow! Well done! So what was the prize?
Girl: A week in London with free entrance to the Science Museum there.
Boy: That’s amazing!
Girl: Yes, I’m so excited. There’s only one problem. I have to go with my parents, so I can’t take
you…
Boy: Don’t worry… I understand!
Girl: I know but it’s so sad for you to miss out on such a great opportunity.
Boy: At least I know you would take me with you if you could.
Girl: I’m glad you understand.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a new student.
Girl: So what do you think about the new student at school? She seems to be a bit unfriendly.
When I tried to talk to her she didn’t say much.
Boy: Really? I had a chat with her and she was really interesting. She’s just moved here from
America.
Girl: That’s strange. Why didn’t she talk to me then?
Boy: To be honest Anna, you can be a bit scary if people don’t know you. You have a bit loud.
Girl: Oh, thanks.
Boy: Don’t be upset. People love you when they know you but the new girl is probably finding it a
bit difficult getting to know so many new people as she seems to be a little bit quiet. I’m sure you’ll
be friends with her soon.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 46


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-24:
8 B 9 C 10 A 11 B 12 B 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about their school trip on the river.
Boy: That was a really good trip. The tour guide knew a lot about history. He was also very funny
but I didn’t like the man in the cafe. I wanted a glass of lemon juice or hot chocolate, but he said
he didn’t have any more of either.
Girl: What did you have instead?
Boy: I had a glass of orange juice. I then asked him for a sandwich, but he didn’t have any of that
either. He was very rude.
Girl: If we had told that to Miss Helen, she would have complained to the captain of the boat and
everything would be ok. He seemed to be really kind.
Boy: Anyway, the rest of the trip was excellent, so I didn’t think it was worth it.
9 You will hear a boy telling a friend about his new house.
Girl: Hi Steve. I haven’t seen you since last month. Haven’t you moved yet?
Boy: Yes. We moved last week to a bigger house with a big garden.
Girl: I thought you were moving into a large flat in the centre of the city.
Boy: No. We moved into a house ten minutes from the centre. It was actually cheaper. That’s very
important for my parents. It has also two floors and three bedrooms.
Girl: I thought your mum wanted a place with fewer bedrooms.
Boy: Everyone seems to love the new place. So I guess she wouldn’t mind at all even if it had two
more bedrooms.
10 You will hear two friends talking about school.
Boy: You don’t usually look so happy at the end of the school day.
Girl: Yes, because we’ve usually been given a lot of homework to do for the next day. Not today,
though.
Boy: But you’re a good student – you usually get high marks.
Girl: I know. But it’s very tiring to study every day. Anyway do you remember the maths project I
had to do last week?
Boy: Yes.
Girl: Well, the teacher said it was the best project in class and she gave me a nice ruler as a
present.
Boy: Wow, that’s great. Next time they can give you tickets to Disneyland.
Girl: I wish to but I think this is a very expensive present.
11 You will hear a boy talking about a train journey he had with his parents.
Girl: Mark! How was the journey with your parents?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 47


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: We have just come from Manchester on the train. It was too long. I’m very exhausted. First
the train was very late and then when we got to Birmingham, the train guard told us we had to get
a bus.
Girl: Why did you have to catch a bus?
Boy: Engineers were working on the train track and the line was closed for about fifty miles.
Girl: Why didn’t you travel another way? You should have got a taxi from the train station.
Boy: We would have done but they didn’t tell us about the engineering work when we bought the
ticket.
12 You will hear a girl telling her friend about her summer course.
Boy: Hello Sheila. How is your course going?
Girl: I don’t really enjoy it. Most of the time I have to study.
Boy: Why don’t you start a new hobby? I think you like taking photos, don’t you?
Girl: Yes, but I don’t have enough time to do so.
Boy: There’ loads of stuff online for joining a photography club. You need to meet once during the
week and once at the weekend. So it won’t take much of your time studying. This will also be a
good chance to meet new people and make friends.
13 You will hear two friends talking about their new teacher.
Girl: Hello, Peter. Have you met the new Physics teacher?
Boy: I had a class with him on Wednesday. We made an interesting experiment in the science lab.
Girl: He’s really strange, isn’t he? He has a lot of really long curly hair and all his clothes are black.
Boy: He might like rock music then. I don’t think he’s strange. The problem is that he speaks very
fast and I can’t understand what he says.
Girl: I don’t have such a problem with him. Anyway, he doesn’t look anything like our other
teachers.
Boy: That’s for sure. I guess we should wait and see.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 48


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-25:

8 B 9 C 10 C 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a new sports centre.
Boy: Have you ever thought about joining that new sports centre that’s just opened?
Girl: Actually, I already use their pool frequently. I had a great offer on annual membership. I got
fifty percent off with my student card, as I was among the first new members.
Boy: Really? I was thinking of joining the gym there. Can you pay per class or do you have to be a
member?
Girl: Without full membership you have to pay a registration fee to use their facilities and then
also pay for each class, so membership actually works out cheaper.
9 You will hear two friends talking about shopping online.
Girl: Is that a new bag you’ve got there? It’s so cool. Where did you buy it?
Boy: Actually, I do most of my shopping online nowadays. I really hate going into shops as there is
too much choice. I get anxious and then can’t make decisions. I always end up buying something I
don’t really like.
Girl: Me too. But isn’t there a bit of a danger buying online? I bought some expensive shoes once
and they were nothing like the picture on the site.
Boy: Okay, you’re right, but generally I’ve been happy with what I’ve bought, so it works for me.
Stress-free shopping.
10 You will hear a girl telling a friend about a holiday she’s been on.
Boy: Where were you? Have you been on holiday?
Girl: Actually I have been away. I went to stay with a cousin in Cornwall. It was a lovely place but I
wouldn’t do it again!
Boy: But it sounds great!
Girl: The trouble is I felt I had to do everything with her and we had different ideas about how to
spend our days. I love walking but she is not keen on anything except reading novels and watching
boring movies!
Boy: Yes, I guess that is the disadvantage of staying with relatives.
11 You will hear a boy asking a girl about an article he has written.
Boy: So what do you think of my article for the school newspaper?
Girl: I think it’s OK. The teacher will definitely be surprised by what you chose to write, but in a
good way – you didn’t copy text from web.
Boy: So you think it’s ready to hand in then?
Girl: If I were you, I’d check it first. You’ve included several information about the topic and some
good examples to explain your point of view, but it still has some spelling and grammatical
mistakes.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 49


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Boy: OK. Can you help me?


12 You will hear two friends talking about a new television series.
Boy: Have you seen that new Italian series on TV? The one about teenagers who work as
journalists on that newspaper as a Saturday job?
Girl: Yes, I’ve watched it twice but I think it isn’t very realistic. The story is a bit confusing too, but
maybe that’s because of the bad English translation.
Boy: Yes, you’re right. Also the acting could be better. But despite all that, it makes me laugh
which is what I need at the end of the day. It’s better than watching song contests.
Girl: You’re right there!
13 You will hear a girl talking about a new teacher.
Boy: Do you have that new teacher for maths? I’ve heard he’s really cool.
Girl: Yes. He gives great examples, which really helps me to understand. Until last year I hated
maths but now it’s my favourite subject. He always explain thing very well.
Boy: Gosh, are you serious? We still have Miss Helen who is very strict and doesn’t explain
anything. It’s so unfair! I’m going to ask to change class.
Girl: Good idea! I’m going better at maths thanks to him. My parents are amazed as they had
given up with my maths! They feel grateful to him.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 50


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-26:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 C 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a neighbour’s dog.
Girl: That dog at number 22 is really unfriendly, isn’t he? He really scared me this time. He started
barking out of nowhere.
Boy: I think he’s ok really. Actually he barks all the time because they are at work for so many
hours every day.
Girl: When I walk past their garden he barks at me. I don’t think they look after him at all.
Boy: They take him for a long walk in the morning and another one at night so they do look after
him but he obviously isn’t happy being left all day. I might have a word with them and ask them if
they want me to go and play with him after school during the week.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a film.
Boy: Hi Stella! What happened to you yesterday? You just disappeared from the cinema.
Girl: Well, I did tell the teacher I wanted to leave.
Boy: What’s the matter? I think the film was great.
Girl: It was nothing to do with that. But I had a terrible headache and I couldn’t enjoy the film.
The teacher called my dad who took me to the hospital. The doctor said that I was very anxious
about the exams and that’s why I had a headache. He suggested I stay at home and rest for a
couple of days.
10 You will hear two friends talking about the maths lesson.
Boy: What did you think of maths today?
Girl: It was ok. You know me, maths is one of my favourite subjects.
Boy: Me too and I really like Mr Browning. But, I don’t know, I just feel that I have to think about
everything a lot more now. It used to be so much easier.
Girl: I was thinking the same thing but I guess that’s only to be expected as we are nearly at the
end of the course so we are doing more challenging things. Don’t worry though we are both going
to do well in the exam.
Boy: I’m sure you are right. But I’m still worried.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a school trip they went on.
Girl: That was the best school trip ever!
Boy: It was great, wasn’t it? I did feel sorry for our teacher though. Did you see her face when she
realised that the museum was closed all day?
Girl: Yes, she was very embarrassed. But it wasn’t her fault. It was meant to be open but perhaps
they didn’t have any electricity.
Boy: It was fantastic for us. I hadn’t been to a zoo for years and the monkeys were so funny.
Girl: I think the museum would have been very boring to be honest.
Boy: I’m sure almost everyone would agree with you on that one.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 51


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You will hear two friends talking about a football match.


Boy: Well, there was certainly plenty of action during that game.
Girl: You can say that again. We did well to win that one.
Boy: Our players were really in control for most of the match. They were very well trained by our
new coach.
Girl: We were definitely the stronger team. It’s just a shame that some of the crowd got out of
control.
Boy: I know. I don’t understand why supporters of the two teams attack to each other at football
matches. It really makes me angry. It doesn’t happen at rugby matches.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a new leisure centre.
Girl: Wow, what a fantastic swimming pool!
Boy: It was quite good. And the gym was really well-equipped but you would expect that in a new
leisure centre.
Girl: The cafe looked nice too. We’ll have to try it out next time and see what the food is like.
Boy: Good idea. What did you think about the design of the building as a whole?
Girl: I liked it as it was very modern and bright.
Boy: I thought it was fantastic, especially the big glass roof and the way everything is a bit
unexpected in a really good way. To be honest I thought it was more like a work of art than a
leisure centre.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 52


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-27:
8 B 9 B 10 A 11 A 12 B 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a new girl in their class.
Boy: Have you had a chance to talk to that new girl?
Girl: Oh, you mean Jennie? Yes, I have. She is quite shy so it’s not easy to chat with her. But I think
she is going to be top of the class. She is way ahead in maths.
Boy: Yes, she certainly seems amazing at maths, still not better than you though. But I think you
are wrong about her being shy. I saw her pushing some younger kids around in the break and
telling them to go and get her something to drink.
Girl: Are you sure? That doesn’t sound like her. And she seemed such a nice girl. I am so
disappointed!
9 You will hear two friends talking about a group’s new song.
Boy: Have you heard that new song by Blitz?
Girl: Yes. I heard it yesterday. I guess it’s good but I prefer their older stuff. You know, when they
were first famous their sones were more original. Now they just sound like all the other groups
playing the same sort of music. I guess they don’t care so much because they’ve made lots of
money.
Boy: You’re right about that. They used to be so original back then. But I still think this is a good
song.
Girl: Yeah sure, but for me just good isn’t enough. I don’t see myself listening to it that much.
10 You will hear a girl telling a friend about something she bought online.
Girl: Look! I got these great running shoes online. I’d been looking for ages but in the shops they
were too expensive. I found these at half price.
Boy: Wow! They are great. I’ve wanted a pair of those since they first came out. The trouble is
that the last time I bought something online I had to send it back. The size was all wrong and then
it took six months to get a refund.
Girl: Yes, I guess it can be a bit of a risk, but I’ve never had any problem.
Boy: I guess I was just unlucky! Maybe I should give it another try. My dad has promised to help
me.
11 You will hear two friends talking about their teacher.
Boy: OK. That’s it! I’m going to complain! Mr Jones has given me low marks again!
Girl: What? For English Literature? But you are one of the best in class.
Boy: But he says that I don’t take part in the lessons. But my exam marks were so good! He is
completely unfair! It’s because I’m not English!
Girl: I agree it’s not fair. But it’s got nothing to do with your nationality. Half the class are not
English.
Boy: But the highest term mark went to someone who isn’t as good as me, but is English.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 53


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: I’m sure that if you talk to him you’ll understand what is going on. And to be fair you are not
the most active student in class.
12 You will hear two friends talking about a new film.
Boy: Have you seen that new film about that boy lost in the jungle?
Girl: Yes, I saw it last week. It was a bit disappointing as a story, although I have to say the scenery
was excellent.
Boy: Yes, you’re right. I’ve read the book which was much better. The film did not show any of the
events which explained the reasons behind the boy’s actions. But as you said the scenery was so
amazing that it’s worth seeing just for that. It has made me want to visit a jungle environment
somewhere in the world.
Girl: Me too!
13 You will hear two friends talking about blogs.
Girl: I want to create a blog but I find it too difficult. There’s so much information on the web and
everyone’s telling you to do different things.
Boy: I know. I had the same problems. When I started my blog I knew less than nothing about
blogging. But now I’m very familiar with it and my blog’s doing pretty well. I receive nice
comments from some readers. Do you want me to help you?
Girl: I would be grateful if you could that for me.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 54


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-28:
8 B 9 C 10 C 11 C 12 B 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a new TV show.
Boy: Have you watched that new talent show on TV yet?
Girl: Oh. You mean the one with the singers? Yes, I saw it last week for the first time. I thought it
was quite good. I think you have to have a lot of courage to go on TV and have everyone watch
you. I’d be embarrassed to do that.
Boy: Really? I think it would be fun.
Girl: I’m not sure I’d want to have loads of people watching me. I think people watch these shows
for the wrong reason. They like to see people get upset when they fail. It’s not just about watching
talent.
9 You will hear a girl telling her friend about a new jumper she has bought.
Girl: I bought this jumper from the big department store last week. I would like to return it.
Boy: What’s the matter?
Girl: As soon as I wore it a huge hole appeared in the sleeve. And then another one here … look!
Boy: You must return it and take a new one without any hole. Do you have the receipt? Because
they only accept returns with a receipt.
Girl: Oh, no. I threw it away as I didn’t expect to have any problems. What should I do now? I
want to wear it in the school performance next week. It suits me fine.
Boy: I think that you’ll have to buy a new one.
10 You will hear a girl telling a friend about a camping trip.
Boy: I phoned you at the weekend. Where were you?
Girl: Oh! I was camping with a friend. She asked me if I’d like to go and stupidly I said yes! Never
again!
Boy: I love camping! What was the problem? The weather?
Girl: No, that was OK. Look, I understand why people like camping. Being close to nature and all
that, although I have to say the insects are not so great. I was eaten by mosquitoes! But, getting
woken up by the light so early is awful. I’m exhausted!
Boy: Yes, I guess that can be difficult if you are not prepared.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a lesson.
Boy: Well, I’m glad that’s over!
Girl: I thought it was good! That’s the first time I’ve really understood everything. What did you
think of the teacher?
Boy: I prefer the other one. He is more interesting. This one goes on about the same thing for too
long.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 55


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Girl: But that’s the point. He explained it so well. We can’t all understand maths as easily as you. I
need to practise the same thing in order to really understand it. And the fact that he allows us to
use a calculator is an advantage.
Boy: You’re right there. At least it makes everything quicker. But I still prefer the other teacher.
12 You will hear two friends talking about a film.
Girl: Well, that was interesting. It was better than I expected.
Boy: I thought it was really good. The actors were brilliant. I really felt like I was part of the action.
Girl: I suppose so. I thought the main character was a bit weak and the ending was a
disappointment. But generally, it was not bad.
Boy: Look. The only problem for me was the story. I get depressed by was movies. I’d prefer a
more positive topic. I know it’s history but I want to leave the cinema feeling relaxed.
Girl: Ah! OK. Next week we’ll see that new comedy!
13 You will hear two friends talking about TV programmes.
Girl: I didn’t expect you to be watching a romantic comedy!
Boy: Actually, I switched on too early, that’s why. I was hoping I’d get to the end of the adverts
before my film starts.
Girl: Oh, I remember. You were telling me about it earlier. Rather you than me! You know how
much I hate action films! There’s no real story. It’s just people shooting guns and fighting each
other.
Boy: Well, I’m glad I’m going to watch it alone, then!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 56


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-29:
8 B 9 A 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You hear two friends talking about a camping weekend.
M: So, are you coming on the school environment weekend?
F: Maybe. But I’ve never been camping before. I’m not sure if I’ll like sleeping outside at
night. And then, what if it rains? More than anything, I really don’t like the idea of getting wet. And
what about having a shower?
M: You’ll love it. It’s a great experience. And you don’t have to sleep outside. There are tents and
outdoor showers, too. The water warms in the sunshine. It’s great fun!
F: Hmm… I’m still not convinced. I’ll let you know tomorrow.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a test.
M: Hi. Have you finished revising for the history test? I hate having to learn all these facts. It’s so
boring.
F: Yes. I’m having difficulty learning dates. I have never been able to remember numbers easily. I
usually have to record them on my smart phone to listen to and repeat, but my little brother has
broken it so I have to get a new one.
M: That’s a pity. When are you getting a new one?
F: When I have some time!
10 You will hear a girl telling a friend about her windsurfing lesson.
M: Hi! How was your windsurfing lesson? Did you have a great time?
F: Well, I wasn’t disappointed with the instructor, but I need to start doing more exercise. I’m not
strong enough! I couldn’t get the sail back up easily. I felt a bit ashamed when the instructor had to
keep helping me. I gave up in the end.
M: I tried it once and felt really frightened because I’m not a good swimmer. But you have a really
healthy lifestyle and you go swimming often.
F: Look, it’s not a question of fitness; it’s about strength.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a film they have seen.
F: Have you seen that new movie ‘The Red Eye’? I thought it was really good.
M: Yes, I saw it last week. To tell you the truth, I found it a bit disappointing. The characters were
not very realistic, especially the hero. I don’t think anyone really behaves like that. And the ending
was such a disappointment.
F: Oh, I think it was a great ending. Especially when Emily, who I thought was a really interesting
character, decided to go back and save everyone. I kept jumping out of my seat even though I
watch thrillers every week.
M: I have to admit, I did, too!
12 You hear two friends talking about a new cafe that has opened.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 57


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

M: I went to that new coffee place by the station the other day. Do you know they serve twenty
different types of coffee?
F: I know. They have so many types! I drank the best iced coffee ever, there. And they also serve
snacks. But I thought they were quite expensive for what they were.
M: Not if you compare them with the place down the road. But I think the service could be
better. I waited fifteen minutes and when I did finally get my coffee, it was cold!
F: Oh. When I went, I didn’t have a problem.
13 You hear two friends talking about their plans for the weekend.
M: Remember we are going to that new shopping mall this weekend! Let’s go on Saturday
afternoon and then we could watch a movie in the Mall’s cinema centre, in the evening.
F: Shopping is tiring. I’m not sure if I’ll have the energy for a movie after as we have to get the bus
home afterwards. Let’s not go this time. We can watch TV at my house.
M: But what if I ask my parents to pick us up? They will be in the area late in the evening, anyway.
F: Now, that’s a better plan!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 58


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-30:
8 B 9 A 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a teacher.
M: I’ve just had a lesson with that new teacher, Mr Higgins. I had a great time!
F: Did you? I had him yesterday for the first time. He made me feel really anxious because I got
confused with a problem. He wasn’t at all patient with me! I felt embarrassed because I couldn’t
understand simple maths.
M: Really? I found him helpful and understanding. He will make us work hard though. His lessons
are really challenging but maybe that’s good for us.
F: Yes, there are. Hopefully I won’t get confused next time.
9 You hear two friends talking about a school trip.
F: Are you packed for the trip? I can’t decide what to take.
M: Yes. I’ve packed my backpack. Just make sure you take warm clothes because we’ll be
camping. I’ve taken two sweatshirts, two pairs of jeans and extra walking boots. Oh, and don’t
forget sun creams, sunglasses and, of course, some cash for souvenirs.
F: That’s all in! I’ve packed two pairs of trainers just in case one pair gets wet. Then, of course, all
the essential stuff like passport and boarding pass have still got to go in.
M: Lucky you reminded me!
10 You will hear two friends talking about learning to play tennis.
M: Wow. It’s so difficult to get better at tennis. I think I’ll never play as well as you!
F: Well, you spend lots of time practising with your coach. You don’t have time for much
more. Why don’t you try to deal with just one part of your game, and not everything together?
M: The thing is, I need to move quicker on the court. That’s my main problem. I watch loads of
matches to see how the top players do it.
F: Well, your tennis coach seems good. I’m sure he will advise you if he thinks you need it.
11 You will hear two friends talking about a website.
M: Have you been into that new music website yet? It’s great because you can connect with
other people who listen to the same music as you. It doesn’t cost much either.
F: Yes, I went in last night. I think it could be cheaper though. The music is not so good but the
blog is great. I thought I might join and write some things when I have more time.
M: Good idea. I’m only interested in the music myself. What’s annoying, though, is the ads; they
come between each song.
F: You’re telling me!
12 You will hear two friends talking about jobs.
F: What do you think of the careers lesson we had yesterday? I certainly decided I don’t want to
become a lawyer!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 59


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

M: Yes, it did sound like a lot of hard work and years of studying. I think what I like best are the
jobs where you get paid well and you also get to travel. That sounds like a good option.
F: My dad is a pilot. He’s always travelling but he’s always tired. Seeing the world may be nice
but I’m going to choose something I really love. Money isn’t everything, you know.
M: Maybe not, but it helps!
13 You will hear two friends talking about their holidays.
M: So, did you like the cruise? Was it an amazing trip?
F: Yes! The ship was huge. It had three pools, shops, five restaurants and a golf course! There was
lots to do, which was great, so I couldn’t get bored. But for the first few days I was a bit lost until I
met some teenagers.
M: Yes, I thought that might be a problem. It’s usually older people on cruises. But the facilities
sound amazing! I’m sure you swam all day long!
F: Yes, but the best thing was hanging out with the others.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 60


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-31:
8 B 9 A 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about a new sports centre.
M: So, how’s that new sports centre? Did you go yesterday morning?
F: Yeah, I did. It was pretty good. It has loads of great equipment and lots of facilities. It also has
an incredible pool; it’s really big and it’s so cheap! I think that’s what surprised me most! It all
looks so expensive!
M: Really? That’s great. We need something we can afford. Not like the other place in town which
costs a fortune and doesn’t even have great facilities!
F: Yeah, you’re right there!
9 You will hear two friends talking about a test.
M: How about studying for the test next week together? Maybe at the weekend?
F: I guess we could. But don’t you think it will stop us from concentrating? I know it’s less boring
but I’m not sure we wouldn’t just end up telling jokes and having fun.
M: Actually I think it would help me pay more attention because when I’m alone I just play on my
phone or keep going to the fridge. I think I feel hungry all the time, even though I’m not!
F: Well, I guess we could try!
10 You hear friends talking about a school theatre group.
M: Did you enjoy the school theatre group yesterday?
F: It was harder than I had expected. It’s one thing watching actors performing, but quite another
doing it yourself! Once you are out on the stage during the performance you feel like everybody is
watching only you. I don’t think I’m born to be an actress and the teacher was too busy to give me
more support.
M: I felt the same really.
F: But this doesn’t mean that I’ll give up. I’m looking forward to getting better with time. But next
time I want more direction.
11 You hear two friends talking about rubbish at school.
F: Do you know how many people I saw drop their rubbish at school today? I ended up picking it
up!
M: I know. I see it the whole time. They wouldn’t do it in their homes, would they? We should
start a movement for a clean school. We could put up notices about throwing rubbish into bins.
F: That wouldn’t work. Unfortunately, we need more bins. There aren’t nearly enough. But I think
you should talk it over with your teacher first. He might have some ideas and maybe then we could
set up a recycling bin centre too.
M: Yeah. Good idea!
12 You hear two friends talking about an article they read.
M: I’ve just finished that article that you sent me, about social media. It’s worrying.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 61


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

F: Yes, I think so too. Just think how much time we all spend messaging and posting pictures of
ourselves on the Internet. We waste so much time just chatting and liking posts.
M: It really depends how long you spend on it. I think what made me think seriously was what it
said about all the people we talk to that we have never even met. It’s actually not that safe to give
details and post pictures to strangers.
F: Yes, that’s something most of us don’t realise.
13 You hear two friends talking about the weekend.
M: I’m so glad it’s Friday! How about going to see that new movie tomorrow?
F: I’d prefer to go to see a concert. My favourite group is playing and I don’t want to miss the
chance to see them. They’re playing in the outdoor stadium on Saturday!
M: The forecast is rain for tomorrow so I don’t think it’s going to happen. You’ll be so
disappointed if you buy tickets and then it’s cancelled. I think you should postpone seeing them
until the next time they come here.
F: I’ll risk it! They may be wrong!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 62


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-32:
8 B 9 A 10 C 11 B 12 A 13 B
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about going on holiday.
M: Is your family going abroad this year on holiday?
F: Yes. We’re going by air to a Greek island for the first five days. Then we’re going sailing for a
week with a group of my parents’ friends.
M: That sounds great. This year I’m going camping nearby with some kids in my class. Although I
love travelling, I prefer to hang out with my own age group. Ok. I won’t have the lovely beaches
and the sea, like you, but we can do whatever we like without our parents around.
F: Lucky you! Mine still say I’m too young to go off by myself!
9 You will hear two friends talking about extra school courses.
M: Have you decided which extra course you are going to choose this year? I thought I’d do
something unusual, like woodwork. I don’t want it to be just another boring lesson.
F: Yes, I think you may be right. Since we have the opportunity to choose, I think it should be
something we really want to do. My parents want me to take extra computer studies to help me
with my future job. I get really depressed at the thought.
M: You might discover a new career doing a course! Why don’t you do photography as you love
taking pictures?
F: If there is a course, I’m definitely in!
10 You will hear a boy talking about a waterskiing weekend.
F: So how did the waterskiing go?
M: It was much harder than I thought it would be! I’ve done it on lakes and it was quite easy. I
thought I was pretty good. But when you are on the sea it’s completely different because of the
waves. I didn’t feel very safe although my instructor was right there with me, which was great!
F: That’s something I guess. You’ll learn.
M: I think I’ll stick to lakes from now on.
11 You hear two friends talking about a book they are reading.
F: Have you finished reading the book for English?
M: No. I’m finding it difficult to get into. I mean, it’s a fascinating story but I find it difficult to
work out. I love the way the author describes his childhood, but then I get lost when he suddenly
jumps to another part of his life.
F: Yeah, that’s my problem, too. It’s like a puzzle. I have to keep going back to read things again.
But, in general, I like his unusual use of language. It was a good choice of book for the class to read.
M: Personally, I don’t think so!
12 You will hear two friends talking about clothes.
M: So which pair are you going to buy then? You are taking ages to decide!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 63


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

F: Look! The black ones are perfect, but I don’t really need shoes like these. The other ones are
more useful. They go with jeans and more formal clothes. I just don’t know. I hate having to
choose!
M: I agree, the black ones are nicer on you. Wouldn’t they look great with your black jacket? But
the others are really a cool style and they are your favourite colour. I would get both.
F: I’d better be sensible for once. Besides, I can’t afford it.
13 You hear two friends talking about mountain bikes.
F: Could you help me buy a mountain bike? I need something not too expensive.
M: Well, I don’t know if you should try and go for a cheap, used one as it may not be reliable. I’d
buy a good one, or you could regret it. Your bike is the most important thing in this sport.
F: I know. But I don’t have that much to spend and the bicycle is just the start. I need other
equipment, too, like a helmet and special clothes. It’s not a cheap sport, is it?
M: There are more expensive ones, though.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 64


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-33:

8 C 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 B 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear a girl talking about her illness.
M: Hey, why haven’t you been at school for the past week?
F: I’ve been in bed with the flu. It was awful. I must have caught it at school so be careful and
wash your hands a lot. Lots of kids have it! I had such a high temperature and bad cough that my
mum wanted to take me to hospital. But the doctor advised her not to as I might catch something
else in hospital.
M: Poor you! Tell me when you are feeling better and I’ll come and see you! Shall I bring your
homework?
F: No, thanks!
9 You will hear two friends discussing a band.
M: Have you heard this band’s latest album? Their new stuff is great!
F: Yes. Actually, I saw them live in concert last year. I have to admit I was disappointed, though.
They played only their new songs but their older stuff is much nicer. And the tickets were very
expensive!
M: Yeah, I heard they were. But you know they give most of the money to charity, which is really
generous. Most bands just want to get rich quick, so, I think that we shouldn’t really complain.
F: Yeah. Looking at it like that, I guess you’re right.
10 You hear a boy telling his friend about a movie he saw.
F: Did you go and see that new documentary movie last night?
M: Yeah. It was really powerful. It’s all about the terrible way we use animals. Did you know that
animal farming is causing most of the damage to the environment? I thought it was because we
use cars too much. It certainly made me think!
F: Really? But we can’t do much about that! We need to use animals and cars.
M: Actually, we don’t need to use animals at all. We can eat other things and be healthy. The
message I got was that things are changing for the better.
11 You hear two friends talking about a new teacher.
F: Have you had the new Maths teacher yet?
M: Yes, I had him today. He’s really good. The class was really quiet because he made the lesson
so interesting. And you know me. I hate Maths!
F: Yes, he’s good, but I found him a bit frightening, like the Physics teacher. I forgot my calculator
and he refused to let me get it from my classroom. I had to work everything out without it! It took
me ages! And he kept another girl’s smart phone because she was sending a text message during
the lesson!
M: Hmmm. You’ll be more careful next time!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 65


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You will hear two friends talking about language learning.


M: I’ve decided to learn Spanish after the summer. It’s great being able to communicate with
people abroad!
F: Ah! I guess your holiday in Spain started this! But there’s no need to because they all speak
English in the hotels. And almost all the young people know English nowadays. Anyway, Spanish is
such a difficult language!
M: The pronunciation is hard, but if you don’t speak anything but English, you can’t travel away
from the tourist centres or learn about another culture. I think everybody should try to speak
another language!
F: You go ahead, but I will just stick with English!
13 You hear two friends talking about their plans.
F: So, where shall we go? I’d like to do a bit of sightseeing.
M: Hmm. It’s too hot for that. Besides, it will be full of other school groups. Why don’t we go on
that river cruise we saw advertised? It’s a sightseeing tour, but it may be a bit cooler.
F: That would be great, but I saw they don’t do them at weekends in the mornings. I guess we
could all go to the beach for a few hours and go on that later, after lunch.
M: Ok, but how can you think of food in this weather?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 66


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-34:

8 B 9 C 10 A 11 B 12 A 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear a boy telling his friend about his problem.
F: You look a bit miserable. What’s up?
M: I wanted to go to a concert this weekend. My favourite group is playing but my parents won’t
let me. They say I’m too young to go by myself and it finishes too late! All my friends are allowed
out. It’s embarrassing to have such strict parents!
F: Look, I can understand you being upset but also what their worries are. It’s not that they’re too
strict; they’re just worried and want to be careful. Why don’t you go with someone else who is
going? That may solve the problem.
M: It’s worth a try!
9 You will hear two friends talking about a school trip they went on.
M: So, how did you enjoy the trip?
F: It was brilliant! I had the best time ever! It was great to be out of the classroom and be free!
The teachers were really good and they let us do whatever we liked!
M: Yes, that was great! The skate park was really cool. I wasn’t so keen on the shopping side. I
guess you liked that! For me it was hanging out with my friends and being able to spend the day
skateboarding. Oh, and that cafeteria was really nice, too!
F: Yeah, I had the best iced coffee ever!
10 You will hear a girl telling her friend about her accident.
M: What happened to your arm? Did you fall over?
F: Not exactly. I was knocked off my bicycle on the way to school. I was riding along going around
the roundabout near the station. You know, the one that joins that dangerous motorway. Well,
this driver didn’t see me because he was talking on his smart phone! At least I was wearing my
helmet.
M: It could have been much more serious. People should never use smart phones when driving.
You cannot drive safely with one hand! It makes me so angry. You could have ended up in hospital!
F: I realise that!
11 You will hear two friends talking about an invitation.
F: Have you had an invitation to the school dance next week?
M: Yes, but I’m not sure if I’m going. I think it’s a lot of money for a dance, especially as it’s being
held in that awful club in town. The music is terrible and there is no air conditioning. It should be
free!
F: My teacher said the money is going to a charity. And there is going to be live music with a
group which may be good. My only problem is the history test the next day, so I can’t decide yet.
M: I still think it’s too expensive.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 67


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

12 You hear a girl telling her friend about her smart phone.
M: Hey, that looks like a great smart phone!
F: Yes, it’s the latest one. I think this one has a great camera… and look at the keyboard. It lights
up in whatever colour you choose. It’s pretty expensive of course, but it has some really good
apps, so I guess it’s worth it.
M: I’ve had mine for three years and it still works fine. My camera is brilliant too, but of course it
doesn’t have the colourful keyboard, which nobody really needs. This is just a technique to get us
to buy them.
F: Personally, I would, if I had the money.
13 You will hear two friends talking about a TV series.
M: Let’s go out to see a movie tomorrow.
F: No way! That great series is on tomorrow and I’m not missing it! I need to see what happens.
Last week the main character disappeared. It’s so exciting! I haven’t missed one yet! Why don’t
you watch it?
M: I’m not going to organise my life around a TV series. It may be good but why don’t you just
record it and see it the next day? It’s crazy to miss a Saturday night out to watch TV alone!
F: Well, I guess I could record it.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 68


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-35:
8 A 9 C 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about learning to play the drums.
M: Wow! It’s so hard learning the drums. It looks so easy but it’s really challenging!
F: Yes, it does look easy. But I know it’s hard because my brother plays them. I think you just have
to be really patient and practise every day. That’s what he did. Oh, and he watched well-known
musicians to get help on techniques.
M: Yes maybe I should do that, too. Most people don’t realise that it’s more than just hitting the
drums. It’s music and fitness together! And you need to be a bit crazy!
F: Yeah, you’re right! My brother says the same.
9 You will hear two friends talking about a river boat trip.
M: So, how did you enjoy your river trip in Egypt?
F: It was brilliant! The scenery was amazing. We had our own cabins on the boat. But I must admit
the water was a bit brown and I was always frightened of falling in, although local children swam in
it!
M: Yes. When I went it was very hot and I wished I could jump in for a swim. For me, the worst
thing was the mosquitoes at night. I used to get so hot wearing clothes to cover my arms and legs
to protect myself from them!
F: Yes! Me too!
10 You will hear two friends talking about revising for exams.
F: Well, the exams start next week. Are you revising?
M: Not much. It’s so hard to concentrate. My brother keeps disturbing me and he wants to play.
Then I try to study with music, but I end up listening to the music and doing no revision!
F: Look, that’s because you have not organised yourself properly. It took me days before I really
started working. Decide on a daily starting time and tell yourself that from now on you will work
eight hours a day. Just be strict!
M: Ok. I’ll try! I’ll start right now!
11 You will hear two friends talking about an adventure weekend.
M: How did you enjoy the weekend? I thought it was great!
F: Me too! I loved camping out under the stars and sitting around the fire at night with our
guitars! The weather could have been better but that didn’t bother me. But I could have done with
more sleep. The sun came out so early which made it impossible not to get up.
M: Yeah! Me too! I think I’m going to sleep for two days when I get home. Also, I think we should
have done more rock climbing than we did! I really enjoyed it!
F: I’m glad we didn’t!
12 You will hear two friends talking about a movie they saw.
F: Well, that was a real disappointment!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 69


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

M: Why? I enjoyed it. The acting was great and the director did a great job! It was so exciting. I
was so frightened when he entered that cave. The actors gave great performances and the scenery
was amazing!
F: Well, I hate thrillers, first of all. And I thought the acting was disappointing. Those green
creatures did not look real and the scenery was strange. I didn’t feel they were in a desert! The
only good thing was the lovely classical music.
M: I think you are being too negative because it was a thriller!
13 You will hear two friends arranging a meeting.
M: We need to organise the class meeting for the end-of-year trip.
F: Yes. The problem is that most of our classmates won’t want to do it in the evening, so it must
be sometime during a lunch break. But before we decide, we need to discuss some destinations, so
that we can suggest something and then everybody can vote.
M: Good idea. Otherwise we will spend the whole time trying to think of something. So, should I
get on with putting up a notice for the second part of the lunch break next Thursday?
F: Let’s discuss ideas first!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 70


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-36:
8 A 9 B 10 C 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscripts
8 You will hear two friends talking about an exam.
M: That wasn’t too bad, was it? I think I did OK.
F: I found some of the questions very difficult. The first questions were quite easy, but when it got
onto the grammar questions, I think I just forgot most of what I’ve spent the last two weeks
revising.
M: Come on. Cheer up. I think you are just tired. You’re one of the best in the class! I found the
translation took ages, but I’m sure you managed to do it in five minutes.
F: Actually, that was not a problem for me. I did it easily.
9 You will hear two friends talking about the new school cafeteria.
F: This is so much better than it used to be! I can actually find something to eat!
M: Yes. Lots of variety and really fresh. Do you remember those terrible salads we used to get in
the old cafeteria? They were at least a day old, I’m sure! And here, there are lots of vegetarian
options. The only thing is that it’s not cheap.
F: No, I’ll have to be careful as I’m trying to save up. I’ll probably bring my own sandwiches to
school and just get one of those lovely coffees they make.
M: I prefer their fresh juices myself.
10 You will hear a girl talking about her weekend.
M: So, how was it walking over the mountains for two days?
F: Great! We got there on Friday and set off on Saturday morning. It was really foggy and that
made it a bit dangerous, but it was warm. The weather forecast was for strong winds and heavy
rain so I was expecting the worst; but luckily it stayed mild and humid.
M: When I went with my friends, we had a huge thunderstorm and we all had to turn back. It was
quite frightening and I got completely wet through.
F: That must have been miserable!
11 You will hear two friends talking about exercise.
M: Now that the school holidays are here, I want to get fit.
F: Me too. I think I’ve put on weight, too, so I want to lose it before my beach holiday. How about
joining a gym so we can meet people?
M: That’s one way, but we’ll have to pay. We could go jogging every morning or evening if you
can’t get up early, but that could get pretty boring after a while. We can make some new friends in
the gym, do classes and use the equipment, so I guess it’s worth it.
F: So the gym it is, then!
12 You hear a girl talking about moving abroad.
M: You look a bit miserable. What’s up?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 71


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

F: My parents have told me we are moving. My dad has got a new job and we are going abroad.
In the beginning I was really excited with the idea of a nice climate and a lovely new house. But I
think I’ll miss my friends here.
M: Gosh! Lucky you! See it as a chance to see the world. I’d love to be able to travel and meet
new people! Sure, you’ll miss your friends, but we can keep in touch.
F: Yes, but things won’t be the same just chatting online!
13 You hear two friends talking about a book.
M: I’ve just finished reading that book. It’s brilliant from beginning to end!
F: I just can’t get to the end. It’s so complicated and I gave up after about 2 pages! The main
character is the strongest part of the story but all the rest is really unlikely. It just couldn’t happen.
M: I disagree! It’s based on a true story, you know! The main character is really wonderful, but for
me the most amazing thing is the relationship between the three brothers and how they manage
to live in the desert.
F: Don’t tell me the ending please!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 72


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-37:
14 rainforest 15 insects 16 (the) monkey
17 characters 18 six/6 19 L-O-M-B-A-R-D-I-O
Audioscript
Hi everyone. I’m going to tell you about a new video game that I’ve played a lot recently, called Sky
Jam. It’s produced by the same company that made Road Jam a few years ago, which was set in a
city of course. Instead of streets and huge buildings, though, you’ll find yourself living in a
rainforest in this game.
It’s an unusual game because you have to answer questions in order to make progress, as well as
by moving through the environment. You’ll be asked all sorts of things regarding insects, which you
have to learn on the way from the many helpful creatures you meet, such as butterflies and bats.
There are 30 levels in the whole game, which are supposed to become more and more challenging
as you go on. I found the one called ‘the money’ almost impossible, even though it comes well
before the last level, called ‘the frog’, which didn’t seem so difficult.
There are lots of things to love about this game. The story you learn about as you continue through
the game is fantastic, second only to the characters you can play, who are lovely, and extremely
interesting too. Learning to play the game is easy and fun, too.
Unfortunately, unlike the eight players who could play against each other in Road Jam, six people
at the most can join in this game at any one time. I found this to be a few too many, though, and
preferred playing in a group of four.
You can find out more about the game online. If you’re interested, visit the company’s
website [Link]. I’ll spell that for you: it’s L-O-M-B-A-R-D-I-O.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 73


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-38:
14 (the) environment 15 wildlife 16 writer
17 course 18 15th February 19 M-I-T-C-H-E-L-L
Audioscript
Listen, everyone! I’ve got some information about this year’s school photography competition. As
you’ll probably remember, last year’s competition asked you to focus on the topic of travel, but
photos should have something to do with the environment this time.
As in previous years, there are certain things that we want the photographs to include. We want
all the pictures to have wildlife in them, so we’re not looking for photos that only show landscapes
or people.
The head teacher has decided to ask someone from outside the school to judge the competition
this year. She was hoping that local artist Sally Graves would be able to judge the entries, but she’s
actually away at that time. Writer James McKay has agreed to help us instead. I’m sure many of
you have heard of him, as he’s quite famous and was born not far away from here, too.
It was felt that most keen photographers already have the photography books or equipment they
need, so the organisers have decided that the winner will receive a photography course run by
Central College instead. The College was also hoping to have a small photography exhibition for
winners of all the school photography competitions in the area, but their gallery’s too busy putting
on other shows, I’m afraid.
The winner of the competition will be announced on 11th March. If you wish to enter, please make
sure we receive your photos by 15th February, as the judging will take place on 19th February.
So if you’re interested, send your entry to the school secretary, Mrs Mitchell, not to me or the
head teacher. I’ll give you her email address – it’s k dot Mitchell, that’s spelt M-I-T-C-H-E-double-
L at school dot com. Good luck!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 74


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-39:
14 farmer 15 comedy 16 voice
17 university 18 (The) Passenger
19 20th / twentieth July / 20/7 / 7/20
Audioscript
Hello, everyone! I’d like to tell you about this wonderful acting club I joined recently. The best
thing about it is the teacher. We’re really lucky to have someone who’s actually quite famous. Her
name’s Alice Fisher, and she’s appearing in a play at the big theatre in town at the moment. She
plays a policewoman in that, but you’ll probably know her better as the farmer in the series ‘Green
Valley’ that was on last year.
She’s worked as a professional theatre actor for about 10 years. As well as having three years’
experience of appearing in serious drama, she’s also spent seven years working in comedy
productions, so has lots of different talents.
The sessions are always fun and are split into two sections. In the first part, rather than practising
anything to do with movement of the body, we focus instead on improving how to control the
voice as an actor. In the second part, we practise our performance skills.
If you’re interested in coming to the drama club, you’ll need to know where to come, of
course. The club actually hires a room from the university to run the classes. It’s much cheaper to
do it there than at the college or the acting school. The sessions are on Wednesday evenings.
At the moment, we’re practising for a play, which will be on at the Town Theatre soon. Its name is
‘The Passenger’ and we’re hoping that this latest one will be as popular as the last production the
club did, which was called ‘Reality’. It was a big success, apparently.
We’ve got our last practice for the new play on the thirteenth of July, with audiences able to come
and see it from twentieth of July for one week.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 75


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-40:
14 energy 15 health 16 rocket
17 chemistry sets 18 80 / eighty 19 L-O-C-K-H-A-R-T
Audioscript
Hi everyone. I’m going to tell you about my trip to the new science museum last week. I went with
my family and we looked around the whole museum. There are loads of different rooms and each
one contains displays about a particular topic. We spent ages looking around the room that was all
about space’ and even longer in the one with loads of stuff on ‘energy’, which I thought was the
best bit.
The museum’s free, but there are also two special exhibitions that you have to pay for. You can’t
go into the one on ’health’ yet because it doesn’t open for another couple of weeks. I’d like to go
back and see that. The other exhibition on ‘computers’ was good, though.
As well as the displays, there are lots of things you can actually do there too. My brother made this
fantastic car that went quite fast, using only power from the sun, while I created a rocket that used
gas to fly. It went really high!
As well as the interesting things to see and do, there’s a nice shop. My mum and dad let me get
something because it was my birthday. There were so many chemistry sets to choose from, it took
me ages to decide which one I wanted. They have the usual toys and games, and a few nice books
there, too.
You can also take a tour of the museum with a guide. When we arrived, they said we’d have to
wait for at least sixty minutes for the eighty-minute tour because it was so popular, so we decided
against it.
If you want to go, the entrance is on Lockhart Road. I’ll spell that for you, it’s L-O-C-K-H-A-R-T
Road.
Thanks for listening.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 76


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-41:
14 (school) gate 15 drink 16 lambs
17 climbing (wall) 18 4.15 / four fifteen
19 C-A-F-F-E-R-T-Y-S
Audioscript
Good morning everyone. I’m going to tell you about the school trip to the farm tomorrow. As I told
you last week, you need to wait for the bus by the school gate, so don’t go to the bus stop or come
straight into the playground like you usually do.
The farm is providing us all with a nice packed lunch, so there’s no need to bring one yourself. It’d
be great if you could make sure you’ve got a drink, though, as it can get quite hot on the bus.
There are lots of different animals on the farm. You’re all going to have a go at brushing the horses
just after we arrive there at about 9 a.m. Shortly after this, you’ll learn what farmers give lambs to
eat, and you’ll be able to give them their breakfast, too.
As well as the animals, the farm has lots of activities students can take part in. We’re going to do
some climbing on the special wall they have there after lunch, and maybe next time we can try one
of the other activities like fishing or playing baseball.
We’ll be setting off back to school at about 3.30 p.m., and will be back here at 4.15, so 45 minutes
after the usual school finish time of 3.30. Please could you let your parents know, especially if they
usually come to the school to pick you up.
If you or your parents want to find out more about the farm before we go, you can visit their
website and there’s loads of information about it on there. I’ll give you the website address: it’s
www dot caffertys dot farm dot com. I’ll spell that for you: it’s C-A-double F-E-R-T-Y-S dot farm dot
com.
OK, see you all tomorrow.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 77


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-42:
14 flute 15 drama room 16 7-75 / 7.75 / 7,75
17 24th June / June 24th / 24 June / June 24 / 24/6 / 6/24
18 orchestra 19 D-R-I-S-C-O-L-L
Audioscript
Listen, everyone. I know some of you are interested in learning to play a musical instrument so I
have some information about Saturday morning music classes that are starting this week.
There are many classes to choose from for a range of different instruments. You can learn anything
from the drums to the guitar. The violin teacher the school usually uses can’t make it on Saturdays,
but why not have a go at the flute if you prefer classical music.
When you arrive at the school, you’ll need to collect your instruments. You probably know that
these are normally kept in the large cupboard next to the technology room but we’ll make sure
they’re all ready for you in the drama room so go straight there, please.
You’ll need to tell your parents about the cost, of course. They can pay in two different ways: if
they decide to pay for each individual class, it’ll be £7.75, or they can pay per term, in which case it
works out a little cheaper at £72.
There’ll be an end of term concert for all students, which will take place on 24th June, and not on
7th July as it says on the school website. You’ll be able to play solo, that’s by yourself, or with
others. Last year, there were several students who joined together in a band and they played
together at the concert. This year, though, we’d like to include more people and have
an orchestra that students can play in. Family and friends are welcome to come and listen.
If you or your parents want more information, you’ll need to email Mr Driscoll, the music teacher
on driscoll at school dot net. I’ll spell that for you: it’s D-R-I-S-C-O-double-L at school dot net.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 78


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-43:
14 shopping 15 plastic bags 16 charity shops
17 environmental 18 rivers 19 neighbour
Audioscripts
Erica:
This morning we’re continuing to look at environmental problems to see what we can do to help.
And we can make a difference if we try. We often forget that as people who go shopping, we have
a lot of power. If one company does something we don’t like we can always shop somewhere else.
Then there’s the amount of plastic that comes with the goods we buy. Try buying things that aren’t
wrapped in it. And if you’re offered a bag and you don’t need one, just say ‘no thanks’. And any
plastic bags you have at home, don’t throw them away. Put them away somewhere until your next
shopping trip and use them then.
On the subject of throwing stuff away, I try to keep things that other people might be able to use.
There are always charity shops which are very happy to help you recycle your old clothes or things
in the house. Knowing that someone else is getting pleasure from something you no longer need is
a lovely feeling.
Pollution is of course a big problem, and we often feel that as individuals we have no power to
make any difference. But that’s not true. Find out what some of the local environmental problems
are and see how you can help. Get together with friends and help to clear the rubbish from local
rivers or collect litter from the streets around your home to keep the area looking tidy.
Finally, let’s turn to energy. Cars are here to stay for the moment, and it would be difficult to ask
people not to use them at all. But we should all try to avoid making unnecessary car journeys. Go
by bike or public transport sometimes or, if you work in the same area as your neighbour, try car-
sharing. Take it in turns to drive to work.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 79


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-44:

14 changes 15 wild flowers 16 published


17 cancelled 18 10.00/10 am 19 library
Audioscripts
Jonathan: Before tonight’s news let me tell you about some of the shows we have for you this
week so you can make a note of them in your diary. There are a few changes to our regular
programmes so listen carefully to make sure you don’t miss any of your favourites.
Tonight at 8.30 John Seymour will present this week’s wildlife documentary. John entertained us
all previously with his trip to the safari park when he went along to meet the elephants. This time
John will be telling us about how we can recognise the wildflowers in our gardens.
Then our first change of schedule. Apologies to listeners looking forward to Writers’ World and our
interview with Francis Selhurst, on how to get ideas for your next novel. We’ve had to rearrange
this interview for next week as Francis is attending a conference. Instead, we’ll be talking with an
expert about how you can make use of the internet to get your next book published.
On Thursday at 8.00 we have Sports Night as usual, with a look at next Weekend’s football. Most
of the games from last Saturday were cancelled due to the terrible weather, so there are no
reports on those matches. But our experts will be looking forward to seeing some action this
Saturday and will be trying to predict results as usual. Join our team at 8.00.
And finally, our reporter Sally Williams will be in town next Friday morning. She’ll be interviewing
people for our weekly programme Money Matters, starting from 10.00, not the usual 9.00. If you’d
like the chance to speak to her and share your views of your experiences and any problems you
may have, meet Sally at the main door of the library, not the normal meeting place at the Town
Hall, which is closed due to building work.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 80


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-45:

14 different building 15 13 September


16 exercises 17 training manager
18 (company) restaurant 19 134
Audioscripts
Sandra: Can I just say something about the training day next week. You should all receive your
programme by email shortly. We’ve had to make changes to rooms and even now some of the
training sessions may have to be held in a different building. But we’ll let you know if this happens.
Some of you have asked about changing to a different session than the one you signed up for.
We’ve tried to do this when it’s been possible but as some training sessions are full it will
sometimes not be possible. We will let you know by email on 13 September the full list of names
of people going to each session.
The trainers will email you the materials they’ll be using during the sessions for you to have a look
at before the training day. There are some tasks for you to complete in preparation for your
session. Please make sure you print out these materials and complete the exercises before you
attend.
At the end of the training day you will all be given a questionnaire for your comments on each of
the sessions you attended. Could you please make sure you complete this and give it to the
training manager? We are using a new company for this event and are keen to see how well the
day goes.
Because staff in the company restaurant will also be attending training sessions, the restaurant will
not be open. We are arranging cold food, teas and coffee for everyone. Could you email the
restaurant manager before the end of this week and let him know if you have any special dietary
requirements.
Finally, can I remind you to check the noticeboard outside room 134 for any last-minute changes.
Yes, we’ll email you all important information but several of you have complained that you haven’t
received our messages, so to be absolutely sure you’re up to date, check the noticeboard.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 81


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-46:
14 interview 15 entertainment
16 7.00/7pm/7 o’clock 17 speech competitions
18 free 19 £170
Audioscripts
Russell: And finally, news of an interesting club that started recently and meets here every week.
The Speakers· Club is aimed at anyone who needs to develop their public speaking skills. Perhaps
you have to give talks to colleagues at work or need to practise a presentation you have prepared
for a job interview.
The Speakers· Club offers a weekly meeting in the main hall, where members can learn from each
other as well as through talks given by highly experienced speakers from the world of business or
entertainment. We look at everything from body language and eye contact to storytelling and
delivery.
A typical session starts at 7.00 with tea, coffee and biscuits before we listen to the speaker and
start looking at a particular topic. Members are then given the chance to change a presentation
they’ve prepared before the session so that it includes the ideas presented by the speaker. We
also invite you to enter one of our speech competitions each year.
We understand that clubs like ours might not suit everyone and we like to give you the chance to
see for yourself how we operate before you join. So, we invite anyone to attend their first session
for free. However, in order for us to manage the numbers of people attending, please make sure
you reserve a place first or you may not be able to attend.
If you do decide to join us, annual membership is £170 per year. Arrangements can be made to pay
the membership fee once a month. Membership allows you to attend all sessions during the year
and gives you access to private areas of the website and the chance to take part in our social
events.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 82


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-47:
14 two days 15 height 16 plain
17 accurate 18 reading 19 three photos
Audioscripts
William: I had a great time away on holiday and one of the things I did was go on a two-day
photography course about taking photos of people. It was for beginners and I was given quite a
few tips, some of which I think are really useful.
For example, getting your position correct is really important. They said a common mistake is to
stand too far away from the person. You get a much better result if you get close to them as they
take up more of the photo. It’s also important to make sure the camera is at the same height as
the person, especially if you’re taking one of a child.
A really useful tip was to pay attention to the background. The person will stand out much more if
the background is as plain as possible. This will help you to focus on the subject of your photo.
Although most smartphones come with a flash to provide extra light, they suggested we try to
make as much use as possible of daylight. Doing this will make the colours more accurate and the
photo will appear more natural.
We’re all used to asking someone to ‘say cheese’ when we’re about to take their photo. To get a
more interesting picture, they recommended taking a photo of the person when they don’t know
you’re about to do it. Perhaps they’re reading or looking out of the window.
Finally, they told us to take plenty of photos so we can practise our skills. They said we should aim
to take at least three photos of people every day. These can be of friends and family or even
strangers, if you ask their permission.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 83


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-48:
14 1576 15 climbing 16 coast path
17 13/13th 18 celebrity 19 poetry
Audioscripts
Ellen: If you’re looking for things to do over the summer, there’s lots going on in the area. I’ll give
you an idea of what you can do now, but for a full programme of events text 1576 and we’ll send
you a link to all the information you need.
To give you a taste of what’s on offer, the Activity Centre is running a wide range of activities for all
the family. There’s climbing for beginners. This is indoors and will be led by experienced teachers.
The centre has also organised a walk along the coast path for a look at some of the creatures you
can find there. The centre is open seven days a week, with a special open day on the thirteenth of
June to give you an idea of what else is on offer.
As you know, our town has a very long history, and those with an interest in the past can sign up
for one of the guided walks the History Group has organised. Find out where a very well-known
celebrity was born and learn about local industry in the past. You can find out more at the History
Centre, which is located in the central library.
For film lovers, the Arts Centre has a full programme of films running throughout the summer
months. And the Book Festival, which starts on the fourteenth of August, has several speakers on
its programme and book readings by some well-known authors. This year they’ll be organising a
question and answer session for anyone interested in writing poetry. The Arts Centre expects this
to be quite popular, so you should call them first to book a place.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 84


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-49:
14 pet 15 cleaners 16 magazine
17 10.30 / 10.30 pm/ 22:00
18 Children’s Theatre / children’s theatre
19 ticket
Audioscripts
Woman: Welcome to Milburn’s. If you’re looking for a sale or for something unusual, don’t forget
our Thursday ‘Special Buy’ day where you’ll find some great offers. These change every week and
are removed from the shelves at the end of the day. This Thursday you’ll be able to buy a special
gift for your pet with lots of items at low. low prices. Come early and don’t miss our offers.
Are you interested in a career with Milburn’s? we’re looking for new staff in various areas of the
business. There are now opportunities to join our trainee manager programme and several jobs
for cleaners. We are proud of our staff and like to think they’re proud to be part of the Milburn
family. Why not speak to our manager today if you’re interested in joining us? Or pick up our
magazine at the exit for details about how to apply.
As the New Year approaches we know you’ll need to get your shopping done ready for all the
celebrations. We’ll be opening until 10.30 on Friday evening to give you time to get ready for the
big day. Don’t forget we’ll be closed on the first but open again on the second, when we return to
normal opening hours.
We value our local community and are always looking for the chance to help out where we can.
This month we’re supporting the local Arts Project and the Children’s Theatre Group. When you
pay for your shopping you’ll be given a ticket. To show your support, choose which of the
organisations you would like to give this to by putting it in the box by the exit. We’ll turn these into
cash when they are counted up at the end of the month.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 85


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-50:
14 accommodation 15 damaged 16 kitchen
17 different subjects 18 five/5 19 local doctor
Audioscripts
Woman: This will be a very exciting time for you. You’ve got the grades you needed and you’re off
to university. For many of you this will be the first time away from home. Write a list of things you
should take with you, for example, your passport if you’re planning to go travelling. You’ll certainly
need all the documentation the university has sent you about your course or accommodation.
Don’t bring too many household items with you. You’ll be able to buy a lot of things at university.
When you arrive and go to your room, check that everything is as it should be and in good
condition. Report anything that looks damaged. You don’t want to be blamed for this and be asked
to pay any costs involved. This is also the time to get to meet new people. Don’t lock yourself away
in your room, but go to the kitchen as this is always the first place to introduce yourself to other
students.
During your first week you can enjoy Freshers· Week. This is the time to find out about all the clubs
and societies you can join at university. These are great ways to get to know students doing
different subjects. These people will help you forget about your studies when you need to relax
and not talk about work. It’s sensible to limit yourself to signing up to a maximum of five groups or
you’ll be receiving emails for weeks to come.
Don’t forget the important things like registering with the local doctor as soon as you can. And
think about your weekly shopping list. Don’t spend too much but at the same time make sure you
don’t go hungry. And remember to put your name on your food. A shared fridge sometimes leads
to arguments!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 86


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-51:
14 15/ fifteen 15 9.30 16 art room
17 Starting 18 October 19 food
Audioscripts
Man: Hello, everybody and welcome to the class. I’m pleased to see so many of you here today.
But don’t worry, there won’t be any more of you! There’s always a maximum of 15 in the class,
and a minimum of eight. Before we start, I’d like to tell you about the course. Some of the
information you’ll probably know already, but some of it has changed.
Your class will still be on Tuesday evenings, but it won’t start at seven o’clock. It will start at the
later time of 7.30, and will end at 9.30, not nine o’clock. I hope that change is OK for everyone.
Unfortunately I can’t be here any earlier than that. Another change is the room. Next week we
need to move to the second floor to the room opposite the art room. That’s Room 26. Today is the
only time we’ll be here in Room 12.
The coursebook will be the same as before, that is Starting French. I see some of you have already
bought it – that’s good. However, if you want to buy it from us, it costs £8. You can order it today,
but it takes two weeks so you won’t have it until 1st October.
One more thing … during the last week of term, there is an International Evening at the college.
There will be traditional dancing from different countries and every class is asked to provide some
food. I thought we could take some French cheese, but any other suggestions are welcome.
And finally, let me remind you that most of your lessons will be completely in French. So, let’s
begin …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 87


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-52:
14 walking 15 600 / six hundred 16 diving
17 June 18 bus tour 19 return flights
Audioscripts
Woman: I love being a travel writer, and I love talking about my trips, so thank you for inviting me
into the studio today! Right, I’m going to tell you about three different holidays that I can
recommend to everyone.
The first is a good, year-round sun destination: The Canary Islands. These islands are known for
their big busy seaside hotels in Tenerife and Lanzarote, but there are less well-known islands, like
La Gomera. If you want a quieter experience, you can stay in traditional villages there and try out
the excellent walking routes in the hills. Johnson’s Travel currently has two-week holidays in La
Gomera from as little as £600 per person, or £900 with an extra week.
Another island you might like to try is Sardinia, in the Mediterranean. And if you and your family
want a little more adventure, then a water sports holiday could be the one for you. Water skiing
and sailing are always popular, and you could even try for a diving qualification while you’re there
on one of the specially organized activity weeks offered by SunWorld!
SunWorld designs fantastic holidays, and the peak season for families begins in July. It’s important
to remember, however, that the month of June is reserved for adults only.
Finally, if you’re not interested in lying on the beach, why not try something completely different?
On a trip to Iceland, you and your family could first visit all the main attractions of Reykjavik on a
special guided bus tour. Then take a traditional Icelandic trip on the back of a horse to the Blue
Lagoon, before flying off to the lovely snow-covered mountains of the Askja region. A week with
Travel the World costs £1,200 per adult for accommodation and return flights to Reykjavik and on
to Askja. Rates for children are lower.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 88


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-53:
14 Introduction 15 questions 16 next to
17 200 / two hundred 18 Manager 19 Tea and juice
Audioscripts
Woman: Good morning and welcome to our seminar on the toy industry. I’d like to start by saying
a few words about what you can expect from this seminar, since some of the details on the original
plan have changed. After the introduction by Sally Connor, Kenji Nakamura will give a talk. That’s
from 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. He will tell you about the most recent developments in the toy industry in
Japan and will show a short film. This will be followed by half an hour of questions. Then at 12.00,
we’ll have a break for lunch. This will be a buffet meal, served in Victoria Hall, which is on the
opposite side of the building, next to the library. After lunch, we’ll return here for Toys in Britain:
Success and Failure. This talk will be given by Robert Price who, as you know, is the owner of a
chain of over 200 toy shops in the UK. The next talk What’s Next for Toys? will take place
immediately after this, at 3.30. This will be given by Sarah Smith, who is, of course, our Sales
Manager. Sarah’s talk will finish at 5 p.m. After that, tea and juice will be served in the Green
Room, which is on the first floor. Please join us there as will be a chance for everyone to chat and

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 89


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-54:
14 13th / thirteenth 15 Park 16 6 / six
17 extreme cycling 18 map 19 team
Audioscripts
Man: Are you wondering what to do over the summer holidays? The international sports festival
starts on the 30th of June, lasts for two weeks and ends on the 13th of July with prize giving and
fireworks. It’s well worth attending. Here’s why.
The fun starts on day one with a huge event in Prospect Park. Organizers will arrive early to set up,
but the event for the public begins at 12 p.m. and lasts all day until 6.00. Throughout the day,
many different clubs and companies will be giving free workshops, which means you’ll be able to
try sports that you may never have tried before.
Some of the highlights at the opening even include skateboarding and break-dancing workshops.
You might also like to bring your bike and try some extreme cycling. Before you start, an expert will
check over your bike to make sure it’s safe. There will also be a bike race.
To find out more information about exact times of each workshop, look on our website. You’ll also
be able to download a map which shows where everything will be in the park on the day.
For the remaining two weeks of the festival, you’ll be able to enjoy further workshops and sessions
in the area. Locations and events include water sports at River Swimming Complex, track events at
the Athletics Stadium and you can also take part in indoor team games at Central Leisure. This
festival is the first of its kind in our town and I really recommend you see what it’s all about.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 90


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-55:
14 history 15 other sweets 16 January
17 8 / eight 18 10 / ten 19 bag
Audioscripts
Woman: This is the information line for the Dorset Chocolate Museum; the home of chocolate
lovers and the ideal place to spend an afternoon.
Do you know who used cocoa beans as money in the 16th century, or where chocolate was drunk
as a medicine? At the Dorset Chocolate Museum, you’ll find out about all this and more. Our
fascinating displays will guide you through the history of chocolate making from its earliest use in
South America to the modern day.
Then move on to the demonstration area of our small family-run factory. Here you can watch our
skilled chocolate-makers making a variety of chocolate bars, as well as other sweets, and you can
even have a try at making your own.
We open seven days a week from 12.00 midday till 6 p.m., except in July and August when we are
open until 8 p.m. From September to December we are open at weekends only. We are closed
throughout January, but open again from the 1st of February.
Admission is £10 for adults and £5 for children up to the age of 16, while children under five are
free. Students pay £2 less, so that’s £8, but only if they have a student ID card.
Special reduced entrance fees are available for groups of ten or more people. We can also make
special arrangements for schools on weekdays between 12 and 4 p.m. All groups will be provided
with a private tour guide, and at the end each member of the group will receive a bag of lovely
hand-made chocolates.
Our special range of chocolate boxes and bars is always available to buy in our gift shop. For more
details phone the gift shop on 01632 960054.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 91


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-56:
14 front 15 7 / seven 16 music
17 local 18 Thursday 19 5 / five minutes
Audioscripts
Woman: Good afternoon, families! It’s lovely to see you all at our wonderful resort. You’ve
certainly got some great weather for your holiday! Now, in a moment you’ll be shown up to your
rooms. Then in about an hour’s time, at about one o’clock, a light lunch will be served in the dining
room. The dining room is at the front of the hotel, next to the fitness centre. For your information,
breakfast is served between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., lunch is from 12 p.m. to 3 p.m. and dinner is served
in the evening between 8 p.m. and 11 p.m. Traditional music is played by local musicians twice a
week during dinner.
Now a few words about activities. There are family trips most mornings which you can join, if you
like. These include visits to local places of interest, including the ruins and various monuments. I’ll
give you more details about those later. You can also visit an outdoor market where you’ll be able
to find souvenirs to take home. That’s only on Thursdays, so don’t miss it. In the afternoons, you
can either walk to the beach, which is just five minutes away, or you can relax by the hotel
swimming pool.
That’s it for now, I think. I hope you like your rooms. Please stay behind if you have any questions.
Otherwise, I’ll see you in the dining room in about an hour. Thank you very much.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 92


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-57:
14 jobs 15 primary school
16 80 (eighty) 17 weather
18 control 19 coffee
Audioscripts
Girl: Hi everyone. (14) I have chosen to tell you about my father’s job for the project we had for
today. I chose the first project which focuses on jobs. I found the other topic on the environment a
bit difficult.
My father is a pilot for an international airline company. He’s been flying people around the world
for the last sixteen years and he loves his job. After he graduated from university, he became a
teacher. (15) He taught in a primary school and he really enjoyed it. However, he’d always had a
dream that one day he would fly, so he decided to go for an important career change and train as
a pilot.
(16) He will never forget his first flight when he was responsible for a plane with 80 happy holiday-
makers on their way to Italy. Six more people were working on the plane. He was very nervous.
Everything went well though and he was so pleased when his first flight was behind him.
He often gets nervous people asking him questions about how dangerous flying really is. He tells
them that it is the safest way to travel. (17) However, sometimes unexpected things happen during
a flight, such as bad weather or difficult passengers, but he says that the most important thing a
pilot can do is to always stay calm.
(18) My father believes that what nervous passengers have in common is that they need to be
in control of their life and when they get on a plane they have to give up that control.
He always does his best to make passengers feel relaxed on the flight. (19) Once he has taken off
and he is cruising in the sky, he always has a coffee to make him feel extra awake and ready for
anything.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 93


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-58:
14 8.40 / eight forty 15 notebook
16 painting 17 boat
18 Tuesday (afternoon) 19 arundel
Audioscripts
Man: Good morning everyone. I want to tell you about the school trip to the castle next week.
(14) The coach will be leaving the school at 9.10 so you all need to be there at 8.40 and no later. If
anyone is late we will not wait for you.
We will be doing all sorts of activities during the day but (15) don’t forget that you will be doing a
project on the castle so you need to bring a book, I mean a notebook with you. Don’t worry about
bringing a camera as on the last trip two people lost their cameras. You can always use your
phones if you want to take pictures.
(16) We should arrive at the castle by 9.45. We won’t be going on a guided tour because I know
how bored you all get, so, instead, we will go to the gardens where we will have a
special painting class; the gardens are very beautiful. All your paintings will be exhibited in the
school hall next week.
(17) After lunch you can have a look around the castle for an hour which will be followed by a
special treat. No that doesn’t mean you will go and eat cake, we will be going on a boat down the
river. I know that this is a trip that you will really enjoy.
(18) Now those projects I mentioned earlier will be marked by Friday afternoon so they all need to
be handed in by Tuesday afternoon. Not Wednesday morning! Us poor teachers have lots to do so
you must hand your projects in on time.
If you want more information to help you write your projects, (19) you can look on the castle
website which is www dot Arundel dot castle dot com. I’ll spell that for you, that A-R-U-N-D-E-L.
OK, you can go to your lessons now.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 94


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-59:
14 train 15 10:15 / ten fifteen
16 30 / thirty 17 bridges
18 fish 19 toy boats
Audioscripts
Girl: Hi everyone. I’m going to tell you all about my wonderful trip to Venice last week. I went
with my family. We arrived on Saturday morning at about 10 a.m. It’s very easy to get from the
airport to Venice as you can (14) either go by train or bus from the airport or you can do it the
more romantic way which is by boat.
The boats are called vaporetti and they are very long and narrow so that they can sail down the
canals easily. The wonderful thing about going by boat is that you can see a lot of the city before
you’ve even checked in to your hotel. (15) We stayed in an area of Venice called Arsenale. We
were on the boat for over an hour before we got to our stop. We set off at 10:15 and we arrived
there at 11:30. On the way we cruised past most of the outside of the city.
The cheapest way of travelling around Venice is of course on foot but after a while you will
probably get very tired. You can buy a three-day ticket to use on the vaporetti which only costs 20
pounds. (16) We also bought a Museum Card for 30 pounds which we could use to go into the
museums, art galleries and churches. That saved us a lot of money.
Apart from its fantastic buildings and squares, Venice is most famous for its canals. (17) The thing I
enjoyed most was walking over the many beautiful bridges and watching the boats beneath us.
Now I’d like to mention the food in Venice. There are plenty of restaurants all over the city. As you
would expect there are plenty of pizza and pasta restaurants (18) but the nicest thing to eat in
Venice is fish.
On the last day we sat and drank fresh juice on the Grand Canal. I took many photos for my friends
and bought lots of Italian sweets. (19) My parents bought some toy boats for our cousins. It was
the perfect city holiday.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 95


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-60:
14 5 / five 15 make-up
16 police officer 17 director
18 clothes 19 dinner
Audioscripts
Man: Hi everyone. Today I will tell you about my typical day filming. It sounds like a great job, but
it really is very tiring. Every day I get up at four in the morning and I have to be ready by four thirty
to get in the car to the studio. In the winter it’s still dark and as the studio is only half an hour
away, (14) I’m there at five and I don’t get a chance to have a quick sleep.
As soon as I get to the studio, I go to the hairdresser who brushes my hair into the hairstyle of the
character I am playing. This usually takes about half an hour. When she finishes doing my hair, I
don’t have to move from the chair (15) because the make-up lady comes to me and prepares me
for filming.
At the moment (16) I am playing a police officer, so I don’t need a lot of make-up. In my last film I
played the part of a big monster and I needed a lot of make-up which took five hours to do. It
wasn’t comfortable sitting in the same chair for such a long time.
After make-up I am given my costume to put on. At this point I am now ready to act but it is never
like that. (17) The film director is either late or the engineers haven’t finished with the scenery or
lights. We don’t usually start on time.
When they are ready, I go into the studio and we act out the different scenes. (18) This takes all
day until about five pm when they remove my make-up and I get changed back into my
normal clothes.
(19) A car then takes me home where I have dinner and go to bed usually at about ten p.m. Then
the same happens the next day and every day during filming. And that’s my typical day.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 96


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-61:
14 history 15 tea 16 interviews
17 name 18 reporter 19 Hatfield House
Audioscripts
Man: Good morning, thanks for inviting me to come and talk to you all today. I have been a radio
presenter for ten years now. I started doing DJ work for the university radio station. Strangely I
wasn’t studying music or art, (14) in fact I was a history student but I’ve always loved music.
I do the breakfast show Monday to Friday. I start at 6 am and I’m not much of a breakfast person
so I don’t eat before the show. Everyone eats and drinks loads of strong coffee but (15) I’m
a tea man myself. One big cup and then I’m ready to start. Once I finish the show at ten I have my
breakfast then and a glass of juice.
I love my job because I get to play great music. (16) The best thing of all is when I get to
do interviews. I’ve met some amazing people, some of them famous and some of them just
ordinary people who have done wonderful things.
Unfortunately I have made myself look silly a few times. My memory isn’t that good. It’s not that I
forget dates or times or anything like that but (17) once in the middle of talking to a politician I
forgot their name. That was not good!
I had never thought that I would have a successful career as a radio presenter when I was at
university. I was always interested in teaching or acting but (18) if I changed careers now I would
definitely be a reporter of some kind as I love talking to people.
Well, that’s a little bit about me. If any of you are free this weekend and aren’t too busy studying
or going to clubs, why not come and see me at a charity event I am doing at Hatfield House? If you
want to make a note of that it’s spelt, (19) H-A-T-F-I-E-L-D House. I hope to see some of you there.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 97


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-62:
14 15th June 15 map 16 4/four kilometres
17 Walsh 18 boots 19 7 / seven
Audioscripts
Woman: OK everyone, listen carefully as I need to give you some information about the
geography trip. First of all it is no longer on Monday 13th June, it is on Wednesday 14th, (14) sorry
I mean Wednesday 15th June. So please make sure you have the new date in your diary.
As you know we will be walking up quite a high mountain. Well, actually it’s not really a mountain,
it’s a very high hill. You will be put into groups. You need to work together as a team to find your
way to the meeting point at the end of the walk. There will be no technology for you to use.
(15) You will have to use the map that each group will be given.
As I mentioned before, it’s quite a difficult walk. The coach will drive you to the bottom of the hill
which is about 12 kilometres from our school and then (16) you will have to walk the four
kilometres to the top. Don’t worry there is actually a car park near the top so you won’t have to
walk all the way back down again. We wouldn’t make you walk 8 kilometres in one day.
There will be a doctor with you at all times to help anyone who might feel unwell. It’ll be easy to
see him as he will be walking with Mrs Jackson and he will be wearing a bright orange coat.
(17) His name is Mr Walsh, that’s W-A-L-S-H. Don’t forget to drink lots of water during the walk.
Now on the subject of keeping safe and well, it’s a good idea to wear a sun hat but most important
of (18) all you need to make sure that you are wearing comfortable boots as you won’t be walking
on easy paths. No sandals or beach shoes.
We will have a packed lunch half way through the walk and drinks and cake at the end in the cafe.
The coach will collect us at about 6 p.m., so if there’s no heavy traffic, (19) we should be back at
school at 7 p.m. Now are there any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 98


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-63:
14 (west) London 15 furniture
16 18 / eighteen 17 plants
18 50.00 / fifty 19 7th June
Audioscripts
Boy: Well, London has many surprises waiting to be discovered. So imagine my surprise when
(14) I discovered the amazing Chiswick Park in West London, hidden amongst the houses, right
next to the main station. In fact, just where you would not expect to find a beautiful park, with a
restaurant and an example of amazing architecture!
Chiswick House was built in 1729. It was designed by its owner Lord Burlington. The interior of the
building is important, not only because of its beauty but because there are important paintings
and (15) furniture in it.
You can join group tours of Chiswick House which take place every weekend. They last an hour and
(16) cost eighteen pounds per person. There are also family tickets that cost 38 pounds. I went on
one of these tours, and I can tell you, it was well worth every penny!
Now if being outside is more your thing, Chiswick Park, the huge garden which the house was built
in, will inspire you. You can go on the garden tour with a guide. You will see the greenhouses filled
with flowers and beautiful gardens full of whatever flowers are in season. There is also a flower
shop where you can buy (17) plants and souvenirs.
The garden tour is 6 pounds per person or (18) 50 for a group of ten. It takes an hour and a half,
after which you will be ready for a meal or a coffee at the restaurant. There is a wide selection of
cakes and snacks from as little as £2.00 for coffee and a piece of cake.
Oh, and if you’re (19) in London from the 7th of June, there is a music week. You can sit on the
grass and listen to music from six in the afternoon to ten, every evening. The music week ends on
the 13th of June with an amazing teenagers’ song competition.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 99


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-64:
14 views 15 15th April 16 food markets
17 rice balls 18 chocolate 19 exodus
Audioscripts
Man: Well, today I want to share with you some amazing ideas for our school trip next month.
I’ve been looking into a new holiday company called Exodus which promises the traveller an
unforgettable experience. So let’s start with their walking holiday on The Great Wall of China! It
took over two thousand years to build and is five thousand and five hundred miles long…! Okay,
you won’t walk all of that, but it will take you far away from the crowds and the
(14) amazing views really make it worth it!
There is also another extreme walking and climbing experience on Everest! This is a ten-day
extreme holiday only for experienced walkers. You join a group and climb to the base camp of the
highest mountain on Earth! However, this does not happen in the summer months due to the
rainy season, (15) so the last one leaves on the 15th of April. Until last year there was another one
on the 25th of April, but there isn’t anymore.
But, if walking is not your thing, how about a food holiday on a Vietnam or China Food Adventure
Tour! Both holidays have cookery classes and you will get a chance to (16) shop for ingredients at
the food markets which are an amazing experience!
For me the best part is going to the Panda Rescue Centre … you know … those lovely black and
white bears that you only find in China. You can have a cookery class there and (17) learn to make
panda rice balls … great for kids’ parties!
By the way, if you are chocolate mad, then the Mexico Food Adventure is the one for you. You get
to (18) go to the chocolate museum and see how it is produced, plus lots of chocolate cookery
classes!
If you want I’ll give you the website address to have a look at all the amazing experiences they
offer both you and your parents. (19) It’s www dot exodus dot holiday dot com. I’ll spell that for
you: it’s E-X-O-D-U-S.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 100


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-65:
14 19th century 15 1975 16 attic
17 dining room 18 lawyer 19 horse riding
Audioscripts
M: Good morning everyone and welcome to Stonebridge House. My name is David and I’m your
tour guide. (14) This morning I’m going to show you around this wonderful 19th century
house (15) which was the home of the Reynold family for more than 150 years, until 1975, when it
became a national museum.
We are now standing in the main lobby of the house where you can see the magnificent wooden
staircase that leads up to the bedrooms. (16) The house servants used to sleep in the attic but they
would have used a different staircase to this one.
(17) Now, if we go through to the dining room, you will be able to see a fine collection of paintings.
George Reynold was a big fan of traditional art as we can see here today. (18) George came from a
military family. Surprisingly, however, he became a lawyer even though his father had wanted him
to be an officer in the army. His younger brother also rebelled and became a teacher.
Now the Reynold family is famous for many things, but probably most of all for the many family
tragedies. The family has had more than its fair share of early deaths. George’s son Michael died
from cancer, his wife died while giving birth to their daughter Emily and (19) George’s brother had
a fatal horse riding accident. George himself always suffered from a weak heart and he died of a
heart attack at the age of 52.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 101


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-66:
15 Town Hall 15 narrow streets
16 Palace Café 17 8.95
18 artists’ studio 19 cream tea
Audioscripts
F: Good afternoon. My name is Sally, and I will be your tour guide on tomorrow’s excursion to
Brighton. It’s going to be a very full day with many things to see and do. (14) The coach will be
outside the Town Hall at eight o’clock. Please make sure you are on time and ready to board the
coach when it arrives as it is a busy road and the driver can’t stop for long. We will be in Brighton
at ten o’clock and you’ll be dropped off at the Pool Valley Coach Station, which is very close to the
seafront.
We’ll start our guided walking tour at 10.15 and we’ll have a leisurely wander around the famous
Brighton Lanes for half an hour. (15) The Lanes are the original part of Brighton. They used to be
narrow streets lined with fishermen’s cottages but now they are more famous for boutiques and
jewellers. At eleven, we’ll go to the Royal Pavilion, which was once a Royal Palace. You’ll probably
all fancy a quick drink before the tour at 11.30. (16) You can either sit inside the Palace Cafe or sit
outside at the Pavilion Gardens cafe.
(17) Lunch will be at 12.45 till 2 o’clock at the local Italian Restaurant. There is a set menu on offer
for us tomorrow. The two-course meal costs only £8.95. The afternoon will be busy with a trip to
the Brighton Museum and Art Gallery. This has recently been refurbished and it’s worth a visit.
From 3 to 5 in the afternoon you are free to explore Brighton seafront. (18) Particularly worth
visiting are the artists’ studios on the beach, the Aquarium, the i360 tower, where visitors can
admire views across Brighton and the south coast, and of course Brighton Pier.
(19) Finally, to round off the day, we will be going for cream tea at the Grand Hotel. Then it’s a
five-minute walk to the Coach Station for a 6 pm departure. Are there any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 102


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-67:
14 cash 15 street 16 Saturday, Sunday
17 public holidays 18 (full) medical 19 booked
Audioscripts
F: Travelling by taxi or private hire is one of the most flexible ways to travel around London.
Services operate across the capital, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year subject to local availability.
(14) All taxis and private hire operators take cash, and some accept credit and debit cards.
Historically, taxis have been referred to as ‘black cabs’ even though many are not black. (15) These
are the only vehicles that should be stopped on the street or picked up at cab ranks, although taxis
can also be booked in advance through a telephone service.
Taxis fares have been simplified. Fares depend on three things: the time of day, the distance
travelled and time taken. There are three different tariffs for the time of day. One mile would cost
you about 4 pounds on tariff 1, 4 pounds sixty pence on tariff 2, and about 5 pounds twenty pence
on tariff 3. The first applies from Monday to Friday, from 6am to 8pm. (16) The second tariff is
from Monday to Friday between 8pm and 10pm, as well as Saturday and Sunday 6am to 10pm.
(17) The third comes into effect every night between 10pm and 6am, and on public holidays. In
London there are over 24,000 licensed taxi drivers, all of whom have to pass certain tests.
(18) Complete background criminal record checks are carried out, as well as a full medical
examination, and an exam-style test of their knowledge of London’s streets. They must know all of
London’s major roads, and the quickest ways to certain destinations. (19) Private hire vehicles
include both limousines and chauffer services, or, minicabs, as they are often called, and have to
be booked in advance, either by visiting a licensed operator’s office, or by telephone.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 103


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-68:
14 16th century 15 wealthy family
16 hiding places 17 (traditional) lunch
18 (five) bridges 19 13.50
Audioscripts
F: Good afternoon. I’m going to tell you about the three tours we are currently organising to
historic houses in southern England. (14) Mystery surrounds the exact origins of South Elmham
House, although it is known to date back to the 13th century when it was built by the bishops of
Norwich, but was remodelled by several rich Lords in the 16th century. (15) It also contains some
of the oldest wall paintings in the country, which suggests a very wealthy family once lived here.
On the grounds there is also the ruins of a small Norman church. Tours include walking through
the deer park to the church, and start at 2 pm. They cost 12 pounds, including tea, coffee and
cakes. A midday meal can also be booked.
Haughley Hall was built in the late 14th century, just outside a ruined Norman castle. It was
updated and added to in the 18th century. King Henry II once owned the house, and its current
owner is a Lord. (16) It includes secret hiding places in the walls, and two tunnels, which are now
bricked up, and a three-acre garden. (17) Tours start at both 11.30 and 2 pm, and cost either 15
pounds with a traditional lunch, or 12 pounds with tea. Groups are also welcome.
12th century Bedfield House is deep in the countryside and used to belong to the church until the
mid 15th century, when the modern house was built. It was surrounded by a river, or ‘moat’, and
inside the building the painted surfaces and plastered ceilings have anti-witchcraft symbols.
(18) Five bridges connect the beautiful five-acre gardens. (19) Tours take place at 10.30 and 2.30,
and cost 13 pounds fifty, which includes tea, coffee and cakes. Groups are welcome.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 104


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-69:
14 sign up 15 swimming costume
16 (individual) needs 17 personal trainer
18 fitness strategies 19 105
Audioscripts
M: Good morning everyone, welcome to fitness week at our special health centre. (14) I can
promise you three things if you sign up for this course. Firstly, you will become healthier; number
two, you will learn lots of new exercise techniques; and number three, you will work very hard.
(15) Our gyms and swimming pools are all new and fully equipped, so all you need to take with you
is a good pair of trainers, a tracksuit, shorts and T-shirts for the gym. Don’t forget also to take a
swimming costume.
We start on a Sunday, and the first day is an introduction. Each person will be weighed and fill in a
quick health questionnaire. (16) Then we will work out a plan with specific targets for each person
based on their individual needs. (17) For the rest of the week, we will have morning exercise
sessions in the gym, where a personal trainer will ensure you are exercising correctly. After a
healthy snack, the afternoon will consist of exercises in the pool, and then relaxation in the spa. On
the last day you will all be individually weighed and assessed to determine how much progress you
have made. (18) Then, there will be a talk about fitness strategies and how you can maintain your
progress in everyday life.
Book your place in the next two days, and you will get a 25% discount. You will pay only 15 pounds
a day, which works out at one hundred pounds. (19) No, I’m sorry; that’s one hundred and five
pounds for the whole week.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 105


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-70:
14 office 15 lunch 16 twelve/12
17 11.30 18 4.50 19 water aerobics
Audioscripts
M: Good morning everyone. After a good night’s sleep, I hope you have all recovered from your
long journey and are now ready to begin the holiday of a lifetime at the Oasis Hotel. My name is
Steven and I am your Sunny Tours rep for the week. (14) You can usually find me chatting to
holidaymakers somewhere in the hotel or you can leave a message for me in my office next to the
bar and I’ll get back to you. I’m always in the office between 10 and 11 in the morning or 6 and 7 in
the evening.
Now, I’d like to tell you about the mid-week excursion to the volcano. This is always a very popular
excursion, so I’d advise you to book soon to avoid disappointment. The cost is £20 per person and
this includes the coach trip to the harbour, the boat to the volcano and a welcome drink when you
board the boat. (15) You need to take a packed lunch and the hotel can provide one for you at a
very reasonable rate, if you ask them the night before.
The coach leaves at 9 o’clock sharp from outside the main entrance and will return at 5 pm, just in
time for dinner. (16) Children over the age of 12 are welcome. Unfortunately, the excursion is not
suitable for younger children. (17) The hotel has a creche and toddler club which opens at 7.30 am
for four hours and then again in the early evening between six and eight. You may already have
seen that the hotel has a fantastic, state-of-the-art gym. This is free to all hotel guests. A massage
facility, hair styling, aerobics classes and yoga classes are on offer. (18) The first costs £5 an hour
and yoga is offered for £4.50 an hour. (19) On Sunday morning, the fitness instructors offer water
aerobics at 10 am followed by circuit training back in the gym at 11.15.
Well, that’s all for now. Are there any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 106


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-71:
14 self-service 15 9.30 16 landscape
17 materials 18 reception 19 group
Audioscripts
F: Hello everyone! I hope you’ve all settled in and are looking forward to your first day of
landscape painting tomorrow. I just want to run through the daily programme with you so that we
are all in the right place at the right time.
Now, breakfast will be served on the patio between 8 and 9 in the morning. (14) It’s a buffet
breakfast and self-service, so you can help yourself to as much as you like. I suggest you fill up as
you’ll get hungry in all that fresh air and walking.
(15) At 9.30 prompt, we’ll meet at the entrance to the hotel and walk to our painting location. This
will always be about half an hour away; certainly no further than expected. (16) Once we arrive, I’ll
give you all a demonstration of landscape painting or drawing. (17) We’ll be exploring a variety of
materials, such as pencil and charcoal and watercolour and acrylic paint. We won’t be using oil
paint, as it takes too long to dry and would be very difficult to handle.
Then you get the chance to show what you are made of and I’ll be walking around, giving advice
and encouragement. Please feel free to ask me any questions during this time. That’s what I’m
here for. We will have a picnic lunch at 12.30. (18) Don’t forget to collect your packed lunch in the
morning from reception.
(19) After an afternoon of painting and drawing we’ll all get together for a group tutorial. Now,
don’t be nervous about this. It’s just a chance to share our thoughts and experiences and see what
everyone has produced. We’ll be back at the hotel at about five o’clock, so you’ll have plenty of
time to freshen up before dinner at 6.30. Now, any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 107


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-72:
14 June 23rd 15 four 16 the actors
17 performances 18 24.50 19 online
Audioscripts
M: Here is your big chance to win a dream night at the Congress Theatre, right in the centre of
London! After a very long and successful world tour, the sensational production of Tim Rice and
Andrew Lloyd-Webber’s all-time classic Joseph and the Amazing Technicolour Dreamcoat is
heading to the Congress Theatre this summer. (14) The Congress Theatre is right in the heart of
the theatre district of London and performances will start on Monday June 18th and run through
to Saturday June 23rd. You can’t miss these dates!
(15) Four lucky listeners will have the chance to win a pair of top-price tickets for the opening night
in this free-to-enter competition. You will also win free ice-cream, drinks and sweets while you
watch the performance. (16) At the end of the performance, we will take you backstage to meet
the actors. They will also show the technical side of the performance and of course you will see the
Technicolour Dreamcoat up close. I will tell you how to enter this exciting competition in a minute.
Mid-week performances are at 7.30pm every evening and the matinee performances start at
2.30pm from Tuesday to Thursday. (17) On Friday and Saturday there are two evening
performances at 5pm and 8pm. (18) The Saturday matinee performance will be at 2pm. Tickets are
going fast and are priced from £11 to £24.50 with concessions available for selected performances,
including a half-price child ticket offer.
(19) To book, call the box office on 01323 412000, or online at [Link].
To enter our competition, simply answer the following question by June 13th: Name a song from
Joseph and the Amazing Technicolour Dreamcoat. Good luck!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 108


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-73:
14 Nature 15 wildlife 16 forest
17 12 / twelve 18 fire
19 birdhouse / bird house
Audioscript
Ben: Hello, everyone. Let me introduce myself – my name’s Ben and I’d like to tell you about a
course you can do on Saturday mornings.
I’m from an organisation called ‘Nature’ and we run courses for young people like you to do during
the weekends. Now, we know that at school you learn a lot about things like science and maths,
but this course is really about giving your youth group the chance to come and find out about
wildlife. It’s an area that tends to get forgotten.
We usually take groups like yours to a wild place that’s near their home. Sometimes we go to a
beach or a lake, but we’ve planned for your group to go to a forest. That’s the closest place for
you, and the easiest to get to.
Now, we’d like you to come and do some activities with us. You spend six hours each week with us
and the course lasts for 12 weeks, depending on the weather. That might sound like a long time,
but we think you’ll be sorry when it’s over!
Taking part in our activities means you get to do all sorts of things that you wouldn’t normally be
allowed to do at home. That includes how to safely climb trees, cut wood and build a fire.
While you’re with us, we’ll also show you how to make things out of different materials. On the
last course, everyone designed backpacks which they were very pleased with. This time we
thought we’d get you to design and make a birdhouse. When it’s finished, you can take it home
and show your family. We think you’ll enjoy doing this.
Now, any questions …?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 109


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-74:
14 March 15 England 16 father
17 money 18 trainer 19 apples
Audioscript
Hannah: Hi. My name’s Hannah. I come from a family that trains horses, and we have a champion
horse called Griffon. He is black with an incredibly shiny coat. He was born two years ago, in
December, and we’re taking him to compete in his first international show in March next year, just
after my fifteenth birthday.
The whole family is going – me, my sister and our parents. We live in Poland and we’re going to
drive through Germany and the Netherlands to the show in England, so it’ll be a long journey for
us. The event lasts for three days, and we’ll be staying with friends who also have horses.
My sister wanted to ride Griffon in front of the judges, but she’s too young. The rules are that the
person riding the horse has to be over 18, so my father will do it. Griffon has been to other shows
in several European countries. He’s got dozens of cups, but at an event a couple of weeks ago, he
got some money as a prize, which was a change. It suited us because it’s expensive taking part in
horse shows.
Horses have to learn what to do in front of the judges – how to walk and jump. I watch my parents
working with Griffon, and my dream is to be a trainer too, getting horses ready for shows. My
parents want me to study to be a doctor, but I’m not sure about that.
When Griffon comes first in a competition he’s as pleased as we are. Lots of people give their
horses sweets when they win but we give Griffon apples. I also think he likes to be the centre of
attention.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 110


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-75:
14 rope 15 20/twenty 16 tall
17 band 18 rabbit 19 ice(-)cream
Audioscript
Caspar: My name is Caspar and I’m the youngest child in a circus family. My parents and brother
and sister are all performers. My mother wears wonderful costumes and dances across a rope
about fifteen metres above the ground. Sometimes she plays a violin at the same time …
Incredible!
My brother is ten years older than me, and my sister’s sixteen. They’re part of an act where up to
twenty people balance on a motorbike and ride round the ring. The performers stand on each
other’s shoulders, with my sister at the top.
My dad’s the ringmaster, or the boss of the circus. He’s good at his job because he’s tall and has a
loud voice. He introduces the performers and makes sure the acts start and finish on time.
I’m not allowed to perform until I’m fifteen, but I march beside my dad ahead of the band at the
beginning of the show, and lead everyone out at the end. I have some great costumes, and I love
being in the ring. I can’t wait to start training to be a performer.
We don’t have horses or dogs. In fact the only animals in the circus is a rabbit, who doesn’t do
much but is always the star of the show. The children love him. The performers have a lot of other
jobs to do. We have to clean out the circus tent between each show, make the costumes, and
repair the equipment. I check the audience tickets, and sell ice-cream at half-time.
We only work for eight months, during good weather, and we travel around from place to place.
It’s a great life.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 111


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-76:
14 T/tiger 15 C/change 16 T/trains
17 two thousand/2(,)000 18 library
19 website
Audioscript
Teacher: Now could everyone sit down, please. I’ve got an important announcement to make. As
you know, the national school poetry competitions that we usually enter are starting soon. All the
competitions are named after animals. One of the competitions, called the Dolphin Prize, is for 15-
to 19-year olds. So if you have older brothers and sisters in the school, get them to enter that one.
But the one for people of your age, the Tiger Prize, is the one we’d like you to go for. We hope lots
of you will try.
As some of you may remember, the theme for last year was ‘Weather’. This time the judges have
chosen the topic ‘Change’, and that could cover a lot of things, couldn’t it? A new school, a
different house, for example …
So, if you want to enter the competition but you’re stuck for ideas, have a look at last year’s
winner on the competition website. You may know the girl who wrote it – Maria Mason from our
school with her poem called ‘Trains’. She also got a little book of her poems, called ‘Travelling’
published as part of her prize. Maria won some money for the school, too – one thousand euros!
And this time that’s gone up to two thousand, which is very generous.
If anyone in the school wins, we’d like to use the money for the library, as we feel that’s the right
way for it to be spent. Maria’s prize money last year was spent on the new computer software.
Now, you may feel you’d like to enter the competition but need some more help. If that’s the case,
you can look at the website. The head of English, Mr Winters, has said you will find it really useful.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 112


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-77:
14 science
15 running
16 bicycle / bike
17 milking
18 Monday(s)
19 farmer / have (his) own farm
work in (the) countryside
Audioscript
Man: Hello and welcome to our series about young people living in different parts of the country.
Today you’ll hear Mike Davis, who lives in Hereford, telling you something about his life.
Boy: Hello. I’m 13 years old and I go to Stanley School. I’m in Form 3, and I’m really interested in
science but I find maths and especially English a bit hard. I’m good at running and I’ve run for the
school team in the 800 metres.
My dad sells farm machinery. We live in the country about four miles from school, so I get to
school by bicycle. My uncle has a farm and I spend most of my free time helping out there. He’s
got 50 cows and I like to help him with them. I help to do the milking every Saturday and
sometimes I have to clean the cowshed. It’s hard work, but it’s good to see everything looking
clean. I painted it white last summer – I’m good at painting. My uncle’s got a tractor and he says I
can drive it when I’m 15. I’m looking forward to that.
On Mondays I go to the Young Farmers’ Group which I’ve belonged to since I was 10. It’s mostly
fun but we also learn things, like how to look after animals properly.
I definitely want to work in the countryside when I leave school. I wouldn’t like to live in a town or
sit in an office all day. My father thinks I should work in his business, but I want to be like my uncle
and have my own farm one day. My mother says I’ll have to go to agricultural college first, so I’m
going to work hard to pass all my exams.
Man: Thank you, Mike, …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 113


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-78:
14 (of) March 15 talk(s)
16 computer program(s) / programme(s)
17 Saturday
18 (full)(-)(time) student(s)
19 984 7711
Audioscript
Organiser: If you’re studying English, the Language Study Fair that’s being held this month will
certainly interest you. The show is taking place between the 17th and 19th of March at the
National Education Centre. It aims to answer all your questions about self-study (that’s studying by
yourself), whatever your level.
That Language Study Fair provides a perfect opportunity for you to see, compare and get advice on
everything that’s available to help you improve the way you study. Over 350 leading producers of
educational materials will be present. Come along to this, and you won’t waste your money in the
future on materials that are out-of-date, or books that you just don’t need.
We’ve got lots of different things for you to see and hear. There will be stands showing different
types of self-study textbooks and talks by educational speakers on the best ways to study by
yourself. You’ll be able to see the latest furniture available for people who study at home. We’re
sure you’ll also enjoy watching people using the latest computer programs, which can make
studying English alone so much easier.
This is your chance to make good decisions about what you buy. You can attend the fair between
nine-thirty and five on Thursday and Friday, and from nine-thirty to four on Saturday.
Tickets cost £5 each, or £3 if you’re a full-time student. All tickets can be booked by ringing the
ticket hotline. The number is 984 7711. Parking can be really difficult around the National
Education Centre. However, an all-day space can be booked for only £2.50 per vehicle.
So, we look forward to seeing you there!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 114


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-79:
14 (a) family
15 six/6 months
16 (a) receptionist
17 (a) bakery / baker’s
18 four / (0)4 / 4 o’clock / am / a.m. / in the morning
19 foreign / Foreign / Department / department / Desk / desk
Audioscript
Interviewer: Hello, Miss Brownlow, come and sit down. Now, I’d like you to tell me more about
the two years you spent abroad after leaving school.
Woman: Oh, right. Well, I decided to go abroad to see the world. I only intended staying for six
months but in the end I stayed two years. first of all I worked for a family. I looked after their three
children – all under the age of ten so I was kept very busy! I really liked the family, but after six
months I was ready for a change although I didn’t want to come home. Then I applied for a job in a
hotel as a receptionist. That way I could still practise my languages. And it was really good because
I had my own room in the hotel and I had all my meals there as well. And then the hotel closed
down! But the manager offered me a job – in a bakery – it belonged to his brother – and I worked
there for almost a year. At the beginning it was really hard because I had to get up so early in the
morning – around four o’clock every day. But once I got used to that, it was great, because I’d
finished work by two o’clock in the afternoon and the rest of the time was my own. But my
parents thought I ought to come home and get a ‘proper job’. I suppose they were right. So that’s
when I applied for the job with the Bank International in their foreign department and so I
continued to use my languages.
Interviewer: You’ve had quite a lot of experience, haven’t you! Now, if I could ask you …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 115


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-80:
14 (the) north(-)west / North(-)West
15 poet
16 (short) stories
17 waitress
18 (‘)City Life(‘)
19 24/twenty(-)four
Audioscript
Interviewer: Hello and welcome. We’re spending the first part of today’s programme talking
about Tanya Perry, and with me today is Ray Potter, her friend and colleague for many years …
Ray: Yes, well, I’ve known Tanya for nearly 20 years. Not many people know that she was born in
London, in 1948. In 1952, her parents moved with Tanya and her brother to the north west. They
lived in various places, before finally coming to Manchester in 1956.
Tanya spent a very happy period at school. In fact she was in the same class as Jack Peters, the
famous poet. David Thompson, the artist, was also at the school – a couple of years below her, I
think. So it was an interesting time for Tanya, who actually began to write short stories while she
was at school. One of her stories appeared in the school magazine – I have a copy here. It’s
extraordinary, you can see a lot of her ideas starting to grow. When Tanya left school, she didn’t
go to university, as Jack Peters did, but got a job immediately. She was never interested in
university life. what she wanted was to be part of the real world, to meet different people and get
more experience of life. So in the early 1970s she became a waitress, working in what was then
one of the most popular cafés in Manchester. She was writing at night and in 1975 she had her
first play performed, at the Edinburgh Festival.
She gave up her day job the following year, to be able to write full-time. Several of her plays were
performed, including one at the Court Theatre in London. This was where she met film director
Robin Newgate, who she later married. Robin introduced her to the film word and, in 1979, she
wrote the story which later became the film ‘City Life’, which Robin directed. It won the prize for
best foreign film at an important French Film Festival in 1984.
Tanya could have moved to Hollywood then, but she was still married to the theatre – and to
Robin – so she decided to stay here. Now she has 24 plays in print, 18 in translation, which makes
her work very widely known all over the world.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 116


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-81:
14 £3.70 15 hour/hourly 16 video(s)
17 information desk 18 tunnel 19 snack(s)
Audioscript
Man: … and finally Mary James has been visiting the new Sea Life Centre at Plymouth. What can
you tell us about it, Mary?
Woman: Well, it’s an extremely exciting place. There are so many things to see and everything is
enjoyable as well as educational. It costs £3.70 for adults, £2 for children and less for over sixties
and school groups. It’s open every day of the year except the 25th and 26th of December.
Special attractions for children include a quiz and hourly feeding times for all the different animals
and fish, starting at 9.30. You can see everything here from the most enormous of sea creatures to
the smallest.
Every morning from 10.00 there are slide and video shows for children in the sea life theatre, and
someone is always there to answer questions about what you’ve seen. If you are in a group of six
or more people, they can give you a special guided tour of the centre. But you need to arrange this
at the information desk when you arrive.
The latest attraction at the centre is a big glass tunnel you can walk through; all around you, you
will see enormous fish swimming – sometimes even over your head. You certainly have the
clearest possible view of the world beneath the waves. Children love it and it’s really amazing for
adults too!
When you get hungry, there is a relaxed family dining area serving snacks, cold drinks and ice
creams. Near the main entrance there is an excellent bookshop and there’s also a souvenir shop
selling all kinds of things connected with the sea.
I warmly recommend this visit; for more information phone 01743 564219.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 117


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-82:
14 glasses 15 luggage / cases / bags
16 (a) lunch 17 America / American (friends)
18 9.30 (am) 19 (new) office(s)
Audioscript
Woman: … Hello Ann … it’s Sarah Smith. I think I left my glasses in your house yesterday. I had my
bag with me but they’re not in there. Can you have a look and see if you can find them? I’ll be in all
day if you want to call back.
Man: … Hi Mum, it’s Alex. I should be arriving about 6 o’clock tomorrow evening. Could you come
and get me from the station? I’ve got lots of luggage, it’ll fill the car! I’ll give you a call when the
train gets in. Thanks … see you tomorrow.
Woman: … Morning Ann, it’s Helen here. I was wondering if you could come to lunch this
Saturday? About 12 o’clock. If you can’t mange Saturday, Sunday would be fine. I’d like you to
meet some American friends who are visiting. Look forward to hearing from you.
Man: … Mrs Jackson, this is Premier Travel. I’m just calling to tell you that your holiday tickets
have arrived and you can come and get them any time. There’s one small change in flight time, but
it simply means that your flight out to Spain leaves at 9.30 am rather than 7.30. I thought you’d
probably be pleased! It means checking in at 7.30 instead of 5.30, so you won’t be quite so
exhausted when you arrive. Call if you have any queries. Bye.
Woman: … Hello Ann, sorry to trouble you on your day off, but it’s Mary at the office. There’s a
real problem at the new Australian office and the manager needs to speak to you urgently. Can
you ring me whenever you get in – call me at home if it’s after 7.00. Thanks a lot.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 118


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-83:
14 walking/(to) walk/walks
15 picnic/lunch / picnic lunch
16 dinner(s)
17 (the) lake(side)
18 (English) cooking/food
19 (£)185
Audioscript
Woman: Thank you for calling the National Park Hotel Information Line. We’re going to tell you
about accommodation in Upton, Lakeside and Lowton. First, in Upton, is the three-star country
house hotel, the Marston Hotel, which is in a wonderful position and is especially suitable if you
enjoy walking. A double room will cost from £158, including meals. You can request a picnic lunch
if you’re going out on the hills all day. The phone number to ring is 019655 469.
Our second choice in Upton is the Bristol Hotel, a one-star hotel with just seven rooms and set in
its own pleasant gardens. A double room here is between £70 and £90, with dinner included. The
phone number is 019655 592. It’s good value, but please note they are closed in January.
In Lakeside is the two-star Ferndale Hotel. There are 15 rooms here and the hotel is on a hill with a
wonderful view of the lake. A double room here will cost from £130 to £220, although that does
include use of the tennis courts. The phone number for the Ferndale at Lakeside is 019662 2635.
The last of our National Park selection is at Lowton, just seven miles south of Lakeside. Here we
recommend the three-star Firtrees Hotel, which has already won two prizes for its English cooking.
It has 20 rooms in all and is in a good position for touring in the National Park. A double room will
cost £185 a night. The phone number is 01786 481601.
Thank you for calling the National Park Hotel Information Line.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 119


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-84:
14 (the) changing (room)
15 shorts 16 shoe(s) 17 1.45
18 biscuit(s) 19 speed(s)
Audioscript
Man: Welcome to the Sunnington Sports Camp. Before you divide into groups, I’d like to give you
some information about the plans for this week. During your time here you will play at least 12
different sports. In the mornings there is a planned programme, but we offer you a choice of
afternoon activity. You need to sign a list before midday today, saying which sport you’d like to do.
The list is on the wall outside the changing room.
Now, clothes. You can wear your track suit for most sports, although you should also remember to
bring shorts and a T-shirt each day as well, in case it’s hot. We do both outdoor sports and indoor
activities, so please make sure you have two pairs of sports shoes with you, too.
Lunch is served in the canteen at half hour intervals between 12.15 and a quarter to two. Your
group leader will tell you what time to start queuing outside the canteen. We also have a snack
bar, where you can buy drinks, chocolate and biscuits, but a word of warning: don’t eat too much
at a time, or you won’t be able to run as fast!
At the end of the course, you will get a certificate, at one of six levels. We give you marks each day
for a number of things. First, we look at your attitude: this includes things like effort, working as
part of a team, and so on. Then we give you marks for your performance, your strength and speed,
as well as your actual skill in each sport. All these marks go towards your final score, which is out of
200. The Level six certificate goes to anyone who gets 180 marks or more.
Now, any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 120


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-85:
14 Monday afternoon/p.m.
15 America / U.S.A. / United States (of America)
16 £1.75
17 tourist office(s)
18 beach
19 computer(s)
Audioscript
Man: This week in the local activities part of the show, we’re taking a look at Science World, the
new place to visit for a family day out. During your visit you’ll be able to find out about all the
latest developments in science, as well as trying lots of experiments for yourself. This is no
ordinary museum, I promise you! There’s a programme of special events, which next week
includes an Electricity Workshop on Monday afternoon, and the chance to do some experiments
with water on Wednesday morning. Of special interest is the regular Saturday evening talk: next
week Science World welcome a famous American scientist who is going to talk about space travel.
It isn’t expensive to visit Science World, with tickets priced at three pounds for adults and two
pounds for children. Talks and other special events are extra, though, with an entrance fee of
£1.75 for adults and there are reductions for children. If you want to go to a special event or talk,
then book your tickets direct from Science World on 284311, or pick them up from the tourist
office.
While you’re at Science World, you’ll be able to enjoy a snack in the Newton Café – it’s a bit small,
but the food is good. It’s open all day and it has a lovely view because it’s beside the beach.
Still not sure? Well, why not give Science World a call on 284311? If you say you heard about
Science World on this programme they will send you one free ticket to next month’s exhibition
which is about computers. It’s suitable for families and school parties.
And now let’s look at …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 121


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-86:
14 expensive / not cheap
15 Square / Sq
16 (the) (bus) driver(s)
17 map(s)
18 jewellery
19 a quarter to five / four forty(-)five / 16.45 / 4:45
Audioscript
Man: Well, good morning. This week’s programme is about the city of Glasgow. We’re going to
give you some ideas of what you can see and do if you visit for a weekend. Glasgow is Britain’s
third largest city, and Scotland’s biggest. It is well worth a visit.
If you arrive by car, the motorway will take you into the city centre. Don’t park in one of the city
centre car parks however, as they are expensive. It’s better to leave your car at your hotel or
somewhere away from the centre, and take the bus.
Glasgow is a large city and there is an excellent public transport system. A good idea is to catch a
“Discovering Glasgow” tour bus which leaves George Square every half hour. You can get off
anywhere and catch the next bus to continue your trip. The tour costs £5 and tickets are available
from the bus driver.
If you want to walk around the city centre, then it’s best to start at the Welcome Centre on St
Vincent Place. You can get information about opening times and entrance fees of places to visit
and take a free map to help you with your sightseeing.
Don’t miss the fifteenth century cathedral, which has particularly beautiful windows. Further on is
the Merchant City area, where there are cafés and lots of small, fashionable shops which sell
jewellery and clothes.
Byres Road is popular with university students and you can find a lot of bargains in the shops
around there. The Botanic Gardens are also worth a visit. The gardens are open until sunset, and
the glasshouses from ten o’clock until a quarter to five. These contain a wide variety of beautiful
plants and flowers. The gardens are also a good place to have a picnic.
Well …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 122


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-87:
14 (0)7.45
15 sleeping bag / sleep bag
16 swimming / swim
17 drink(s)
18 Post Office
19 (college) entrance hall
Audioscript
Man: Thank you all for coming. I’m going to give you the final details of our camping trip next
week. You may like to make some notes as there’s a lot to remember.
The coach will be outside the school on Monday morning at 7.30 and we will set off at 7.45 so
don’t be late. There’ll be room on the coach for one bag each so please don’t bring more than one
bag or suitcase. You don’t need to bring tents or food as that’s all provided for us, but you will
need to bring a sleeping bag. It turns cold at night so bring some warm clothes too. If we’re lucky
though, the sun will shine and we’ll be able to use the outdoor pool on the site so don’t forget
your swimming things.
On to pocket money – please don’t bring too much. We can’t keep a lot of money safe. £5 per day
should be plenty so you can buy souvenirs and drinks while we are out visiting places.
You will probably also want to bring some extra money for the last day when you are free. The
campsite is in the middle of the countryside so if you’ve had enough fresh air by then, you may
want to go shopping in the nearest town about eight miles away. That’s Southport. There’s plenty
to do there and there’s a bus that stops outside the Post Office in the village down the road. I’ll
point it out to you when we get there.
On Friday afternoon, before you leave college, please look at the notice board in the entrance hall
as there may be some changes to the arrangements which I need to tell you about.
Now, has anyone got any questions?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 123


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-88:
14 cakes
15 (fresh) fish
16 vegetables
17 15/fifteen minutes
18 Canada
19 23 March
Audioscript
Woman: Today, I want to tell you about the Good Food Show at the Capital Exhibition Centre.
There are more than 300 stands at the exhibition. I really enjoyed my visit.
First I looked at the books on sale. Jane Adams, the famous television cook, was there signing
copies of her latest book. It’s about making cakes so I had to have it! My family loves sweet things
and I really liked her last book about making bread. There’s a different famous cook there every
day signing books and talking to people.
In fact, there’s advice on all sorts of topics. I listened to someone from the centra market talking
about what you should look for when you buy fish. I’ve always been nervous about buying it,
because how can you tell if it’s really fresh? Well, I think I’ve got a better idea now.
Then, in the exhibition theatre, I saw a cook prepare a healthy but tasty lunch using only
vegetables! They will prepare a different dish every day. Also in the theatre, at 2 o’clock every day,
a cook talks about preparing delicious desserts in under 15 minutes. I tasted one made with
chocolate and it was out of this world!
At the show, you can try food from all around the world, from Chile to China, and I did! I enjoyed
the food from Canada most of all, although everything I tasted was really good.
The exhibition centre is open from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. from Monday to Saturday and from 10 until 6
on Sundays. But hurry, because the last day is the 23rd of March when the Good Food Show has to
make way for the Boat Show. For more details, phone …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 124


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-89:
14 artist / painter
15 6(th) (of) November
16 18 / eighteen
17 hotel(s)
18 elephant(s)
19 lunch
Audioscript
Man: Hello. I’m Stephen Mills. I will travel with you on the Tiger Tour to India, but I’m not your
tour guide. I work as an artist and I’m going to take some photographs of tigers so that I can use
them when I paint some pictures later. An expert guide will join the group when we arrive in India,
but I’m leading the group until then.
We leave London on the 6th of November, arriving in India the following day. It’s a good time of
year to visit the wildlife park where the tigers live. The rainy season finishes in October. And later
in the year, the park gets more crowed and the tigers become shy.
We’ll spend ten days in the wildlife park. There are twenty other types of animal and three
hundred types of bird to see as well as tigers. There are eighteen of us altogether and everything is
organised for our comfort by the tour company. For example, although we’re in the jungle, we
won’t have to sleep in tents! The hotels where we’ll stay are all very comfortable.
To be sure of seeing tigers, we’ll stay in two different parts of the wildlife park. We’ll spend three
days in the north, where we’ll travel around in an open truck, and the rest of the time in the south,
where we’ll travel around on elephants. That should be fun!
On the way back to London, we have dinner and one night’s bed and breakfast in the Indian
capital, Delhi. There you can either go sightseeing or go shopping, whichever you prefer. But
please note that lunch is not provided on our day of departure, as the plane leaves at two in the
afternoon.
Now, if there are any questions …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 125


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-90:
14 back gate
15 The Party
16 (school) secretary
17 £15.75
18 ice cream
19 bus station or bus stop
Audioscript
Man: Okay everyone, now I need to say a few things about our visit to Staunton Theatre next
Tuesday. You need to be here at school at six o’clock. We’ll meet by the back gate because the
coach can’t stop at the front one. We can’t leave any later than six, as the play starts at 7.30.
We’re seeing a very interesting play called The Party by Andrew McVitie. It’s a comedy about a
birthday celebration. His works can be difficult to understand so you need to read the play in
advance. There is a copy for everybody which you can pick up from the school secretary. Do that
as soon as you can.
I’ll hand out the theatre tickets on the coach. We’re all sitting together, in rows E and F. The full
price of these tickets is £18, but you’re lucky, because I managed to get a discount for the group,
so you only have to pay £15.75 each. Could you let me have this money before Tuesday, please,
and £3.50 for the coach.
Now, a lot of you have suggested going somewhere together afterwards. Well, the coach driver is
willing to come back a bit later, but there isn’t time for a three course meal, so we’ll go to a café I
know nearby for an ice cream and a coffee. Don’t forget to bring some money for that.
I’ve arranged for the coach to make an extra stop before it comes back to the school. So for those
of you who need to take the bus home, it will be possible for you to get off at the bus station. If
you decide to take a taxi, you should find plenty of taxis there, or you can walk to the main square.
Right, any questions …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 126


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-91:
14 12(th) (of) June
15 video / film
16 (mobile) phone
17 entrance
18 Italian
19 Ashleigh
Audioscript
Woman: Hello, this is Greenhill College. I’m leaving this message in answer to your enquiry about
the Business Studies course. Firstly, you asked when the course starts. It begins on the 12th of
June, and finishes four weeks later on the 7th of July. According to your letter, you’re free at this
time, so I hope those dates will be all right.
At the beginning of the course, there are no lectures because we spend time watching business
videos. So you won’t need to bring anything for the class, as everything is provided. Don’t forget,
however, that although you can bring your own laptop if you wish, mobile phones are not allowed
in the classroom. I’m afraid these can disturb the classes, so they’ve now been banned.
You said you’re coming by car. Well, as it’s only a short course, you can use the visitor’s car park
which is just beside the main entrance. We’re only a short walk away. Just turn right after the
science and technology centre, cross the staff car park, and you’ll see the door to the Business
Studies Department in front of you.
Finally, you also wanted to know if it’s possible to attend a language course while you are here.
Well, the answer is yes, but we only have room on our Italians classes. On, no actually … there’s
one place on the Spanish course too. We usually offer French and Japanese as well, but there
aren’t enough students for those classes this summer.
So, I think that’s all. But if you need to ask any further questions, please call Sonia Ashleigh – that’s
spelt A-S-H-L-E-I-G-H. She’s the secretary in the Business Studies department, and she’ll be happy
to help. Thank you for your enquiry.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 127


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-92:
14 fit 15 rain 16 boots
17 mini-bus 18 March 19 01252 88492
Audioscript
Woman: If you’re looking for an extra special present for yourself or a friend, why not book a
flight in a hot air balloon! These exciting trips give you the chance to enjoy a really unusual view of
the countryside.
Children under 12 must be accompanied by an adult. There’s no upper age limit and everyone is
welcome. However, it is essential that all passengers are fit. This is because you will have to climb
in and out of the basket under the balloon.
For a successful flight we need light winds. It’s also important that there’s no rain and that we have
a clear sky. If there is too much cloud we’ll cancel the flight and re-arrange it for another date.
The temperature in the air is similar to that on the ground so you should wear casual outdoor
clothes. Also, you must remember to wear boots. That’s because you may have to walk in fields
that are wet and dirty at the end of the trip!
The direction the flight takes depends on the wind. The pilot will choose a suitable landing place
which may be between 5 and 30 kilometres from the airfield we start from. But don’t worry
because transport is provided – a mini-bus will collect you. You won’t have to walk all the way back
to the airfield!
All our flights take place in the evening and departure times depend on when the sun sets. The
season starts in March, and in May, for example, the flights would be at 6.00 p.m. The last flights
are in October, and after that we close for the winter.
If you’d like to book a flight or to receive more information about hot air balloons, just call 01252,
double 8, 492, or visit our website [Link]. It’ll be a trip you’ll never forget …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 128


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-93:
14 T/tiger(s)
15 A/aug(ust) (evenings)
16 1765
17 K/kitchen(s)
18 (old) F/fishing
19 S/sweet(s)(es)(ies) C/candy(s)/C/candies
Audioscript
Man: Are you interested in history? Well, I’d like to tell you about some of the historic places
open to visitors in this part of the country.
Let’s start with the oldest first. Black Rock Caves have been here for over two million years. And,
for half a million years, they were home to people and various animals, particularly tigers. You can
explore these ancient homes and imagine what life was like for the people who lived there. The
caves are open daily from April to October. A special attraction on evenings in August is a walk by
candlelight. Don’t take this tour if you are afraid of the dark!
Next I recommend a visit to Salter House. This was built by Sir Joshua Salter and dates back to
seventeen sixty-five. The Salter family are still living there today. The house became famous in
nineteen eighty-two when the television series Aunt Dorothy was filmed there. The furniture and
paintings we well worth seeing, but the attraction nobody wants to miss is the kitchen. This is
where Aunt Dorothy cooked her enormous meals and gave advice to anyone who passed through
this part of the house.
And don’t forget to visit The Old Port. You will need several hours to see everything there,
especially if you take a trip along the riverside in an old tram as far as the fishing village. The guides
there all wear traditional costume and you too get the chance to try on clothes from a hundred
years ago. You can buy gifts in the old village stores and eat delicious snacks in the Tea Shop. If you
visit the village factory, you can see how sweets were made a hundred years ago, and taste them,
too.
So, you see there’s plenty of …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 129


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-94:
14 O/opera(s)
15 T/ten (students) /10
16 (to) R/relax
17 C/classic(al) (s) (songs)
18 (the) S/salad (s) (bar)
19 T/Tuesday T/tues
Audioscript
Interviewer: I’ve just come back from a short music course called Singing for Beginners. It was at
Brownstoke College, which is just to the north of London.
A woman called Lena Phipps runs these three-day courses for people with no previous experience
of singing. Lena used to be an opera singer, but no longer appears on the stage. Nowadays she
occasionally sings in jazz clubs, but spends most of her time teaching. She was excellent!
There were only nine of us on the course I attended, five men and four women, and Lena never
takes more than ten students on a course. This means that everyone has lots of attention and
plenty of opportunity to sing.
We were all very nervous at the beginning, but every class begins with some exercises to help
students relax. These are followed by warm-up exercises to improve the quality of the voice.
During the three days, students learn around twenty songs in a variety of different styles,
depending on the interests of the class members. There are classical and modern songs, including
pop songs. By the last day, everyone was confident enough to perform their favourite song on
their own!
I would really recommend this course. Brownstoke College is an old building surrounded by a
beautiful garden. Accommodation is very comfortable – the single and twin rooms are clean and
warm, and three meals a day are included in the cost; a cooked breakfast, lunch and an evening
meal. The lunch is very good, and the salads can be recommended.
Courses begin on the last Tuesday of the month, so the next one begins on the 24th of September
and continues until Thursday the 26th of September. I would advise you to reserve a place early,
because it’s certain to be very popular.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 130


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-95:
14 (of) M/march
(of) M/mar
15 520
16 (by) (the) T/train(s)
(by) R/rail (way/road)
17 (an/your/their) I/identity/ID(-) C/card(s)
18 BIRINFO/birinfo/BIR INFO/ bir info
19 (on/this) F/Friday/F/fri
Audioscript
Teacher: Right everyone! Some important information about the three college trips before the
end of June. Firstly, we’re all going to Birmingham to see the International Athletics
Championships. That’s the only trip we’ve planned during March because I know that April is such
a busy time for students. We’re going on the 15th. For those of you who haven’t heard of this
event before, it’s the largest single sports competition in Britain, so we’re really pleased that we’re
going. A hundred and forty different national teams will take part, which means you’ll see five
hundred and twenty world-class sportsmen and women there, and you’ll be amongst thousands of
other fans. The stadium seats seventeen thousand!
We’ll be leaving here early and we’ve decided to go by train this time and not hire a coach,
because we got delayed in traffic jams when we went to Birmingham before. I hope everyone’s
pleased about that.
Next, someone asked me what to take. Firstly, what not to take! Leave your cameras behind
because taking photos is forbidden, but you must have your identity card with you as we’ve
bought a group ticket, and you may need to show it. Mobile phones are okay, but you’ll have to
turn them off during the event, so it’s probably better not to take them.
If you want to read some more about the event on the Internet, go to Birmingham’s website. Then
look for the word ‘Birinfo’ in the page index, that’s spelt B-I-R-I-N-F-O. You’ll find all kinds of
information about the Championships there.
As for our trip, I don’t have the final details of journey times yet, but I will by this afternoon. So, I
think I’ll write an information sheet with answers to all your questions on it. You’ll get copies of
this on Friday, so you can read through everything over the weekend.
Right … the second trip will …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 131


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-96:
14 C/cycling
15 (a) C/castles (s)
16 (in the) S/spring (time)
17 (£) 55
18 M/music
19 B/bird(s) watching
Audioscript
Man: Good morning! This morning on ‘Holiday Time’ I want to tell you about the cycling trip I
took recently to Northumberland in the north of England. Before I went I read a book by Peter
Green whose title is Cycling around Northumberland, which I found really useful when planning my
route.
Northumberland is a beautiful area of England and perfect for cycling. There is very little traffic on
the roads and plenty to see and do. For example, why not visit a castle? More of them are open to
the public here than in any other part of the country. While I was there I actually stayed in a flat in
a castle, but there are many hotels, cottages or bed and breakfast places to choose from. In the
summer it is important to book in advance, but I recommend going in the spring, as it is not so
difficult to find somewhere to stay at that time of the year. You will find that some places are
closed in winter.
Most of the small towns in the area have cycling centres where you can hire a bicycle. A week’s
hire will cost thirty-five pounds, two weeks will be fifty-five pounds. There is also a deposit of fifty
pounds, which you get back when you return the bicycle.
Try to plan your holiday when there is a local event or festival happening. I went in June and was
lucky enough to go to a festival of local food. Every August there’s an international festival of
music, but you’ll find something going on in almost every month of the year.
Ring the Northumberland National Park if you’re interested in finding out about their activities –
they have a programme of guided walks, photography and bird watching. Ring them on double
eight double 0 four six.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 132


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-97:
14 Greenland
15 Five/5 o’clock (p.m./in the afternoon)
5 pm
17.00 (hours)
5.00pm
16 computer(s)
17 space(-)ship
18 top/highest
19 F/fri(day)
Audioscript
Int: Next on the programme, we’re offering free tickets to go and see a brand new film called A
Year in Greenland. The film, which tells you all about the plants and animals in that wonderful
country, has won a prize at the national film festival – it’s well worth seeing.
The film can only be seen at a fantastic new cinema that has just been completed inside the
Science Museum in the city centre. It’s showing this Sunday with performances every hour from
midday onwards, with the last showing at five o’clock, two hours before the museum closes at
seven. So there’s six times to choose from.
So why not take the whole family to the museum this Sunday – there’s lots to do. Children will
want to head straight down to the basement where the computers are kept. I promise you they’ll
come away with all sorts of exciting pictures they’ve created.
Moving to the first floor, a working steam engine and a life-sized model of a space-ship are among
the favourite exhibits, and these are popular with people of all ages, not just children.
And if you get thirsty or if you want to have lunch out, there’s an excellent café with wonderful
views of the city on the top floor of the building.
Entrance to the museum is free on Sundays, but it would normally cost £3.25 to go and see the
film. To get your free tickets, you should email this programme by midday on Friday. We’ve only
got a limited number of tickets, so the earlier you contact us, the more likely you are to get one.
We’ll then get back in email contact with you before 12 o’clock on Saturday if you’ve been
successful.
So have a pencil and paper ready after this song.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 133


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-98:
14 artists 15 12th July 16 Fridays
17 groups 18 lessons 19 timetable
Audioscript
Man: If you want to study an interesting subject this summer, and improve your English at the
same time, Highbury College is offering three very good courses. As is always the case, each course
lasts four weeks. There is an English Literature course, which will deal with 20th-century writers
and poets. There is also a course about 18th-century artists, which includes guided tours of the
best galleries, and finally a course in Modern Architecture, with visits to some of the city’s most
famous buildings.
All the courses begin on the 14th of June and the last day of classes is the 12th of July. Classes are
from 9 to 3.30, leaving you plenty of time of other activities in the long summer evenings. Fridays
are also free for you to have a break because there are lessons on Saturday and Sundays, too.
Now, about prices. The full price of each course is £425, but the college is offering special
discounts for groups. The secretary has further details on that if you are interested. The price
includes your accommodation at the college hall – in shared rooms – all meals, full use of the
library, and social activities, such as parties, outing, etc … Oh, I almost forgot, all books are
included too, so you won’t have to spend anything on that. But if you need extra lessons, then you
have to pay a fee. And you have to make your own travel arrangements to the college.
All the courses are for beginners, so you don’t need any previous knowledge of these subjects.
Your English should be at a good level, of course, good enough to follow the lectures. If you are
interested, see the college secretary, he’ll be able to give you copies of the registration forms and
the timetable for the course you want. So, does anyone have any questions.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 134


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-99:
14 1921
Nineteen (hundred) (and) twenty(-)one
One thousand, nine hundred and twenty(-)one
15 Japan(ese)
16 gift(s)
17 hotel (next door)
18 (rail/railway/train) station
19 group(s)
Audioscript
Man: Thank you for calling the Central Museum information line.
Central Museum is open every day from 2nd January through to 31st December and is open daily
from 10 pm until 5 pm. The museum itself is a wonderful example of local architecture, completed
in the year 1889, and the gardens, still in their original 1921 design, surprise and delight visitors of
all ages.
The museum contains an important 19th-century English furniture collection as well as a
permanent Japanese art exhibition and admission is free to all visitors. Admission includes a free
pre-recorded audio guide and we are fully equipped to welcome wheelchair users.
Our museum shop sells a variety of books, cards and gifts. You’ll find all kinds of interesting ideas
for both adults and children. The museum also has a café, offering a selection of hot and cold
dishes throughout the day from 10 until 4 30.
For visitors travelling by car, parking is available at the hotel next door. It’s just metres away from
the museum. These is also frequent local public transport with buses to and from the town centre.
There are also buses from the railway station every ten minutes throughout the day.
For further information about the museum, its history and its collections, please call 01202
451800. You can also call 451858 for information about group visits, or if you’re interested in
hiring a room at the museum. Teachers can look at our website on [Link] where
they’ll find lots of ideas for project work. Thank you for calling the Central Museum information
line.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 135


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-100:
14 Good Living
15 fish/fishes
16 salad(s)
17 rice(s)
18 parties/party
19 (£)2.49/two (pound(s)) (and) forty(-)nine (p/pence)
Audioscript
Today we begin the programme with some information about an exciting magazine that will be on
sale in the shops next week. It’s called Good Living and the aim of the magazine is to show you
how to eat well, and in a healthy way. So every month there will be information about which fruit
and vegetables are in season as well as lots of recipes by top chefs for you to make. In the first
issue of the magazine, there will be recipes for fish, which is a good choice if you want to eat
healthily. In addition, you’ll also find a special free gift. This is DVD showing how to prepare
summer salads, using a wide variety of different ingredients, some of them quite unusual.
The second issue will have an interesting article about the history of tea and the many kinds you
can buy in different countries. It also has a special collection of recipes for children, which will
show them some interesting things to make with rice. Of course, there’ll be some good things for
adults in this second magazine, too. There are some wonderful recipes designed especially for
parties. The recipes are quick to prepare and very colourful, and some can also be made ahead of
time and frozen, which is always useful.
Now the price of the magazine will normally be £3.99, but the first issue with be on sale at £2.49,
so that’s a good offer, a reduction of £1.50. It will be on sale in supermarkets and newsagents on
Monday. So make sure you buy it – the ideas and photos in it are great!
Moving on, next on the programme …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 136


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-101:
14 1 / one hour / hr 30 / thirty (minutes)
15 oil
16 (desert) plants
17 (large) (colourful) rocks
18 souvenirs
19 basket
Audioscript
Man: Hi everyone, I’d like to welcome you aboard our train trip through high desert scenery. The
train that you are sitting in was built in 1933, so it’s really old – but very comfortable! Our trip
today lasts one-and-a-half hours and we will travel at a speed of about fifteen miles an hour. The
train climb uphill for the first forty-five minutes and then makes its way down to a town called
Oldsville.
In the twentieth century, oil was discovered here and an important industry developed. It didn’t
last long, however, and tourism is the biggest industry these days. There’s lots to see in the town.
On the journey you won’t see any animals during the daytime because it’s too hot, but you should
took out for beautiful desert plants right next to the track, although at this height there are no
trees.
At one point, we go over an old wooden bridge. People get worried because it’s noisy, but it’s
quite safe. There’s no river under the bridge, but you can see some large colourful rocks – they’re
fantastic.
We don’t make any stops on the trip because all the stations were closed long ago. The route is
kept open by local people who love the history of the railway and at the far end of our coach
there’s a small store. This store is really special and sells souvenirs which you can’t buy anywhere
else.
The other things which we sell during your ride are drinks and snacks. Unfortunately, the machine
selling these is broken, so once we’re underway I’ll be walking down the coach with everything in a
basket. So stop me if you want anything.
Enjoy your trip!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 137


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-102:
14 hills 15 sunset 15 cushion
17 5 / five 18 picnic 19 CITYENTS
Audioscript
Man: For those of you who love watching films, let me tell you about a new outdoor summer
cinema that opens later this week. It’s been set up in the hills with beautiful views in all directions.
The size of the cinema screen is fantastic, and the quality of the sound system is so good you
forget that you’re outdoors. What’s so amazing is that you can enjoy the sunset at the same time
as you’re watching a film!
There are no seats because members of the audience can sit on the ground wherever they like.
The temperatures don’t drop in the evenings during summer, so you won’t need a blanket, but I do
suggest taking a cushion with you because it can get rather uncomfortable after the first hour or
two of sitting there.
So, how do you get to this cinema from the city? If you have a car, then there’s plenty of parking
spaces and the round trip is about eight kilometres. Otherwise, you’ll need to rely on public
transport, unless that is, you have enough energy for a five-kilometre walk along a narrow path.
When I visited earlier this week, I saw that some people had brought a picnic with them. The
perfect thing to enjoy after the movie. Some other people tried to light a barbecue – but that’s
against the rules, I’m afraid – so not such a good idea.
And one final word of advice. It’s not a good idea to arrive at this outdoor cinema without a ticket
because numbers are limited for health-and-safety reasons. Tickets are available from any
supermarket in the city, or you can get them online from the website, cityents dot org. That’s C-I-
T-Y-E-N-T-S dot org. So, have fun …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 138


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-103:
14 football stadium 15 email 16 sports bag
17 water bottle 18 shirt(s) 19 BEATON
Audioscript
If you’re a student who wants to keep active over the summer vacation, you’ll be interested in this.
The Student Running Club meets every week and is open to students from any college in the town.
Come to the football stadium every Friday between May the eighteenth and August the thirtieth if
you’d like to take part.
Registration for the club couldn’t be easier. If you were a member last summer, you’ll receive a
registration form in an email. If this is your first time, you can register in person on meeting days
but make sure you’re there by five-thirty pm at the latest.
A five dollar payment will allow you to run in all the Friday races through the summer, and you’ll
get a sport bag with the club name on it. If you just want to turn up for one race, the cost is only
one dollar.
The club’s aim is to show that running and exercise can be fun, not to see who can run the fastest,
so there aren’t any prizes for the person who comes first. After each race, all runners will be given
a free water bottle. Healthy snacks are available at special prices.
Runners are grouped according to experience, so there’s no need to worry if it’s your first time.
Those who are new to running start first, and wear orange shirts; those with more experience
follow on afterwards in blue, while the fastest runners wear red.
If you need any particular information on the event, or if you would like to volunteer, you can
contact Carol Beaton, that’s B-E-A-T-O-N, on 8302195. So, get out your running shoes and get
down to the club with your friends.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 139


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-104:
14 tent 15 meals 16 path
17 map 18 rabbits 19 flight
Audioscript
Steve: I’ve always wanted to go to New Zealand. So, when I saw an advertisement asking for
people to work in a forest near Auckland, I applied.
I was accepted and flew out to New Zealand in January. At the airport, I met other people going to
work in the forest and a bus came to collect us and take us there. Eventually, there’s going to be a
really big tourist centre where we were. I thought I’d be staying in a wooden hut, but in fact I was
in a tent, which I shared with four other boys – two American and two Japanese.
It was summer, so I was a bit disappointed that the weather was rather wet and windy. But at least
you could have hot showers in the evening. There was also a professional cook, and every evening
he made us great meals. That’s important when you’re working outside all day!
We always worked as a team, so progress was fast. Our main job was creating a path in the forest
to make access easier. They’ll need it when the tourist centre opens to groups in another year or
two.
I also enjoyed getting the information to make a map of the forest area. Something else that was a
good experience for me.
I’ll always remember how quiet the forest was early in the morning. The birds were singing as
you’d expect but I couldn’t believe I could actually hear the rabbits. They ran around in the long
grass early in the morning.
If you like nature, and you want a taste of life outside a city, try this trip. You have to find the
money for your own flight, but everything else, including special boots, are provided.
Anyway …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 140


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-105:
1 Leo Blucher 2 Blumengasse 3 4312 11057 4 1st 5 nine/9 days 6 two hundred / 200 7
kitchen
8 (the) sea 9 quiet 10 parking space / parking / space

Amanda Dubai Palm Apartments, Amanda speaking. How can I help you?
Leo Oh hi, Amanda I’m ringing to enquire about a
holiday apartment for the month after next
A OK, no problem Let me get your details first, then I’ll tell you what we’ve got. Is that all right?
L Fine, go ahead.
A OK. Can I have your name first, please 9
L Yes, it’s Leo Blucher, that’s L-E-0 - that’s my first name - and my surname is B-L-U-C-H-E-R.
A OK, I’ve got that Where are you from, just out of interest, Leo 9
L I’m Austrian.
A Right, OK, and what’s your address?
L It’s number 37 Blumengasse in Vienna
A Right. Could you just spell Blumengasse for me, please, Leo? My German’s not too good
L Sure, it's B-L-U-M-E-N-G-A-double S-E.
A Great, thanks, and what’s the weather like in Vienna at the moment 9
L It’s pretty grey and rainy, I’m afraid Hope it’s better in Dubai.
A Yes, it’s lovely at the moment Sunny and warm, but not too hot. Now, can you give me your
phone number9
L Yes, it's 4312 11057.
A Great So, you’re looking for a holiday apartment, Leo How many people is it for, just yourself 9
L No. there'll be four of us, two adults and two children
A Fine, and when would you like it from 9
L Ideally from the 1st of January
A January the 1st. OK I’ll have a look and see what we’ve got. How long would you like to stay9
L Well, it depends a little bit on the price, but I think that about nine days would be perfect.
A Fine And, talking of prices, what would be your maximum, do you think?
L Well, I’ve looked on the Internet, but I don’t know if I’m being realistic if I say 200 euros per day
Things seem to range from 150 to well over 400
A Well, it depends where, of course, but I think we could probably find something for you at that
price
L Great. There are various other things, though. Our children are quite small, and we don’t want to
take them to restaurants all the time, so one thing we’d really appreciate is a fully equipped
kitchen so we can do some cooking
A Yes, I completely understand. Do you have any other special requirements 9
L Yes, we live in the city centre hundreds of miles from the sea, so we’d really like be able to see it
from our apartment.
A OK. I'll note that down All our apartments come with air conditioning and central heating, by the
way
L Oh dear. One thing I don’t like is the noise of air
conditioning in the background. Can you make sure it’s as quiet as possible 9
Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 141
B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

A Yes, I’ll look into that Anything else9


L Yes, just one more thing We’d like to hire a car while we’re in Dubai, so we’ll need to have a
parking space, I think - we don’t want to have to walk a long way from the car to the apartment.
A I think you’re quite right I’ll look into all these things and make a list of possible apartments. Do
you have an email address, so I can send them to you 9

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 142


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-106:
1 Dubashi 2 27/twenty-seven 3 office worker 4 Central Africa 5 Elbrus 6 first(-)aid 7 five
languages
8 media studies 9 fishing 10 fit
Clive Hello?
Debbie Hi, Clive, is that you'?
C Yes, hi, Debbie.
D Did you manage to see those candidates for our expedition'?
C Yes, I did, and there was an extra one who was quite a surprise. You know, he hadn’t applied and
he just turned up out of the blue, so we haven't got any details for him.
D Really1? Tell me about him
C OK, and you can take some notes Then we'll see what we think
D Fine.
C First, he’s called Sanjay Dubashi.
D OK Sanjay is spelled S-A-N-J-A-Y, right?
C Correct And Dubashi is D-U-B-A-S-H-l
D D-U-B-A-S-H-l, fine, thanks, I'm just getting that down And did you find out how old he is?
C Sure, he's round about our age, you know - well, a couple of years older, he’s 27, quite a big
man, quite muscular, impressive, with a big moustache
D And what does he do?
C Well, actually, he just says he's an office worker, you know, just one of those people with quite a
routine job in an office.
D Mm, doesn’t sound like he finds his job very interesting Has he got any experience, do you know,
of going off to remote places on foot?
C Yes, he’s been all over the place He was telling me all about a trip he made in a Land Rover
across Central Africa from one side to the other, which sounded pretty exciting And dangerous
D Great! I think it would be really interesting to cross Central Africa. I’d love to do that. Anything
physical1? I mean, where he actually had to walk instead of driving - you know, being so muscular,
as you say?
C Mm, I was coming to that Last year, he went to Russia with some friends in their summer
holidays and they went up a mountain. Let’s see, urn, Mount Elbrus, it’s called
D Wow, now that’s really quite something. By the way, Elbrus is spelled E-L-B-R-O-S, isn’t it?
C Not quite, it’s U-S
D Ah, OK What qualifications does he have which would interest us1? Has he done any sort of
specialist training, for example1?
C Well, he’s done a course in first aid, which may be pretty useful. If any of us get injured, he
should know what to do.
D Good. It might be useful to have someone who knows how to do first aid in case someone has
an accident. Can he swim?
С I didn’t ask, now you mention it. I forgot But he did tell me he can hold conversations in five
languages He’s not fluent in all of them, but he can get by. He grew up in India, and I suppose that
helps, you know, for learning languages, though now he lives over here.
D Right. What else? Has he been to university, for instance?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 143


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

C Yes, he graduated in media studies, though he says he’s never worked in the media
D: OK, and when he’s not off on expeditions to remote places, what does he like doing in his spare
time1?
C He seems to do all sorts of things One thing he told me which could be useful is that he likes
fishing
D Yes, we’d better tell him to bring his fishing rod - that is, if we choose him
C And he seems to spend a lot of time at the gym - he says he really likes to keep fit And when you
meet him, you’ll believe it’s true
D Great, another fitness fanatic, like you. Well, sounds like I should meet him, doesn't it? When
can you fix that up?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 144


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-107:
1 protect 2 ocean 3 safety 4 accident 5 school 6 money

Irina Good morning. Can you tell me about the ticket options, please?
Man Certainly, we've got various options, depending on whether you want to just visit parts of the
exhibition or all of it. It’s organised into various different sections, and because it's so large, you
may not be interested in everything or have time for everything. You can buy tickets just for the
sections you want to visit, and that makes it a lot cheaper
I Well, urn, I’ve really come here to see things to do with electronics
M Right. Then I think you’ll find the first part of the exhibition as you go in is quite relevant. It’s all
about electronics and how we can use them to protect the world around us - you know, the
environment and what we can do to avoid damaging it further.
I Protecting the environment That sounds interesting Anything I should specially look out for
there?
M There are lots of new devices One which fascinated me when I went round was a new
instrument for measuring how the temperature of the ocean changes at different levels, and this
can be done from a ship on the surface right down to the bottom
I Great, I’ll look out for that.
M OK, and I see you’ve got your son with you, which is nice because the subject of the next section
is all about different things for keeping an eye on your children and looking after their safety It
contains a range of things, from electronic instruments used in medicine to children's electronic
games and even a number of new devices to prevent children from having an accident when
they’re at home.
I That sounds useful.
M Yes, there’s even an invention for older children - you’ll see a demonstration of it while you’re
there - which helps parents to make sure their kids are going to school. Really useful in families
where both parents work It sort of electronically tells parents about their kids' attendance and
sends them a signal via the Internet
I Very convenient. But my son is a bit young to worry about that yet Are there any other sections
which feature electronics?
M Sure There's another section - it’s the third you come to,
I think - which should interest everyone It contains lots of new electronic instruments or devices
for looking after and working with money - you know, like that thing you must have heard of which
counts what you’re putting into your supermarket trolley and adds up the bill as you go around
I Right, money - that sounds interesting, too. Well, thanks for the information I’d like tickets for
myself and my son for those three sections, then, please.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 145


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-108:
1 Insect House
2 (a) lecture
3 Great Migration
4 Theatre C
5 Garden Wildlife
6 (a) (bird) display
7 3.45

Hi there, everybody, and welcome to Animal World. Before you start your visit, I’d just like to tell
you about a few special events happening here today. They’re all free, and I'd really encourage you
to go to as many of them as you can, as I think you'll learn a lot
The first event is called The World of Ants, and it’s happening this morning quite soon in the Insect
House, which is just a short walk from here The well-known entomologist Dr David Crocker, who
many of you will have seen on television, is giving a lecture all about ants - the different types of
ants, how they organise themselves, what they eat, their behaviour and so on. It’s actually a
fascinating subject. So, The World of Ants, a lecture by Dr Crocker, in the Insect House, and it starts
at
o'clock and lasts for 60 minutes
At midday, that's 12 o’clock, there’s a film which is just as fascinating and it’s called The Great
Migration This is all about birds and how they migrate across continents and oceans using the Sun.
the stars and the Earth’s magnetic field. As I said, it’s a film - an absolutely spectacular film - which
all the family will enjoy, some fabulous photography - and it’s on in Theatre C, which you can see
here just behind me - so bear that in mind for 12 o'clock.
The next event is a demonstration taking place in the Exhibition Room and given by Monica
Chaddha It’s called Encouraging Garden Wildlife. Monica will be showing you ways of encouraging
animals, birds and other wildlife to visit and live in your garden, how to place boxes for nests, what
food to put out for them and all sorts of practical advice. That's at 2 30, so just after lunch
The final free event for today is Birds of Prey. Tasha, their keeper, will be giving a display of some
of our most magnificent birds and how they fly, and I thoroughly recommend this event The
display includes eagles, vultures and owls and will be starting at 3.45 on the lawn outside. It’s an
unforgettable experience, so remember, on the front lawn at 3.45 to see the birds flying.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 146


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-109:

1 Sachdeva 2 New Valley 3 PN6 3BZ 4 0787 345077 5 next week

Advisor Good morning, The Writing School, can I help you?


Caller Oh. hi. I’m ringing about the online writing courses you advertise on the Internet
A Yes would you like me to send you a brochure9
C Urn, I would, but I also have some questions.
A OK, well, let me take your details first, and then I can deal with the questions after that.
C OK.
A I just need to fill out this form so, urn, can you give me your first name, please 9
C Yes, it’s Alex
A That’s great, Alex And what’s your last name9
C It’s Sachdeva
A OK - can you spell that for me9
C Yes, it’s S-A-C-H-D—
A Is that P9
C No, D-E-V-A
A OK, I’ve got that. Now, can you give me your address?
C Well, I'm staying with friends at the moment, but I’ll be in my new flat in Preston next week.
A Well, perhaps the Preston address is best
C OK. So that’s Flat 4A, 396 New Valley Road
A New Valley Road
C Yes, that's right.
A OK - that’s great and we know the town that’s Preston.
C Yes.
A Do you know what your postcode will be there?
C Oh - I think I’ve got it somewhere on a piece of paper let me see yes, here it is. Er, it’s PN6 3BZ.
A BS9
C No, BZ.
A Right. I guess you don’t have a phone number yet?
C No, not at the flat And my mobile’s not working right now I have to take it to the shop and see
what’s wrong
A Oh, I hope it’s nothing serious
C Well, it’s new, so it should be all right.
A You could give me the number anyway For the future
C Yes, OK. Urn, it’s 0787 345077.
A That’s three-five-four-zero-double seven
C No, three-four-five
A Oh, thanks i’ll note that your phone is not working right now.
C OK, thanks.
A Now, the last thing I need is an email address.
C OK, it’s Alex7@[Link] That’s my personal address

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 147


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

A ptu dot com Fine. Now, as you’re moving, I’ll put something in the message box so that the
brochure doesn’t come too early.
C Yes, could you do that?
A I’ll put ‘deliver brochure next week'
C Oh, that’s great
A Now, what would you like to do about
Test-110:

1 ticket 2 grey gates 3 permit 4 wallet 5 five/5 minutes

Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the museum Urn there are a few points that you need
to remember, so, before you go in, I’ll just run through them. Then you can all go off and have a
good timel
So, first of all, you’ve all paid and you all have a ticket that allows you to go anywhere in the
museum and includes one trip to the 3D cinema So you need to make sure that you put the ticket
somewhere that is secure but easy to find. This is partly because you’ll need to show it to our staff
if you decide to go out at any time - there are two restaurants which are outdoors, for example -
and, urn. anyone who does decide to go outside should go and come back through the grey gates.
Please don’t use the emergency exits unless there really is an emergency!
Now, I’m afraid that if you want to take photographs, you have to purchase a permit at the
entrance we don’t allow visitors to take photographs of anything in the museum unless they have
a permit. If you’d like a picture of you and your friends at any time, just let us know We have a
number of professional photographers who’ll take a photo for you.
Urn, another thing is that you must keep everything that belongs to you with you all the time A lot
of people will come to the museum during the day - you’ll probably be here for most of the day
yourselves - so don’t lose your wallet and make sure you don't leave your mobile phone anywhere
It’s easily done, and we aren't responsible for any losses while you’re here.
Er, as I mentioned earlier, you can go and see any of the films that are on in the 3D cinema I’ll tell
you about those in a minute - there’s also a schedule on the back of the museum guide.
I suggest you get to the cinema entrance roughly five minutes early It takes very little time to seat
everyone, so you won’t be waiting for the show to begin.
Well, I think those are all the instructions I need to give you

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 148


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-111:

6 journey 7 Wild 8 1.45 p.m. 9 new species 10 desert

OK . the films which are on today are being shown at different times. They're also about some
amazing subjects.
Let me tell you a little bit about them.
The first one is called The Secrets of the Nile and starts in half an hour at ten o'clock It's a beautiful
film and it tells the story of the journey that was made down the river Nile for the very first time . .
starting in the mountains of Ethiopia and passing through the Sudan and Egypt before reaching the
Mediterranean Sea You’ll accompany the travellers as they explore some of Africa's truly amazing
landscapes
The second film moves off land and into the sea. It’s called Wild Ocean, and this one begins at
11.45 So you have some time to look round the museum first if you choose this title. In this film,
you’ll join the huge number of fish and other animals that live far down near the bottom of the sea
You’lfsee them search for food, migrate and fight for survival.
Dinosaurs Alive is the third film showing today. It starts at 1 45 p.m and runs for just 30 minutes
This is a film for people who like special effects because there are plenty of them 1 Scientists now
have a lot of evidence to show that some animals from the dinosaur family are still living on Earth.
So in this film, you'll live with a new species of dinosaur that has been re-created using computers.
Our final film today is simply titled Arabia It starts at 2.30 and is a little longer than the others, but
it’s a really wonderful experience You’ll ride through the desert on a camel. You’ll also dive among
the treasures of the Red Sea where you'll explore the ruins of an amazing lost city
Well, these are all magical experiences, so I’ll let you decide what you want to see If anyone has
any questions

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 149


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-112:
1 Clarice Willard 2 0192 8734566 3 family member 4 flat / apartment 5 2/ two
6 town centre 7 350 8 bills 9 57 Thorney Leys 10 email / e-mail
W: Let me see, I arrived on the 1st, no, sorry, I arrived on the 3rd , of April, so I’ve been here for
nine days.
Track 04
Man: Hello. Good Moves Accommodation Agency. Ben speaking. How can I help?
Woman: Good morning. I’m calling about an apartment on yOur website, and was wondering
if I .could have some more information.
M: Certainly. Can I take your details before we get started?
W: Sure.
M: Right, what's your name, please?
W: OK. my name is Clarice Willard, Clarice is C-L-A-R-i -C-E And Willard, W-i-LL-A R D.
M: And have you got a contact number?
W: Yes, I’ll give you my mobile, which is 0192 8734566.
M: That’s great, thanks. And can l ask how you found us?
W: Of course. A family member used you last year arid recommended you. So, I had a look at your
website and, well, that’s why I’m calling now.
M: OK, so, which property are you interested in?
W: The apartment on Statham Street, the one on the 3rd flood!
M: Let fne see. Ah, I’m afraid that flat's no longer available.
W: No?
M: No, it went this morning. It’s in a really popular part of town.
We do have a house on the same street, if you’re interested. It's . ; £950 a month.
W: Er, no, I think that's much too expensive. I think art apartment is! all we can afford.
M: Oh, so it’s not just for you?
W: No, me and a friend. Were both starting work in the town next month.
M: Oh right, so it's two of you. So, let’s see. Do you have any preferences in terms of location?
W: Both our jobs are in the town centre, so it would be good to be . within, walking distance of
that, or perhaps a short bus journey away. Neither of us have a car, so we’d be relying an public
transport.
M: And what’s your budget?
W: I’m sorry?
M: .How much can you pay a month?
W: Let me see, er, £700 a month is probably our limit M: Each?
W: No, that would be for the both of us. We wouldn't be able to pay more than £350 each. Oh,
ahd that would have to include bills. Not phone bills, obviously, but things like electricity, gas and
water.
M: Hmm, OK, well, we do have a place in the Bampton district, which is about ten minutes by bus
from town. It’s a two-bedroom apartment, and it’s less than your budget, at £600 a month. Bills
would be extra, unfortunately but that should still work out at less than £700. Although remember
that electricity and gas prices are going up all the time, so I can’t guarantee that.
W: Do you have an address?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 150


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

M: I do. The apartment number is 3, and it’s at 57 1 homey Leys Road ...
W: Hang oh, let me just make a note of that. 57 ... .
M: Thorney Leys Road. Thorney isT-H-O-R N F-Y and Leys is L-E-Y-S. And the district is called
Bampton. Do you have an email address?
W: Yes.
M: In that case, I can send you the details, and then you can think about it. And if you're
interested, I could arrange for a visit so you can see the place for yourself. How does that sound?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 151


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-113:
1 Coogan 2 travel writer 3 12/ twelve books 4 6 / six months 5 My Horse 6 the Year
7 21st October 8 0772 9214490 9 138 Lonsdale Avenue 10 website

Bridget: Hello, Eddie? It’s Bridget.


Eddie: Oh hi, Bridget.
B: Listen, Eddie, are you still free to do an article for the college magazine?
E: Sure, is there anything in particular you’d like me to write about?
B: Well, the next issue is about people's lives, you know, people who have done something
interesting or exciting. Anyway,
I’ve got someone fined up, and I was wondering if you could interview them and then write the
article.
E: All right, that’s fine with me.
B: Great. Have you got a pen?
E: Yes.
B: OK, take this down. His name is Tom Coogan,
E: Tom...?
B: Coogan. That’s G-O-O-G-A-N. Got that?
E: Sure, and what does he do?
B: He’s a travel writer.
E: I don't think I've heard of him. What else can you tell me about him? How old is he? What's he
Written? That sort of thing.
B: OK. he's 42 years old, er, and he’s written ten or twelve books. Let me just check that. Uh huh,
twelve books, including his latest. Oh, and he also presents a travel programme on TV.
E: All right
B: Now, his latest book is about a journey he made across the Gobi desert on horseback. It took
him six months, apparently. Anyway, I think he’d like to talk about that, so make sure you ask lots
of questions.
E: Fine, I’d better look at a copy. What’s it called?
B: It’s called Has Anyone Seen My Horse? I’ve got a copy here which I can lend you.
E: OK. and why does he want to talk about that book in particular?
B: It's just won him an award.
E: Really? What kind?
В: Travel Book of the Year.
E: Oh, wow, that’s pretty impressive.
В: Exactly, so like I say, ask lots of questions about it, Now, I’ve arranged for you to meet him on
21st October. That's two weeks on Friday, is that OK?
E: It should be. Have you got a time for that?
B: Not yet, he wants you to call him beforehand to arrange that.
I'll give you his contact number, ft's 0722, no, hang on, it’s 0772 9214490.
E: 0772 9214490. And where am I supposed to meet him?
B: He’s suggested his place, which is good as it’s not far from the college. It's 138 Lonsdale Avenue,
Summertown. Lonsdale is L-O-N-S-D-A-L-F.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 152


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

E: Yeah, I think I know where Lonsdale Avenue is. You did say 138, didn't you?
B: Right. Oh, and i suggest that you take a look at his website as well. Its got loads of information,
so you might want to ask him about some of his other trips. It’s at [Link]. com.
E: ; All right. Thanks for that. I’ll let you know how I get on.
B: Great. Thanks, Eddie. Good luck.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 153


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-114:

1 Internet 2 Restaurant 3 washing 4 Lounge 5 manager

Hello, everyone, and welcome aboard the Sunshine Express on our journey from London to
Naples. I’m Jane Sharpe, the train manager, and 1 hope you’ll all enjoy the trip.
Before we depart, I'd like to tell you a bit about the tram and its facilities. Now, we're here on the
observation deck, which is where you'll probably spend most of your trip, as it offers the best
views, and directly below us is a, well, we call it our leisure centre. There are some games
machines, a television, a small library and so on.
If you've brought a laptop or computer with you, you can also get onto the internet here, as it has
full wi-fi capability. There’s also a small bar where you can get tea, coffee and light meals. For
lunch and dinner, you’ll use the restaurant par, which is at the front of the train. You’ll have
breakfast in your cabins, by the way, which will be brought to you by your steward.
The two cars behind the restaurant are where you'll find the second-class cabins. Each cabin has
seats which are changed into beds at night. You’ll also find a simple basin for washing, and a small
fold-down table. First-class passengers, your cabins are at the back of the train. To get to them,
you’ll need to pass through the lounge. This can be used by everyone during the day, but is
exclusive to first-class passengers after 6 p.m.
Right at the back of the train, basically as far as you can go, is my office. If anyone needs to see me,
though, please use the phone in your cabin rather than coming to the office. Just press one and
you’ll get me. If I’m not there, tell your steward you need to see the manager, and he or she: will
look for me.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 154


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-115:
1 salary 2 friends 3 famous 4 shops 5 ordering 6 unusual

Researcher: Hello, Joe, good to see you again.


Joe: Hi, you too.
R: So how did you get on with the devices we asked you to test for us?
J: Oh, fine. Well, mostly.
R: OK, well, well come back to those in a minute. First of all, I was wondering if I could ask you a
few questions about your attitude to new electrical products. This will help us with future
marketing, Is that OK?
J: Sure.
R: OK. First of all, how much do you spend on electronic items a month?
J: Hmm, let me see. I don't earn a lot, so I don’t have much left after I have paid for things like
rent, bills, food and so on. Anything else is a luxury. So, I’d guess about 5%, maybe 10% of my
monthly salary.
R: All right and what influences you in your choice of product? Say you wanted a new mobile
phone, how would you decide which one to buy?
J: Well, first I look at reviews on the Internet, you know, what other customers think about them.
Then 111 ask my friends what they think. In fact, their opinions are probably more important
than anything.
R: How much does advertising help you choose a product?
J: 1 think that depends on how the product is advertised, and who is advertising it.
R: For example?
J: Well, if it’s someone I respect, you know, like a famous sportsman or actor, that can certainly
make a difference. I know it shouldn't really, hut it does.
R: And where do you buy most of these products? The High Street? The Internet?
J: Most people seem to avoid shops, these days, don't they, for things like that? They think they
can get things cheaper on the Internet.
R: Right.
J: But I find that if you say to a shop assistant that you can get a new, or. camera for example,, for
£100 on the Internet, they'll often match the price. So;, that's where 1 go.
R: Any other advantages?
J: Well, you get personal service and you don’t have to wait for The product to be delivered.
Ordering' online means you have; to wait, sometimes for ages, to get the things you've just
bought. I hate that. I guess I'm just very impatient.
R: OK, one final question. Do you ever see a product and think I’ve absolutely got to get one of
those'?
J: Oh, all the time, especially if I'm walking past a shop and I see
a new electronic item in the window, especially if it's unusual, you know, something I’ve never
seen before. It takes a tot of willpower.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 155


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-116:
1 evolution 2 group discussion 3 communicate 4 Main hall 5 garden 6 Nature walk
7 reptiles 8 Biology

Hello, everyone, and welcome to our college Natural History day. You've all got your programme
for the day, but let me just give you a bit of information about your options for this morning's
sessions, which begin at half past nine. Remember, you need to attend one Of these sessions,
All right, your first choice is called ‘Dogs might fly’, which will take place in Room 27. Professor
Keenan, who you may remember ran a workshop last year on how dinosaurs became extinct, will
be giving a lecture on the evolution of animals. In particular, she'll be looking at how they may evolve in
the future, and this will be followed by a group discussion where you'll get a chance :.o ask her
questions and offer your own thoughts and opinions on this. So, if the evolution of animals is
something you’re interested in, head for Room 27.
We all know that animals communicate with each other, but what about flowers? Your second
choice is a video presentation called 'Flowefsltalk'. This considers the possibility that plants and
flowers do actually communicate with each other. The video is presented by Patrick Be|l, who has
just written a book on how plants adapt to their natural environment, so .it should be very
interesting. That will take place in the lecture room, no sorry, correct that, here in the main hall.
We’ye had to move it because the lecture room is being renovated.
The third choice is ideal for those of you who want to get a bit of fresh air. We've called it 'A world
in your garden’, which we thought was appropriate as it looks at the sort of things you can find just
by stepping out of your front door. Anyway, for those of you
ipferesied in getting away from the classroom, Doctor Watkins will
be taking you on a nature walk through the local park, and will be telling you about some of: the
fascinating animals and plants that live and grow nearby, And it's a lovely day for a walk!
The final option, well, you might want to avoid this one if you're frightened of things like snakes, as
this is a hands-on workshop where you'll actually get a chance to handle these exotic creatures. It
won’t just be snakes, however. I believe Tom Howard, our resident reptile expert, has brought
some other reptiles along for you to meet, including his pet tortoise, Reggie, who is over 100 years
old, and a pet lizard he calls Arthur. So, if you want to meet Reggie-and his other reptile friends,
head on over to the Biology lab at 9.30. I'm sure you'll have a lot of fun. For those of you who don’t
usually use the Biology lab, could I remind you that you need to put on one of the white coats by
the door before you go in.
OK, now, we ve got some students herefrom Bardweil College who... [fade]

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 156


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-117:
1 Wallace 2 14 Rose Hill 3 0X13 3NJ 4 0872 344 9162 5 Work 6 5.30 7 Saturday May

Advisor: Good morning. International;-Book Fair tiefaei office.


How can i help?!
Caller: Oft,;hello, W like to bpaksome tickets forlthe fair,
please. And I have a few questions about the,event as well, if that’s OK.
A: Certainly. Weil, let’s deal- with the tickets irst. Er, cart I jusftakd your details first?
C: Sure.
A: Let’s start with youf name add addresp. : :
С: 0K,-it’s Wallace. Angus Wallace.
.A: Co-uid you spell younsumame for me, please? Y C: Of course,ft’s W-A-L-L-A-C-E.
A: Sorry, was that one L or two?:
C: Two-, et,double t? f: !
A: Thanks, and your address?
C: OK, thads 1* Rose-Hill...
A: .14, Rose Hill, is that ‘rose, like the flower?!
C: That's right, and it’s in Wallington.
A: Oh, I know Wallington, ft’s just outside O-xfprddsn’t it? f C: That’s right. And the postcode is
OX.13 :T-i.f A: OX3Q.3MJ
C: No, OATS; and it’s N for November
A: Sorry. 0X13 3NJ. Thank you. Do you have a contact number?
C: Ido. It’s 0872 344 9162.
A: 0872 344 9162.
C: Right, That’s my home number. If I'm not in, I can be contacted at work, on 0872 298 1191. I'm
usually there from 9 in the morning until 5.30 in the evening.
A: And how many tickets would you like?
C: Two, please. For the Saturday.
A: Two for Saturday May 7th.
C: That's right

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 157


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-118:
1 3.30 a.m. 2 60 3 ABINGDON 4 OX14 3HB 5 612744

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 158


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-119:
1 Double - king-sized bed 2 Edward Francis 3 23 Cypress 4 CB3 9NF
5 taxi 6 breakfast 7 Friday 16th April

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 159


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-120:
1. A farm
2. Fruit
3. Chickens
4. (the) animals
5. Summer
6. Supermarkets
7. Local shops
8. (the) public

My name’s Alice and I work on a farm in the south east of England. Mostly, we grow fruit, but we
also keep chickens, ducks and dairy cows. So, we have to work outside quite a lot, even in the
winter, when it’s cold and dark. That’s the worst part of the job, really.
You know, having to go out in the rain and snow to feed the animals. But the summer’s totally
different.
I really eniov being outdoors, helping the fruit pickers and loading the trucks. We deliver most of
our fruit to supermarkets, but we also supply local shoos with our milk, eggs and cheese. In fact,
we produce so much cheese and fruit that we even sell them directly to the public in our farm
shop.
Test-121:
9 businessman
10 information
technology
11 trade
12 small company
13 computer parts
14 receptionist
15 decisions
16 big company

I’m Wei Long, but my American friends call me Will. I’m a businessman in California. Before I came
to the United States, I studied at a university in China. I graduated in information technology. But
when I was young, even before I went to university, I worked in the family business. So my
ambition has always been to earn a living through trade. After I graduated, I worked for my father
for a few years to get some experience and then I started my own small company. First I set up an
office in China, and then I opened another office in California. We sell computer parts from China,
because I know a lot of people in the computer industry there. I don’t have any salesmen, but I
have a receptionist to look after the office while I’m out on sales trips. I like being my own boss ... I
enjoy being able to make all the decisions myself. I mean, I sell most of my goods to large
corporations and I think I’d find it very difficult to work in a big company.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 160


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-122:
1. Police officer
2. Law
3. Practical
4. Training

Hello, everyone. Thank you for inviting me to give a talk in this series of employment lectures. I’m
here this evening to tell you about my job. I’m going to tell you what I like about it, what I don’t
like about it and what I hope to do in the future. OK ... Well, I'm a police officer. I've been in the
police for just over five years and part of my job is to give talks to students about police work.
People often ask why I joined the police. So maybe I’ll start there ...I’ve always been interested in
law and order, so I went to study Jaw at university. But... mmm ... when I got there I realized that I
was more interested in the practical side of law than the theory. So, I applied to work with the
police force in my spare time. Then, as soon as I graduated, I was accepted for training.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 161


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-123:
1. Ground floor
2. Meet friends
3. First floor
4. On campus
5. Four
6. Play football

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 162


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-124:

20 C (because Ellie says she has played basketball since she was five or six)
21 B (because she knew she wanted to try it when there was a professional match on a sports
programme she was watching)
22 A (because she say it really helps to develop her talents)
23 C (Ellie is confident because she says she’d been playing well for her club, and felt she could do
just as well at a higher level)
24 C (because Ellie says it’s better to play in games which are close)
25 A (because Ellie suggests you should join a team so you can start playing straight away)
Audioscript
Man: Welcome, Andrea. You’re an expert ice hockey player now, but when did you start playing?
Andrea: Not until about three years ago actually, so quite recently. I’ve come a long way quite
quickly. I’ve always loved sport, though, and have played basketball since I was five or six. I gave
that up for a while when I got into football about five years ago, but started playing again once I’d
lost interest in football.
Man: How did you first become interested in playing ice hockey?
Andrea: My brother’s into it, and I used to go to his games. His team wasn’t very good, though, so
I didn’t think of it as something I actually wanted to do. That moment came when there was a
professional match on a sports programme I was watching. I knew then I wanted to try it, and
fortunately a couple of friends did too so we all started playing together.
Man: You sometimes play against boys’ teams. How important is that?
Andrea: Very. There are as many girls playing ice hockey now as there are boys, which is great.
Attitudes towards us have always been positive, in my experience. I want to do better against boys
somehow – I’m not sure why – which really helps to develop my talents.
Man: How did you feel when you were chosen for the national under-16s team?
Andrea: I’d been really happy with how I’d been playing for my club, and felt I could do just as
well at a higher level. There’d been a lot of talk about me being picked, so I kind of knew it was
coming. It was great for my parents too – they felt great having a daughter in the national team!
Man: Are the national team matches your favourite games?
Andrea: Not always, even though some of them are big games and appear on national television.
If a game’s close because both teams are good, then it’s fantastic for the crowd to see, and better
to play in because of that. It’s far more interesting than scoring loads of goals because we’re so
much better than the other team.
Man: Any advice for people wanting to start playing ice hockey?
Andrea: You can spend hours reading books about what you can and can’t do, but there’s no
better way of becoming good than playing. So borrow some skates and a stick if you need to – you
can buy your own later – and join a team so you can start playing straightaway.
Man: Thank you, Andrea!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 163


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-125:
20 C (because his mum showed Callum how to create his own pages online)
21 B (Callum says that games sites encourage teenagers to play more games so a reading site should do the
same – encourage teenagers to read more)
22 A (Callum says that his site worked really well and looked good)
23 A (Callum says that he doesn’t get bored, because everything he does throughout each day is so
different)
24 C (because Callum says it’s better to play in games which are close he’d prefer to have his own web
design company)
25 A (because Callum says his new music site supports people through difficult times and benefits others)
Audioscript
Woman: Callum, you have a popular book review website. How did you learn about setting up a website?
Callum: I first learned to write computer programs when I was eleven. We created instructions in class to
control a little robot. My mum works in IT, though, and she showed me how to use similar skills to create
my own pages online. There are hundreds of websites about this too, but I found them quite confusing.
Woman: Why did you decide to set up a book review website?
Callum: I’d seen an article about teenagers not reading enough and was wondering about possible
solutions to this. My best friend’s into video games and writes reviews for various websites. These sites
seem to encourage teenagers to play more games, so I thought it must be possible to do the same with
reading. It’s nice to see teenagers exchanging opinions about literature, rather than video games!
Woman: How did you feel when your site first went online?
Callum: I was nervous, of course, but I couldn’t believe how well it worked. But even when a site looks as
good as mine did, you can never be sure that people will like it. And if it ends up not being popular, there’s
no way you’ll achieve what you’ve set out to do with the site.
Woman: You have school, your website and a social life – what’s a typical day like?
Callum: You’d think I’d never have a chance to relax, wouldn’t you, but it’s rarely that busy. I certainly
don’t have many opportunities to get bored, as everything I do throughout each day is so different. I make
a plan each evening for what I want to achieve the next day, which I usually stick to.
Woman: What would you like to be doing when you’re 18?
Callum: Many website designers have ambitions to join one of the huge technology businesses based in
the USA. I want to stay close to my family in Canada, though. I’ve thought about studying computer
science. However, I learn better by doing than by studying, so I’d prefer to have my own web design
company than go to college.
Woman: Tell us about your new website …
Callum: I wanted to create something about music. When I looked online, I found very little on how music
supports people through difficult times and how sharing stories about this benefits others, so that’s what
I’ve done. There are so many sites for uploading your own songs, or for finding out how to play guitar, or
whatever, but I wanted something different.
Woman: Thank you, Callum!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 164


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-126:
20 C 21 B 22 A 23 C 24 B 25 C
Audioscript
Interviewer: Jasmine, you recently went on a flying experience day, and actually flew a plane with
the help of a qualified instructor. What made you decide to do this?
Jasmine: A friend of mine tried it a while ago. Even though she wasn’t especially positive about it,
as she’d been quite frightened, she told me she’d noticed her house while she was up there. That
made me want to look for mine, too, and also enjoy a different view of the local countryside. It
wasn’t like I wanted to fly planes professionally or anything.
Interviewer: How did you feel at the beginning of the day?
Jasmine: When I saw the aeroplane we’d be using, I couldn’t believe that something that size
could actually take off with two people in it. The organisation of everything was so efficient,
though, that I’d soon forgotten about any doubts I’d had. I’d watched some online videos and
flying looked quite easy, so I was confident I could do that well.
Interviewer: What training did you do before you got in the plane?
Jasmine: We had a session on safety, which needed to be a bit shorter in my opinion, and one on
what the different controls do, which I enjoyed. While what we were told was all essential, I don’t
think the people running the sessions were actually trained teachers, so they didn’t really
communicate the information very clearly.
Interviewer: And how was your flying instructor?
Jasmine: She was brilliant. I’d always imagined that flying instructors would be really cool and
quiet people. Jana was like that before we took off but quite different in the air. She never
stopped chatting and making me laugh by saying funny things – she said afterwards she does it to
help people to relax.
Interviewer: And what about the flight?
Jasmine: It was amazing – one of the most exciting things I’ve ever done, although I was kind of
expecting that. When we landed, it felt like we’d been up there for hours, although it was only
about 30 minutes in reality. In some of the reviews on the website, people said they were
exhausted afterwards, but I was just the opposite.
Interviewer: So has this made you want to try other experience days?
Jasmine: Definitely, yes. I had a look at the company’s brochure and there are loads I’d like to try.
I’ve never been horse riding, so that’s something I wouldn’t mind doing. First on my list, though,
would have to be driving a sports car, and after that would come deep-sea fishing.
Interviewer: Thanks, Jasmine.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 165


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-127:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 C 24 B 25 A
Audioscript
Woman: Erik, you’ve recently returned from a cycle trip with your dad across the USA. Why did
you want to do this ride?
Erik: I suppose the usual reason for doing something as mad as cycling five thousand kilometres in
just two months is to make thousands of pounds for various charities. We certainly did that, and
spent large amounts of time with each other too, which was wonderful. We decided to go, though,
because we fancied doing something really different during the summer holidays.
Woman: What made you choose to go across the USA and not other countries?
Erik: We’d thought about going through Central Asia, but you need lots of different visas, all of
which take ages to arrange. With the USA, there was none of that – one country means one visa.
It’s a shame that I didn’t get to practise speaking any other languages, though. I’d wondered about
how safe some of the cities would be, but they were fine.
Woman: How did you feel as you set off?
Erik: I was expecting to be so keen to set off that I wouldn’t be able to sit still. When the time
arrived, though, my Dad and I both felt pretty calm, which I found quite amazing. I don’t think
either of us had any worries about not finishing the ride – we were very confident.
Woman: What was a typical day like?
Erik: Every day was different. Some were good and some were quite difficult, but all were good
experience. It wasn’t actually how far we rode that made a day good or bad, it was more what
happened. Having a long conversation with some of the local people seemed to make us even
happier than feeling the sun on our faces.
Woman: And how did you and your dad get along?
Erik: We’re always got on really well, so although we didn’t agree about everything on the trip,
we were always able to deal with any arguments, which didn’t happen often. And although we
spoke about a few of the things that are important to us, over the two months we learned it was
OK to spend a few hours saying absolutely nothing, too.
Woman: And have you got plans for doing more cycling?
Erik: I’m in my final year at school now, and I need to do well to get to university, so it wouldn’t
be the best time for me to go cycling across Australia, or wherever. Rather than just going out on
weekend rides, though, I’d much prefer to enter some competitions – over shorter distances of
course! I’ve never tried that before.
Woman: Good luck, Erik!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 166


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-128:
20 B 21 A 22 A 23 B 24 C 25 C
Audioscript
Man: Carlotta, you’re already a star hairdresser. What got you interested in it?
Carlotta: When I was a kid, I watched friends getting haircuts and I remember thinking how
complicated it seemed. One day, I was watching this animated film. This man was cutting
someone’s hair, but did it really quickly and made it look so easy. I don’t know why, but after that,
I took a real interest in it and in the magazines I’d sometimes find around our house.
Man: So who did you practise your hairdressing skills on first?
Carlotta: My sister had this fantastic long hair – it looked so nice, and I really wanted to cut it, but
of course my parents wouldn’t let me. My dad wanted his hair cut really short, so he let me have a
go on his before he went to his usual hairdresser’s. My mum said it didn’t look too bad, but still
didn’t trust me to cut hers!
Man: Later on, you studied hairdressing at college. What did your teachers say about you?
Carlotta: They recognised that the way I cut hair was very natural, which they didn’t want to
change. I didn’t take ages thinking about what I wanted to do, I just did it. They reminded me that I
needed to keep chatting – not just when people first sit down – to make it a social experience as
well as a haircut.
Man: You won the Young Hairdresser competition when you were eighteen. How did that feel?
Carlotta: It felt good afterwards, of course, but not during the competition. I’d entered very late,
so it seemed like I’d only just finished reading what I could and couldn’t do when I was on
stage. The person whose hair I was cutting kept moving, which was annoying, but I knew my ideas
gave me a chance of doing well.
Man: At the moment, you work for a well-known chain of hairdressing shops …
Carlotta: That’s right. You might think I’d get to cut the hair of loads of celebrities there, but none
seem to come into the one I work in. I get to try so many different things, though, because our
customers all want such original styles. I’ll never become rich working there, but it’s been great.
Man: What do you plan to do next?
Carlotta: My idea of starting a training centre didn’t get very far – it was too complicated. I want
my own hairdressing shop, but in a more fashionable place than where I work now, so hopefully
abroad somewhere. I’ve found these great new skin creams and shampoos I can use there when I
do.
Man: Thanks, Carlotta!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 167


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-129:
20 A 21 C 22 A 23 B 24 B 25 C
Audioscript
Man: Lin, you’re what’s called a vlogger – you put videos that you’ve made online for people to
watch, in your case about environmental issues. How did you learn to do that?
Lin: One of my old school friends was already a vlogger, but her videos were about travel, so she
wasn’t really at home enough to help. I’m still at university and my department was running these
sessions for helping people become vloggers, so I went along to those. There’s so much stuff about
it online, but I just found it confusing.
Man: Why did you choose to focus on environmental issues?
Lin: It’s just something that I’ve believed is important for ages and think too little is being done, so
I wanted to help. It’s not connected to what I’m studying at university, so it wasn’t like I got advice
from any of my classmates. There were already plenty of people uploading videos about these
issues, which was really helpful.
Man: How did you feel when your video first became successful?
Lin: I was expecting to only have a few people watching regularly for years. I couldn’t believe how
wrong I was about this, even though I knew that many people felt strongly about the subject.
Making videos for one person or a hundred thousand is the same process, so having such a big
following didn’t worry me as much as I thought.
Man: How often should people upload videos if they want to become successful?
Lin: If you’re putting videos online daily, then people will soon become bored. It’ll also be hard for
you to keep coming up with new ideas. If you’re uploading them so rarely that people never get
interested in the first place, say once a month, that’s not going to work either, so aiming
for weekly is probably frequent enough.
Man: What’s your latest video about?
Lin: I’ve just finished a series encouraging more people to use buses and trains rather than their
cars, but I’ll be moving on to how and why the world is becoming warmer in the next few videos.
The most popular ones so far gave people ideas on how to re-use things they usually throw away,
like glass and plastic.
Man: Apart from vlogging, is there anything else you’d like to try?
Lin: I still love what I do, especially finding out more about environmental topics for new videos,
but it’s only one way of telling the public about these things. Moving into TV would greatly
increase the audience, which of course means more people would then be talking about these
important issues.
Man: Thanks, Lin!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 168


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-130:
20 C 21 C 22 B 23 B 24 A 25 C
Audioscripts
Interviewer: I’m speaking with Sally Wainwright, who recently started singing classes. What made
you decide to do that, Sally?
Sally: Well, I’d reached a time in my life when I wanted to do more, to meet new people, to try
something different. I’d been to art classes, which were OK, and keep fit, which I hated. Singing
classes were something I’d always wanted to try but never had the confidence to start.
Interviewer: Why was that do you think?
Sally: I always felt uncomfortable singing, even with my family. For example, going on holiday, my
husband and children would sing along to the radio, but I never joined in. My mum had a great
voice. I loved listening to her singing while she was cooking. I wanted to be able to do the same
without feeling silly.
Interviewer: Was it easy to find a class?
Sally: Yes, a friend told me about one locally. I was worried I’d have to pass a test of some kind
before they let me join but anybody was welcome, and you didn’t need to prove how good your
voice was. You just turned up for a practice session with other people. That was the best bit about
it. We all sing together, not on our own.
Interviewer: So how did you feel in that first session?
Sally: Well. I was so worried before the session I nearly turned the car round and went home.
People were already there waiting to start and, one of the organisers turned up. We talked about
my reasons for coming along and, well, she gave me the confidence to give it a try. I found a space
at the back of the group and just sang with everyone else.
Interviewer: So, has it helped you become more confident?
Sally: Absolutely, yes. Being in a group means you can sing without feeling silly. I’ve never been
asked to sing on my own and I’m not sure how I’d feel if they did ask me, but now I join in with the
kids when there’s a good song on the radio. It’s great to know I’ve achieved one of the goals I had
when I started.
Interviewer: So, would you recommend we all do something similar?
Sally: Definitely. It’s a great confidence builder, you’ll make friends, and it’s good for your health.
There are supposed to be physical benefits from singing – something to do with increasing the
oxygen levels, which makes us feel happier – I’m not sure about all that but I do know I always go
home in a good mood.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 169


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-131:
20 B 21 C 22 B 23 B 24 A 25 C
Audioscripts
Interviewer: On today’s programme I’m speaking to Tom Walker and finding out about being a
personal trainer. Have you always done this Tom?
Tom: Hello, no actually, it’s a long story but I was injured many years ago, which meant I had to
stop a hobby that I loved: cycling. Stop is the wrong word really. I could cycle but I could no longer
go in for competitions.
Interviewer: So how did this lead to you becoming a trainer?
Tom: Well, the reason for the injury was because I hadn’t trained properly for events. I pushed
myself too hard and finally injured my ankle very badly. It was a lesson in how not to do a sport
and I decided I wanted a job where I could help other people train and compete safely.
Interviewer: Do you only train cyclists?
Tom: No, not at all. I see lots of people who are cyclists, but in order to get enough work I made
the choice that I would try to support anyone. I help quite a lot of runners and people who just
want to get fit. People of all ages too. My youngest customer is 16 and my oldest is 73.
Interviewer: Wow! Where do you hold your sessions?
Tom: It depends on the weather and what the person prefers. When it’s dry and not too hot I
simply meet them in the park and we do our exercises there. It’s often cooler than using the gym
and people are able to push themselves for longer and harder before they feel uncomfortable.
Interviewer: And of course, the park is free to use.
Tom: It certainly is. Sometimes it’s not the right place to go though. Some customers feel a little
shy or embarrassed about doing exercises in public. The sessions are sometimes early in the
morning and you have people walking through the park going to work. So some customers prefer
to meet in the gym.
Interviewer: It sounds like a lot of fun. Are you busy?
Tom: Definitely. I think people have become more concerned about their health and there’s a
growing interest in keeping fit. Some months are busier than others. During the summer people go
away on holiday. But I get a lot of customers before their holiday who want to get into shape for
the beach, so this period can also be a good time for business.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 170


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-132:
20 A 21 B 22 B 23 C 24 A 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: On today’s programme I’m speaking to Maggie Taylor and finding out about her love
of garlic. Where did this all start Maggie?
Maggie: I think it started when I went to university about 30 years ago. Garlic wasn’t something
you often found in many English kitchens at that time, not among the older generation anyway.
My mum certainly never used it and when I went to university, I started seeing other students
cooking with it for the first time.
Interviewer: So how did it go from that to your current love of garlic?
Maggie: I think my interest in it has just developed over the years. I studied cookbooks and of
course discovered what a difference it can make to a meal. Actually, garlic turned me into a cook
as I’d never really done much of that before. And because it’s used all over the world, I’ve learnt to
cook some interesting dishes.
Interviewer: Garlic has health benefits too, doesn’t it?
Maggie: It certainly does. It has a very long history of being used as a medicine. Research shows
that it can reduce heart disease. Some people believe that garlic can be used to fight off the
common cold, though I’m not sure about that. I’ve even heard it can be used for some skin
conditions.
Interviewer: Have you tried to grow garlic yourself?
Maggie: I have, yes. The first time I tried to grow it I used garlic from the supermarket, but I later
discovered that this isn’t really suitable for an English garden. You need to find garlic that has been
selected for different climates. It used to be difficult to find the right type but these days it’s quite
easy to find the kind that grows well here.
Interviewer: And were you successful?
Maggie: Yes. I didn’t do very well to start with, but I’ve been more successful recently. You must
remember to plant it out in the autumn for best results, and it’s usually ready to dig up around July
when it’s still green. Then you hang it somewhere warm and dry in the sunshine. Once you’ve
picked it, garlic will last for up to a year.
Interviewer: And finally, have you got a favourite recipe using garlic?
Maggie: Well, there’s a soup I cook that contains 25 cloves of garlic! I can’t say my family like it.
They’re afraid it will make their breath smell. Personally, I think the smell of garlic is wonderful.
But they’re wrong to worry anyway, as when garlic is cooked slowly over a long period it becomes
mild.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 171


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-133:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 A 24 C 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Hi everyone. Today on Student Radio I’m talking to someone who has solved her
financial problems at university by starting her own business. Isn’t that right, Emily?
Emily: Well, I’m not sure I’d call it a business actually, but it has certainly helped me to buy a few
books and a meal or takeaway once a week while I’m studying at university. I offer to walk
people’s dogs, people who either can’t leave their homes easily or are out at work during the day.
Interviewer: What gave you the idea?
Emily: I was talking to my neighbour one day and she told me about a friend of hers who had just
come out of hospital and wasn’t able to take her dog out for its daily walk. I thought it would be a
kind thing to do to offer to help. I didn’t even think about charging her, but she insisted on giving
me a few pounds.
Interviewer: So how did this develop into you becoming a dog walker?
Emily: After I’d done it for a few weeks I realised what a pleasant way it was to earn a little
money. But most importantly I thought I’d be able to fit it in around my studies at university. So, I
decided to put an advert in a few of the local shops to see if there was any interest.
Interviewer: And was it successful?
Emily: It took a while before I heard from anyone new but then one day I got a phone call from an
old lady asking to meet me. I offered to go to her home but she suggested meeting in the local
park so she could see how I was with her dog. We got on really well and the woman booked me to
take the dog out every weekend.
Interviewer: And have you taken on any more customers?
Emily: That was about six months ago and now I walk three more dogs. I was expecting to hear
from people who had a busy work life and needed help, but all my customers are older people.
And their dogs have been trained well and are a pleasure to walk.
Interviewer: What a brilliant idea. And for anyone listening, do you have a set fee?
Emily: At first, I thought about having an hourly fee and that’s what my friends recommended.
But I enjoy what I’m doing and I know that there are some customers, especially older people, who
might not be able to afford to pay much. So, we just agree an amount when we first meet.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 172


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-134:
20 C 21 A 22 B 23 B 24 A 25 C
Audioscripts
Interviewer: I’m really pleased to have Penelope Leigh with us today to talk about the best ways
to revise in preparation for an exam. What’s your number one piece of advice, Penelope?
Penelope: Well, some students might not like to hear this but there’s no easy solution. The best
way to learn something is to understand it. This will put the information into your long-term
memory and you’re less likely to forget it.
Interviewer: So how do we do that? It sounds quite challenging.
Penelope: Some people choose to read things again and again, hoping this will help them
remember. But most of the time, this doesn’t work. You should underline or make a note of key
points, and a great tip is to try explaining these points to a friend or relative. If you can explain it
clearly, you probably understand it.
Interviewer: What do you think about trying to revise a few days before an exam?
Penelope: This isn’t always a good idea. It’s OK if you just want to go over things you’ve learnt in
previous weeks or months but not to rely on this method on its own. Organise your revision over
weeks, or even months, going over your notes occasionally to remind yourself of key points.
Interviewer: Are some subjects easier to revise than others?
Penelope: I’m not sure the subject matter is important. I think it’s more about being interested in
what you are learning. If the subject is boring it’s more difficult to understand and learn the main
points. Unfortunately, some of us have to learn subjects like these, so try to make them interesting
by revising with someone who loves the subject. They may be able to help make it more
interesting.
Interviewer: What about music? Can that help us concentrate?
Penelope: It’s difficult to say. I know some people love listening to their favourite tunes when
they revise. I personally find it difficult to concentrate if a song comes on that I love. And actually,
research has been carried out that showed listening to music doesn’t improve our ability to revise,
so it’s not something I would do.
Interviewer: OK, so any more tips for students who are listening?
Penelope: OK, let’s imagine you’ve successfully understood key points and just want to remember
them for the exam. Try making a word out of the first letters of each key point. Then all you need
to do is remember the word. Or make a story using the key points. These are better ways of
learning than trying to remember lists on their own.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 173


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-135:
20 A 21 B 22 C 23 A 24 C 25 C
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Today I’m speaking to Matt Jennings about using email safely.
Matt: Hi. Thanks for inviting me on. People are generally taking more care to protect themselves
and noticing things that aren’t correct, but at the same time criminals are getting better at
inventing new ways to get what they want.
Interviewer: So give us some of your tips for email safety.
Matt: Let’s start with the emails you might receive. Every day I get at least one telling me I need
to change my password on a company website. Sometimes I don’t even have an account with the
company, so I know immediately that this email needs deleting. But if you do recognise the
company and think you may have an account with them, do not click any links in the email.
Interviewer: So what should we do?
Matt: Go to the company website and log in with your personal details. If you’re concerned about
security, simply change your password on the website itself. The link in the email might take you to
a website that looks like the company’s but could be a copy. Any information you add will be seen
by the criminals.
Interviewer: OK, so what’s your next tip?
Matt: OK, there are emails that arrive telling you that someone is in trouble and needs your help
urgently. I had one the other day from an email address of someone I know. It said they had lost
their purse and needed money to get home. It started ‘Dear Matt’ and ended with the name of the
person. To a lot of people, it would look OK.
Interviewer: So what did you do?
Matt: I certainly didn’t send any money. Not long after, I received another email from the same
address, this time from my friend. She explained that someone had got into her email account and
had sent the earlier message. But even if she hadn’t contacted me, I would have tried to phone her
to check that everything was OK.
Interviewer: We need a strong password on our email account then?
Matt: Yes, on all your accounts really. And don’t use passwords that people can easily guess. If
you use words, and people do because they can remember them, change some letters for
numbers, so use 1 instead of i, or zero instead of o. And start the password with an unusual
character like a question mark or full stop. And make sure one of the letters is a capital.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 174


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-136:
20 A 21 B 22 A 23 C 24 B 25 C
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Today I’m speaking to Florence Adams about how to prepare for job interviews.
Florence, how should we prepare for an interview?
Florence: Start by researching the company. This will help you understand how you might ‘fit’
with them. Do they have strong links with the local area? Do they have offices abroad, are they
serious about environmental issues? If these things matter to you you’ll have lots in common.
Interviewer: I suppose we need to show we really want the job.
Florence: Yes. it’s important that you’re clear why you want to work for the company. Going back
to what I said earlier, perhaps your values are similar, or maybe having researched the company
you can see they offer great career opportunities. What is it about the job that appeals to you?
Interviewer: And what about those difficult questions we get asked?
Florence: Think about your weak areas and how you might answer any challenging questions. Few
of us are perfect and you may not have much experience in a particular area. Ask if there are any
training opportunities the company can offer. Is there anything you can do before the interview? If
you tell them you’re already intending to improve these things, it will look great.
Interviewer: And we need to ask the company questions as well, don’t we?
Florence: Certainly. Don’t feel you need to wait to be asked. As well as helping you understand
what you’ll be responsible for in the job, some questions you ask can show employers more about
what you’re like. For example, questions about career opportunities will show you’re serious about
working for the company. Questions about training will show you want to develop your skills.
Interviewer: And I suppose it’s useful to practise before the interview.
Florence: Definitely. There are lots of sites on the internet where you can download example
interview questions. Ask a friend or relative to download some questions and interview you. Don’t
ask to see the list first. This will give you the chance to try to answer questions without preparing
for them.
Interviewer: Anything else we should do?
Florence: The first few minutes or even seconds of the interview are extremely important. Smile
at the interviewer when you enter the room. Look confident when you walk in – stand tall with
your shoulders back. Wait until you’re invited to sit down and then try to relax. Don’t look at the
floor or ceiling when you’re answering a question but at the person or people in front of you.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 175


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-137:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 A 24 C 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: We have Carrie Lewis on the show today, who has just returned from a four-month
holiday in Europe. Have you always spent so long travelling?
Carrie: During the past few years I have tried to do as much travelling as possible. I’m 22 and I
know eventually I have to start a career, but at the moment I want to see as much of the world as
possible before I have responsibilities like children.
Interviewer: But where do you find the money to go on such long holidays?
Carrie: Well, I certainly don’t stay in expensive hotels. I wish I could. I often go camping or stay
with people I have met on an earlier holiday. Most places have youth hostels that can be fairly
cheap, though I haven’t stayed in one for a while. Then of course you can always find work while
you’re travelling.
Interviewer: Is that easy to do?
Carrie: It depends where you are. It’s usually easy to find work as a waiter or waitress, but it’s a
good idea to arrive early in the year as the jobs get taken quickly. In some countries you can work
on farms picking fruit. A friend of mine found work in a hotel and I might try that myself next year.
Interviewer: So where did you go this year?
Carrie: I started in France and spent time travelling around some of the big cities. But I wanted to
get to Greece to work in a restaurant. I had written to a few places before I left home and one of
them had offered me work so I wanted to get there as soon as possible. I went by train and found
a place to stay in Athens.
Interviewer: And did you get the job?
Carrie: I did. It was a lovely family restaurant in Athens, and they were looking for someone who
could speak English to help with the customers. They’ve got children who can speak it but they
weren’t around over the summer, so they employed me.
Interviewer: So that paid for your holiday then?
Carrie: Most of it, yes. It was perfect for me as they only wanted me to work there during the
week. That meant I could visit the islands at the weekend. I used to catch the boat on Friday
evening, have two nights on an island somewhere and then get back on Sunday night ready for
work.
Now listen again.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 176


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-138:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 B 24 B 25 A
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Welcome back! I’m here with Alice Parker, who is the owner of a new local business.
Alice: Hello! My business is called Small World. It’s in the centre of town. It’s different because it
isn’t just a shop. At the front, we sell clothes, jewellery, wooden animals, wooden boxes, bowls
and other interesting items from around the world. Then, at the back, there’s a small café where
we sell different kinds of tea and coffee, and home-made vegetarian snacks.
Interviewer: Starting your own business is a bit of a risk, isn’t it?
Alice: Yes. People ask me why I decided to start my own business when it can be so difficult and
when you can’t be sure you’ll make any money. Well, I’ve worked for other people in shops and
cafés all my life and I wanted to do something on my own. I wanted to work for myself.
Interviewer: Are you confident that Small World will be a success?
Alice: Well, I feel that I have good experience of the business world. I’ve also travelled to many
countries including Brazil, Kenya, India and Thailand so I know what people want to buy. In fact, it
was while I was in Kenya visiting a street market that I had the idea of starting Small World. And
although there are businesses like mine in many places in Britain, there’s nothing like it in this
area. Most of the things I sell I’ve collected myself. I go abroad regularly in order to get more. I
look for things that are original and a bit different. I bring a lot of it back myself, although larger
items have to be sent. The prices aren’t too expensive. There’s always something there that most
people can afford.
Interviewer: Do you run the business on your own?
Alice: At the moment, I employ one other person to work with me, but as we are becoming
busier, I’ll probably need more staff. I thought about selling food, too – not just in the café, I mean
– but a shop selling international food has just opened near here, so I don’t think I’ll do that right
now.
Interviewer: Do you enjoy being a small business owner?
Alice: It’s hard work and there are disadvantages. I’m working more hours now than I’ve ever
done and that’s probably the most difficult thing. But I enjoy meeting people and get on well with
my customers, even the difficult ones. I like travelling and learning about new cultures. It’s great to
do something that I’m really interested in.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 177


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-139:
20 A 21 C 22 B 23 C 24 A 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: You’re listening to 3FM, where we’re looking forward to Vancouver’s biggest event
of the year, the Westbay Music Festival. Matt Harris is here to tell us all about it.
Matt: The Westbay Festival has been going for quite a number of years. It started off as a small
gathering of a few hundred people in the early 1980s. Just a dozen groups played in a single tent
and the event began at lunchtime and was over before it got dark. Nowadays it’s a four-day event,
featuring some of the biggest acts in world music.
Interviewer: How many people will be attending?
Matt: Ticket numbers have been reduced slightly this year, but more than ten thousand people
are expected to attend the festival, which provides a wide range of entertainment for young and
old alike.
Interviewer: What kind of entertainment can people expect?
Matt: Well, while it’s still called a Music Festival, there’s actually much more to Westbay. The Big
Smile Stage will have some of the best names in comedy to entertain the crowds. You’ll recognize
people such as Mark Whitfield and Sandy Denver from TV, and there are also some new
performers from the Vancouver area. A number of international names will be appearing, although
US comic Joe Reen has unfortunately had to cancel his appearance. There are film shows every
night in the Big Blue Tent behind the Main Stage. Friday night is thrillers night, so there should be
some exciting movies. On Saturday and Sunday, you can watch a non-stop programme of music
biographies and videos covering the history of rock music. Amazingly they’ll also be showing some
old famous science fiction movies – special outdoor screenings which will only take place if the
weather is suitable. Elsewhere, you can find a huge variety of things to buy in the festival market
place. Whether you want to buy a jacket to keep the rain off or a candle for a friend, you’ll find it
there. I’m particularly looking forward to visiting Fast Eddie’s Music Shop, which sells albums you
can’t find anywhere else.
Interviewer: Will there be food there, too?
Matt: Oh yes! When you need a break from all that dancing, laughing and shopping, you’ll want a
good meal. Westbay has more food stalls from around the world than any other festival in the
country. You can get a hot vegetable curry from Thailand, enjoy the tastes of Mexico or try
Australian barbecued lamb.
Interviewer: Delicious! It sounds as if there’s going to be something for everyone …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 178


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-140:
20 B 21 C 22 B 23 C 24 B 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Welcome back! Charles Ryan is here to tell us about some great activities for children
and young people this summer.
Charles: Thank you! There are a lot of options for young people in the area at the
moment. Nature Watch is on 25th July at the wildlife centre. It includes a talk about birds, an art
and craft hour when children can draw and paint their own wildlife, and there’s also a wildlife walk
with a guide. It’s for younger children aged between five and nine, and parents are asked to stay
with their children.
Interviewer: And what about older children?
Charles: For children aged 12 and above, there’s the new music club. It’s on every week during
the school holidays and if it’s successful, the organizers are thinking of continuing it in term time.
Young people bring their music to the club, exchange information about musicians and listen to
and talk about music. The organizers are also planning to invite a local band to play at the club.
Interviewer: Excellent! Are there any sports clubs around?
Charles: Yes, of course. There’s the football club, for young people who want to improve their
game. There are two groups: ages 6-9 and 10-12. It’s on every morning for a week – that’s from 9
a.m. to 12 p.m., so children should take snacks. They’ll be home in time for lunch. Drinks will be
provided free of charge.
The Dance Academy is an excellent dance school that teaches ballet, jazz dance, ballroom – all
kinds of dance styles, in fact. There will also be one-day courses for children aged 8+ in modern
dance. The children learn new steps and routines during the course and show their parents what
they’ve learned at the end of the day.
Keep Moving is a keep-fit club for teenagers. It’s on once a week, on Mondays from 6 p.m. to 8
p.m. during term time, and during the school holidays, it will be on twice a week, Mondays and
Thursdays, at the same times. There will be all the usual activities including dance, team games
and using the gym equipment.
Finally, FastFit Leisure Centre is having an open day on 16th August. Everything is free on this day
and children of all ages can try all the facilities at the centre, including squash, tennis, basketball,
diving and climbing.
Interviewer: It sounds like there’s a lot to do! If you have any questions …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 179


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-141:
20 A 21 C 22 B 23 A 24 B 25 C
Audioscripts
Presenter: Hello and welcome to the programme. Today, I’m talking to David Watts, who is leader
of Youth Expeditions, which is an organization that gives opportunities to young people to explore
different parts of the world. David is here to try to show us that going on expeditions is a challenge
that all young people can take part in, not just the super fit and super confident. David, could you
tell us first about what the organization does?
David: Hello. Yes, we organize expeditions to different places and invite young people aged 16-20
to go on them at as low a cost as possible. Basically we provide a grant for about 75% of the total.
The aim is to develop confidence and a sense of adventure, but we also work with scientists and
environmentalists. Although we want people who are keen to learn, we don’t expect them to have
expert scientific knowledge already.
Presenter: How often do you organize expeditions?
David: About three or four every year and they include month-long summer expeditions to the
Arctic for those aged between 16 and 20. And then, for those over 18, there are our Arctic and
desert gap-year expeditions.
Presenter: Tell us about one of your most recent expeditions.
David: This June, a group went to the edge of the Arctic Ocean. They went with seven leaders and
a group of scientists. They cross-country skied to where they were camping and then went
everywhere on foot. They took part in a series of scientific studies, investigating glaciers, rivers,
plants and so on. It was a very interesting trip.
Presenter: You also run competitions.
David: That’s right. And for this year’s, three young explorers can win a place on our next
expedition to the Arctic for which we’ll pay the whole cost. For two months they’ll live in tents and
snow caves and will learn how to survive in the extreme cold. For part of the time they’ll work with
environmentalists on the subject of climate change, but there will also be opportunities for
mountaineering and cross-country skiing. It should be a lot of fun.
Presenter: So how do people enter?
David: Entrants should make a short film that gives information about themselves; why they are
interested in going to the Arctic, and what they hope to get out of the experience. They should
send this to us by post and we’ll choose a number of people to come for an interview. From those,
we’ll decide who has won.
Presenter: It sounds like an excellent opportunity and I wish our listeners luck with that.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 180


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-142:
20 C 21 B 22 C 23 A 24 B 25 A
Audioscripts
Interviewer: What does it take to be a head chef? Paul Heaton is here to tell us all about it.
Paul: Thanks! I didn’t enjoy school that much, and I decided quite early on that I was going to
leave as soon as I could, which was at 16. I tried a few other things, including the local
supermarket, but nothing really interested me until I got a job as a kitchen assistant. I was a fresh-
faced 17-year-old when I turned up at the Grand Hotel. It was hard, dirty work and the pay wasn’t
great either. On the positive side, I was in a really busy kitchen where the top chefs were highly
skilled and during my breaks I could watch and learn. I was fascinated by all the equipment and the
unlikely stories of people injuring themselves with kitchen tools.
Interviewer: I imagine that kitchen assistants don’t work from 9.00 to 5.00.
Paul: No! I had to get used to long hours and working late. They needed me when the kitchen got
busy, around twelve o’clock, which doesn’t sound bad, but I sometimes wouldn’t finish until two
o’clock the next morning. I’d spend most of the time cleaning the kitchen equipment or preparing
food for the chefs to use. I must’ve washed and prepared literally millions of carrots and potatoes.
Interviewer: But those days are behind you now, aren’t they?
Paul: Yes, these days I’m a head chef, so I’m responsible for organizing the kitchen. This includes
preparing the menus, selecting and training staff and keeping the kitchen in good working order.
And, I still love to cook of course. But now I don’t have to do it every day, but can choose to do it
when I really want to.
Interviewer: What advice would you give to anyone thinking of becoming a chef?
Paul: You have to be able to work in a team, whether you’re cleaning the floor or grilling a steak.
You must be prepared to deal with stressful situations. And you have to be able to think quickly – if
the fish you wanted to use for your main dish doesn’t arrive, you’ve got to invent something
completely different.
People sometimes think that preparing food in a first-class restaurant is a complicated and difficult
thing to do. This is partly true – there’s a lot to think about and your work needs to be right every
time – but the key to success is to buy the best and the freshest food available and keep things
simple.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 181


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-143:
20 B 21 C 22 B 23 C 24 B 25 B
Audioscripts
Interviewer: Welcome to the Leisure Programme. Today I’m interviewing Jack Hutchinson, the
manager of a new leisure centre that opened last month. Welcome to the programme, Jack.
Jack: Thank you.
Interviewer: Jack, there are several leisure centres in this area. Why do you think yours has
become so popular already? Is it because it has such a fantastic gym?
Jack: No, I don’t think it’s because of the gym, although the gym is excellent. I think it’s because
so many articles have been written about us in the local newspapers. People want to see if we’re
as good as the journalists say.
Interviewer: So, tell us about the centre.
Jack: Well, let’s start with the pools – we’ve already got a very good, large swimming pool with a
diving area. There’s also a smaller training pool, which is for children and for adults having lessons,
and there are plans to build a fun pool with slides for children.
Interviewer: And what about this amazing gym?
Jack: The equipment is excellent and we have experienced staff who are very happy to give
advice.
Interviewer: Are the staff there all the time?
Jack: They’re usually there for two hours in the afternoon and an hour in the evening. We’re
hoping to increase the time they’re available when we employ more staff.
Interviewer: What about courts?
Jack: There are indoor courts for tennis, badminton, volleyball and basketball. The outdoor tennis
courts aren’t quite ready, but they’ll be available next week.
Interviewer: What about classes?
Jack: There are swimming classes at all levels, karate, aerobics and keep-fit. We also offer one-
day scuba-diving courses at the pool They’re given by instructors from the local diving school. I’ve
done one myself and so have most of our swimming instructors. I can highly recommend them.
Interviewer: So, in what way do you think your leisure centre is better than others?
Jack: The facilities are of a very high quality. We offer a wide range of different activities and we
have a café that sells good, healthy food.
Interviewer: Well, … other centres offer all that, too.
Jack: Yes, but they don’t offer our prices. Like other centres, we offer discounts to students and
the over 60s, but people can also buy a membership card for just £15 a month. For this, you can
use all the facilities as often as you like. You pay much more for membership in other centres.
Interviewer: That sounds very good. Thank you for coming in, Jack …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 182


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-144:
20 B 21 A 22 C 23 A 24 B 25 C
Audioscripts
Woman: Hi Darren. You are very successful for such a young writer. Can you tell us what got you
into writing stories?
Boy: Funnily enough I was never much of a reader and I certainly didn’t read novels. I quite liked
comics. (20) When I was thirteen I got quite ill and spent a long time in hospital. When I was
allowed home, I had several months in bed when I couldn’t really do much. I was very bored and
just started to write. To this day I don’t know why I did it.
Woman: And what effect did this have on you at the time?
Boy: Well, I was missing seeing my friends and having fun and generally I wasn’t the happiest of
teenagers. I guess writing the book took me to another place in my head where I wasn’t worried
about being sick and I felt free in a way. (21) I never dreamed that the book would become
something that helped me and my family earn money.
Woman: So when did you realise that your book was good enough to send to a publisher and how
did you go about doing that?
Boy: I didn’t (22) I never for a second thought the book was any good. I didn’t even think anyone
would ever read it. It was just for me a kind of therapy to give myself something to do. I had no
plans whatsoever to be a writer.
Woman: So what happened?
Boy: Well, I didn’t know it at the time (23) but my family had been reading what I was writing. I
think they were very worried about me and thought I was writing a diary about my feelings. My
parents showed my elder sister and she sent a copy off to several publishers. The first thing I knew
about it was when I got an email from a publishing house saying they wanted to meet me to
discuss my story.
Woman: Wow, you must have been so excited.
Boy: (24) No, I wasn’t because I just thought it was a friend being silly and having some fun. Then,
the letter came from the publisher offering me a large amount of money and I realised it was real.
Woman: And now three years later, how is your life? What are your plans?
Boy: (25) Actually, I’m about to have a bit of a break in order to concentrate on my final exams. I
want to study literature after school. Then I might write another book or several books. Who
knows? I may have a great career as a writer when I become an adult, or I may do a completely
different job.
Woman: Darren I wish you luck in the future.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 183


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-145:
20 B 21 C 22 B 23 A 24 B 25 A
Audioscripts
Woman: Today I have with me Omar who is already an airline pilot and has just returned from a
flight around the world. Omar, when did you first want to fly a plane?
Omar: I first went on a plane when I was two and I had a lot of toy planes. (20) Then, when I was
ten years old, we moved to just outside London and our house was underneath the flight path for
planes going into London Heathrow airport. Every day I would watch the planes. It was then that I
decided to become an airline pilot.
Woman: It must have been very noisy living there. How did your family feel about that?
Omar: My mother hated it. (21) After five years, we moved to a nice cottage in a small village. I
missed my city life, but we were near a small town.
Woman: When did you learn to fly?
Omar: (22) On my eighteenth birthday, my father bought me some flying lessons. Then while I
was at university studying literature I got a part-time job in a pizza restaurant. I used the money I
earned to pay for more flying lessons. By the time I finished university I’d got my pilot’s licence.
Woman: How did you start your career?
Omar: (23) I started flying private helicopters for businessmen. After that I started work at a big
airline where I flew their small passenger planes. Three years later I was flying large jet planes
around the world.
Woman: So why did you decide to fly around the world on your own?
Omar: (24) I wanted to see the world on my own, without having friends or my family with me.
When I flew around the world, I flew in a small plane which meant that I could land at small
airports far from the big cities. (24) I was able to learn new things, to meet the local people and
enjoy their culture. I was able to see a lot of places in North America, Europe, Africa and Asia but I
didn’t manage to visit Australia.
Woman: What was the worst moment you had?
Omar: (25) I was crossing Africa and there was a big storm and I couldn’t fly, as the rain was too
heavy, so I had to make an emergency landing at a small airport. The next day the storm had gone.
I asked for some fuel for the plane, but they told me they didn’t have any. I had to wait two weeks
before the fuel arrived. I didn’t mind, the locals were lovely, and I had a great time with them
despite the weather was too cloudy.
Woman: Thanks Omar.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 184


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-146:
20 A 21 B 22 A 23 C 24 A 25 C
Audioscripts
Man: Hi Isabella, welcome to the show. Can you tell us what made you start playing basketball?
Isabella: I grew up in the centre of the city. We didn’t have any parks near to where we lived but
there was one small basketball court. (20) My parents used to work many hours every day so I had
to find something to do. And guess… I started playing basketball.
Man: And why do you think you became so good at basketball? I mean you are a player at an
international youth team now, aren’t you?
Isabella: Yes, I’ve done really well in my sport. I think that’s because my parents were not at
home during the day and I also hate watching TV, (21) I stayed outside and I played and played and
naturally I became really talented.
Man: What was it that made you realise that you could play basketball as a job? You’re very
young. You’re still a student.
Isabella: I started to play for the school team and (22) my teachers noticed how good I was. That’s
when I started to get some proper training. One of my teachers told my parents that I could do
really well in my sport and then persuaded them to support me.
Man: So what has been the best part of your career so far? I’m sure it must have been winning
the gold medal in the World Youth Championship.
Isabella: Winning a medal at a World Championship was really great but the best time of all for
me was before it started. (23) I got to hold the flag to lead our team around the stadium in the
opening ceremony. That was actually the proudest moment.
Man: What about the future? Do you think you will be winning the gold medal at the Olympic
games?
Isabella: To tell you the truth, I’m not sure that is what I want to work for next. I honestly don’t
think being a basketball player was what I really wanted to do. Actually I wanted to be a doctor.
(24) I want to study hard and enter university.
Man: How can you imagine your life 10 years from now?
Isabella: The way I see myself ten years ahead of now is not something I often think about. One
thing I’m certain of, is that I want to make the most of my years and put all my effort to become
(25) a successful, happy woman either as a doctor or as a basketball player. What I would say is
that I’m the sort of person who sees good in everyone and everything so I know whatever life
holds in store for me it is going to be good.
Man: Isabella, I wish you luck in whatever you decide to do.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 185


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-147:
20 B 21 C 22 C 23 A 24 A 25 B
Audioscripts
Man: Jenny, you have just returned from a school exchange to America for a month. Why did you
want to take part in the exchange project?
Jenny: Well, most of the students who went on the exchange wanted to travel or they just
wanted to be away from their parents for a while. For me it was a bit more personal as (20) my
father has been offered a job in New York and I wanted to see if I would like it there or not.
Man: So how did your parents react to you going away for such a long time? Were they worried?
Jenny: I don’t think they were very worried. They knew how excited I was though (21) and they
always do whatever they can to help me do the things I want to do. Plus they knew that I would be
safe and well looked after.
Man: Who did you stay with in America?
Jenny: Well I thought I was going to be staying with a family with three children but something
happened, I think the father got sick. (22) I ended up staying with a rich couple called John and
Candy who didn’t have any children although they did have a couple of dogs.
Man: How was their home different to your home in the UK?
Jenny: For a start it was on quite a busy and noisy street and we live on a very small quiet street.
(23) It was also really big especially as there are only two of them living in it. My whole family
could easily live there and it wouldn’t be crowded. (23) Also it was beautifully decorated and had a
lovely garden at the back that is probably three times the size of our garden.
Man: Was there anything or anyone that you missed while you were away?
Jenny: I thought I would miss my dog, but because they had two dogs I didn’t really miss him too
much. Also a lot of my friends had gone with me on the exchange so I saw them every day.
(24) However, it was quite difficult to be so far away from my brother and sister, even though they
annoy me a lot when I am home.
Man: Finally Jenny, what do you think you gained from the whole experience?
Jenny: I liked being away from home but with my friends from England. (25) It was really good for
me to learn how to live without my parents. I’m braver than I thought I was. Also, I loved America
so I am happy that we might move there for my dad’s new job.
Man: Thank you for talking to us Jenny and good luck to you and your family in America.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 186


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-148:
20 C 21 A 22 C 23 B 24 C 25 A
Audioscripts
Woman: Daniel, you’ve just successfully raised a lot of money to improve your local youth club.
Why did you decide to raise this money?
Daniel: I live in a small village and without our youth club it would be very boring. People always
say that if young people are bored, they might turn to crime and our village is peaceful and I didn’t
want that to happen. (20) Then we had to do a project at school to help the local people and it
seemed like a good idea.
Woman: So how did you inform people about the different events that you organised?
Daniel: I wanted to put up posters in public places but I wasn’t allowed to do that. It would have
been impossible to phone everyone so (21) I emailed people and I set up a Facebook page to let
everyone know about it.
Woman: Daniel, when you first started your effort to raise money, how did you expect it would
go?
Daniel: Well, I wasn’t silly enough to think it was going to be easy to raise a lot of money but I was
quite confident that if I worked hard I could raise quite a lot in the end. (22) I wasn’t expecting to
have good results quickly.
Woman: What were your feelings after your very first event, Daniel?
Daniel: The first event was the cooking competition which I had been really excited about as I
thought it would raise lots of money. There are so many TV programmes about cooking now that I
thought it would be really popular but only ten people took part and (23) although we sold all the
cakes they made it raised a disappointing amount of money. I wasn’t too sad about it though
because I ate a lot of cake.
Woman: Which of the events did you enjoy the most?
Daniel: Obviously it was nice eating cake at the cooking competition, as I just said. (24) But the
dog show was really amazing as we had over 50 dogs take part and it was brilliant fun. Lots of
people came to watch it and we raised a huge amount of money. I felt wonderful after that event.
The Sunday sale was ok because people were selling interesting and unusual things but I didn’t
really get excited by it.
Woman: Finally Daniel, what are your plans for the future as you seem to be an ambitious young
man?
Daniel: I liked being useful so I think it’s something I will continue to do in the future. Our youth
club is great now so that’s all done. My mum said I should learn to cook as I enjoy cakes so much
but cooking isn’t for me. But seriously, (25) I think I will probably start raising money again to do
something useful for our town.
Woman: Thank you for talking to us Daniel and well done.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 187


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-149:
20 B 21 C 22 C 23 A 24 B 25 B
Audioscripts
Man: Carol, you’re a popular, young teacher. Can you tell us why you decided on a career in
teaching?
Carol: I actually wanted to be an actor but of course that is not the easiest of professions to be
successful in and my parents weren’t happy with the idea, as well as classmates. They always told
me that I didn’t have any talent in acting. (20) However, I had an amazing drama teacher at school
that really helped me to believe in myself. She understood that I was a very shy child and she
encouraged me to take drama seriously. So although I didn’t become an actor, I realised what a
fantastic job teaching could be. I wanted to help other children in the same way that she helped
me.
Man: What does a good teacher should aim to do in your opinion?
Carol: It’s not just about knowing your subject. There are a lot of very clever people who know
lots about something but they wouldn’t be able to teach what they know to anyone. (21) You have
to be able to connect with your students first. The children need to be interested in you and what
you have to say.
Man: Every teacher will sometimes have a difficult class. How do you deal with that kind of
situation?
Carol: There is always a reason why children don’t behave well in a classroom. In my experience,
it is usually because they are bored or tired. (22) So what I do is I get them to stand up and jump
up and down for a minute, then we walk around the room and clap our hands for another minute.
I know it sounds strange but it works. Punishing them with extra homework activities or exams is
not a solution.
Man: How would you describe your achievements as a teacher?
Carol: It’s quite a complicated job and you have to deal with lots of unexpected situations.
(23) On the whole, I think I do a really good job and I’m really pleased with what I have achieved
over the years.
Man: How does your parents feel now that you are so young and so successful at the same time?
Carol: (24) Certainly they are proud of me. I think they must also feel relieved that I didn’t follow
my first aim to become an actor.
Man: So what does the future hold in store for you, Carol? Do you think you would like to become
the head teacher of a large school somewhere? Or would you still like to give acting a go?
Carol: I don’t think either of those options is really for me. (25) I want to stay in the classroom and
be the best that I can be at what I do now. I’m very happy with my life just as it is.
Man: Thank you Carol

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 188


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-150:
20 C 21 B 22 A 23 B 24 C 25 A
Audioscripts
Woman: Today, we have Miguel with us who is a young athlete in a very unusual sport – Parkour.
Miguel, tell us a bit about this interesting sport. What is the aim of it?
Miguel: Well, it’s a very new sport as it actually started in the 1980s. It was started in France and
is also known as Freerunning. (20) The athletes are aimed to move in whichever way they can over
and through any area without using any equipment; only the ability of their body and in the fastest
and most efficient way. Mostly it is running and jumping which obviously relies on strength and
fitness.
Woman: What is the main difficulty in this sport?
Miguel: Well, I’d say self-control and to rely only on yourself. (21) There is no room for being
scared. The movements required work all parts of your body and (21) the mind needs to control
any worries about height or difficulties the athlete faces.
Woman: What is true about Parkour in the UK?
Miguel: Well, (22) the UK has become the first country in the world to recognise it as a sport. So
now it can get financial support from the government. This also means that it could soon be
practised in schools as it is an exciting and interesting activity which can develop useful skills in
schoolchildren. I think my school will be one of the first to include this kind of sport in the
schedule.
Woman: What do you think about a recent video about Parkour? Not everybody seems to like
this sport.
Miguel: Yes, mainly because some people do it in cities without the help of safety ropes so there
is a danger to athletes as well as people nearby. (23) This was not helped by the video which came
out with a Parkour athlete running across Cambridge. Many people didn’t like him as he was
filmed on ancient buildings, which they said was against the law and should be forbidden.
Woman: Well, I hear you are going to take part in the Parkour competition on the Greek island of
Santorini next month. Is it true?
Miguel: Yes. It will be my first time. It’s an amazing location and a real challenge. The competition
is very popular with athletes and can be watched on social media and on TV, (24) which is great for
the athletes as they become famous and get offered career opportunities.
Woman: What are your plans for the future? Do you want to become a champion at Parkour or is
it just a hobby?
Miguel: I would like to finish my school first and (25) maybe study sports at university. Regarding
parkour I really enjoy it but I don’t think I would like to be a professional Parkour trainer.
Woman: Thanks Miguel. I’m sure many young people will be inspired to start Parkour after this.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 189


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-151:
20 A 21 C 22 B 23 C 24 A 25 B
Audioscripts
Man: Sarah, you write a regular blog for and about teenagers. How did you learn how to do that?
Sarah: (20) I’d started reading other blogs that people were writing and thought it was a good
idea. None of my friends were doing it so I looked on You Tube to get information as to how to
start a blog. I thought it would be interesting for school children and young people at college.
Man: Why did you focus on teenage issues?
Sarah: It’s not that I wanted to keep older people away from my blogs. In fact older people are
really interesting and can give some good advice to teenagers. It’s just that I’m a teenager (21) so it
made more sense to write about things that affect my generation because I know how they feel.
Man: How were you feeling about writing your blog in the beginning?
Sarah: I was excited because I had plenty of free time to write it, (22) but I wasn’t sure how well it
would do and if anyone would even be interested in what I had to say. After all it would have been
embarrassing if no one read it or no one joined in with the discussions.
Man: How much time do you spend working on your blog?
Sarah: Actually I spend quite a lot of time working on my blog as it has become an important part
of my life. (23) I work on it every day for about four to five hours even at the weekends.
Sometimes it’s during the day and sometimes it’s in the evenings. It depends on what I am doing.
Some days I do a bit or work in the morning then I go back to it in the evening.
Man: What would you say is the topic that is of most interest to teenagers today?
Sarah: You’d expect it to be music, sport and education but without a doubt young people are
really worried (24) about the world around them. There is a growing movement among young
people these days to try and make governments more seriously informed about (24) pollution and
the protection of animals and plants.
Man: Finally Sarah, how has writing a blog changed your life?
Sarah: I have had to become better at using a computer, but I’m no expert. I wouldn’t say I have
made new friends from it even though I obviously talk to people about subjects that come up. I
can say however that (25) I have learned a lot about many different subjects through the
replies that people send to my blog.
Man: Thank you for talking to us Sarah.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 190


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-152:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 B 24 C 25 A
Audioscripts
Int: Good morning Jane. So today you are going to give us some tips as to how we can all do our
bit to protect the environment, aren’t you?
Jane: That’s right John. There are a lot of reports in the media about how our world is being
destroyed and polluted by man and, although this is true, there are certainly many things that we
can do to improve this situation. (20) Amongst all the horror stories, we need to concentrate on
the positive things that can be done. That way we can all make sure that the future of the planet is
safe.
Int: So, what can we all do, Jane?
Jane: First of all, we need to be better at recycling. Most of us do a bit of recycling but we are still
throwing away things that can be reused. I think this is because people think it takes time to
recycle things properly, but it really doesn’t. Once you get into the habit, you start to do it
automatically. (21) Did you know it takes a month to create a new way of behaving? That’s not just
true of being greener, it works for any habit.
Int: Apart from recycling, what else is important?
Jane: Well, saving energy in the home is easy to do. For example, why not turn off lights when
you are not using a room? (22) Also, don’t leave mobiles and laptops charging overnight. You can
also be more careful with the amount of water you use by having a shower instead of a bath and
by not leaving the tap running when you brush your teeth.
Int: I guess in the end your bills will be cheaper, too, if you do this?
Jane: (23, 24) Exactly. People don’t realise how much money they are throwing away by wasting
energy on a daily basis. Imagine if you save one or two pounds every day on energy, that’s
hundreds of pounds a year. (24) You could spend that on a nice holiday.
Int: But surely it’s up to the government to really make a difference to the environment.
Jane: The government certainly needs to be more active when it comes to passing laws to protect
the planet, but we all need to do our bit. Also, schools and parents must educate their children so
that the next generation does better than we have. (25) From my experience, young people are
aware of environmental problems and I think they will be better at saving the planet than we have
been.
Int: Jane, thank you so much for your time today. I’m sure our listeners will pay attention to what
you have said and hopefully will be more responsible in future.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 191


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-153:
20 B 21 C 22 A 23 A 24 C 25 B
Audioscripts
Int: Hi, Michael. How long have you been a professional cyclist?
M: Well, I started riding a bike when I was very young. I tried to ride my big brother’s bike when I
was about four years old but of course I couldn’t, so I used to push it and pretend I was riding it.
(20) Then my parents bought me my first little bike when I was five and I would ride it all the time.
It had extra little wheels on the sides called stabilisers which stopped me falling off.
Int: You became a top cyclist when you were still very young. It seems as though your success has
been easy. Is that true?
M: Not exactly. Cycling is what I always wanted to do, so giving up has never been something I
have thought about doing but it has been difficult at times. It hasn’t only been difficult for me.
(21) My parents have spent so much time and money supporting me. I certainly could not have
done so well on my own.
Int: Can you tell us about the part of your career that has not been easy? Is it all the hours of
training that you have to do?
M: Actually no, I love training and going to the gym. I’m an early bird so I get up very early in the
morning and that is when I feel ready and happy to train. I don’t like training in the evening
though, as I go to bed quite early. (22) The problem is that my friends go out late at night so I can’t
go out with them very often. I often wish I could, but that’s just the way it is.
Int: So, I guess you go to the gym every day, don’t you? And fast food must be completely off the
menu.
M: Actually, I never train at all on Sundays. Sunday is my day for relaxing, so I spend time with my
family and friends. I do have a burger or a pizza sometimes. (23) You can’t eat healthy food every
day of your life, but yes, you’re right; I do have to eat well, generally, in order to be fit enough to
win races. You can’t expect to be a professional athlete and eat whatever you want.
Int: (24) You said you relax on Sundays. What do you like to do?
M: (24) I’m not much of a reader but I love to watch TV or a movie on Netflix. Most of my friends
play basketball or football on a Sunday but doing more exercise is the last thing I want to do.
Int: (25) Finally, Michael, what do you think you will be doing in ten years’ time?
M: I probably won’t be competing in international competitions but (25) I am very interested in
being a coach for young cyclists and sharing all my experiences with them.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 192


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-154:
20 C 21 B 22 C 23 A 24 B 25 A
Audioscripts
Int: Adam, you have been a personal assistant to the manager of a large company for several
years, haven’t you?
Adam: Yes, that’s right. (20) I’ve been Sally Jones’ personal assistant for nearly ten years now and
I still love the fact that when I get to work in the morning, I never quite know what is going to
happen. Obviously Sally is very rich and she travels a lot and I basically organise everything for her.
Int: I imagine you work long hours then and have a lot of late nights.
Adam: Yes, but luckily I’m a bit of a night owl and never go to bed before midnight. (21) My time
is quite flexible which means that generally I don’t have to be in at a particular time unless there is
a meeting first thing in the morning. I’m not at all good at those but I’ll happily miss lunch or work
till ten at night if I need to.
Int: So tell us, how did you get such an amazing job? Was it something you always planned to do?
Adam: (22) Actually, I met Sally at a wedding that I had helped to organise for my old boss. We
got chatting and she asked for my phone number. About three weeks later she got in touch and
asked me if I’d like to work for her as her personal assistant. The rest, as they say, is history. We’ve
just moved into a new office actually, which is wonderful. I’ve got my own space now but I miss
the chatter from the other people in the office. (23) I can see the whole city from my window,
though, which is amazing. At least I still manage to have a chat with the others when I go to make
a cup of coffee in the staff kitchen.
Int: Tell us honestly. What is Sally Jones like to work for?
Adam: Obviously, I have to work hard but I like that. But she’s not all work and no play and we
have a laugh sometimes. (24) She’s very good at making people feel relaxed while at the same
time getting the best from them in the workplace.
Int: Finally, Adam, what are your hopes for the future?
Adam: You know what, I’ve just been given a new company car and a pay rise and I’m doing a job
that I love. (25) So, to be honest, I just hope that I’m lucky enough to keep doing what I’m doing. I
couldn’t ask for anything better than that.
Int: Adam, it’s been a pleasure talking to you.
Adam: Thank you for having me.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 193


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-155:
20 B 21 C 22 C 23 A 24 A 25 B
Audioscripts
Int: Sally, tell us how you became a clothes designer. Was it something that you had always
wanted to be?
Sally: Not really, although I have always been creative. I used to sketch all the time while I was at
school – I had even thought of becoming a cartoonist at some point. Anyway, (20) I went to art
school when I was 19 to study for a degree in painting. Most art students dream of becoming a
famous painter, and so did I. I thought I could be as good as Rembrandt or Picasso one day.
Int: And did you become a successful artist?
Sally: Not really. I was managing to sell a few paintings but not enough to pay the bills. That’s why
I had to work in a clothes shop part-time as well. I have to stay, though, that it was good fun even
though it took away so much time from my painting. (21) It was so difficult to find a gallery that
would show a young artist’s paintings, so nobody really saw my work except for my friends and
family. Of course, all of them agreed on my talent, but that is not enough, is it?
Int: So, how did designing clothes come about? Did you start to design clothes for the shop that
you worked in?
Sally: No, not at all. (22) But I did learn a lot about the fashion industry and I started to get very
interested in fashion for the first time. I had always been a jeans and T-shirt girl until then.
(23) When I was about 22 years old, I started doing my own designs as a hobby. I’d draw clothes in
the evenings and weekends and it somehow took over from my painting. It was something new
and exciting at the time. One day my boss saw my designs, by accident, I admit, and decided to
introduce me to a friend of his in the fashion industry. One thing led to another and I got a job
offer I could not decline. And the rest is history, as they say…
Int: I see. So have you ever been interested in designing men’s clothes?
Sally: (24) Actually, I have been asked to work on some ideas for suits for men and generally
smart, formal clothing for special occasions. I’m a little bit nervous about the project, as I’ve never
done anything like this before, but at the same time I’m very excited to try something completely
new to me.
Int: Finally, Sally, what’s the best thing about being a designer?
Sally: I do get paid quite a lot for my designs, but this is not what matters to me the most. I don’t
even care for the fancy outfits I get to try on first, to tell you the truth. (25) For me, it’s such a
fulfilling job and there is no better feeling than seeing the clothes that I have designed on display.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 194


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-156:
20 B 21 A 22 C 23 C 24 B 25 B
Audioscripts
Int: George, welcome to the show. You’ve had a fantastic few years, haven’t you – with both gold
and silver medals in international events?
George: Yes, I’m really pleased with the way things have gone lately.
Int: Did you first develop a passion for athletics as a young child?
George: I was very active as a little child, and I think my parents were looking for a way to use
some of my energy, but (20) it wasn’t until secondary school that I was introduced to athletics, and
then I got a scholarship to university because I had done so well in the school athletics team. I
guess I was really passionate about athletics from about thirteen years old.
Int: So was it your school teachers that made you believe that you could have a career in sport?
George: Not really. (21) I had some great teachers at school and, of course, now I have some of
the best coaches in the world, but it’s always been my father that has supported me and told me
that I can achieve anything I want to do. He’s my best friend as well as being my father.
Int: Tell us about the moment you won your first gold medal. You must have been so excited.
George: The funny thing was that I was lost in my own world during that race.
Int: Do you mean you were too tired to feel anything?
George: No, not at all. (22) I was concentrating so much on finishing the race that I hadn’t
realised I was the winner. I couldn’t believe it when I looked up and there was no one ahead of me.
Int: But there must be some things that aren’t so good.
George: Oh, of course. I mean, I have to train all the time, which generally I enjoy, and (23) I get
to travel to some amazing places, but I have a baby son now and I really miss him when I’m away.
It’s difficult for my wife, too. (24) On the other hand, I have a lot of fun too and, wherever I go,
there are interesting people who I often become good friends with.
Int: Do you mind all the publicity and the reporters everywhere wanting to interview you?
George: Not at all. It’s all part of the job.
Int: Finally George, are you going to retire soon and become a full-time dad or maybe become a
TV presenter for a sports channel?
George: No, not for a long time! I’d like to give something back. I’ve had so much help from other
people and (25) I would really like to help young people get involved in athletics and teach them
everything I have learned over the years. I’m especially interested in working in schools, in poor
areas, as quite often that’s where the athletes of the future can be found. Just like me when I was
young.
Int: George, thank you very much.
George: My pleasure.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 195


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-157:
20 C 21 A 22 B 23 A 24 C 25 B
Audioscripts
Int: Today we are talking to Anna Sanders, a language student, about learning a language. Anna is
fluent in five languages already and intends to learn even more in the future. So Anna, how long
have you been learning foreign languages?
Anna: (20) Well, I started at primary school, where we had a French club. We didn’t actually have
to learn French; it was just an after-school club once a week for 45 minutes. It was much better
than having a private tutor at home. (21) It was always great fun which, I guess, is why we all liked
it so much. It wasn’t like any other classes during the day. They all seemed boring compared to our
French lessons. And somehow all of us felt that French came naturally to us.
Int: After so many years learning languages, what advice would you give to language students,
Anna?
Anna: (22) I think it is very important to learn words in phrases and sentences. Don’t just learn a
word on its own. As much as you study lists of words, this won’t get you very far in the language
learning process. (23) Try to use a new word immediately in a sentence that has to do with your
life and interests and, if you can, write it down to remember it. Another important thing is to
practise your new vocabulary as much as you can. Talk to a friend using any new words you’ve
learned and have conversations where you can practise together. This will make you feel more
confident and it is the best way to remember new words in the long run.
Int: (24) Are there any mistakes that language learners often make?
Anna: (24) Of course there are many things that learners do that are not helpful. You would be
surprised how many students write long lists of words and then think they will remember them.
Also you have to spend time studying. No one learns anything if they don’t work hard. Learning a
language is not easy, but there are strategies that make it easier.
Int: What about listening to people speaking in the language you are learning? I’ve heard that
watching films and listening to songs can be a good way to learn a language.
Anna: Oh yes, that’s really useful and (25) I think listening to songs is great for any learner but
especially for younger learners as they usually like pop music. Quite often, you can listen to a song
on YouTube and the words or lyrics will come on the screen for you to read while the singer is
singing. It’s true that people learn more easily by singing songs than by just reading words.
Int: That’s all we have time for Anna, but thank you very much for talking to us. It’s been very
interesting.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 196


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-158:
20 C 21 B 22 A 23 B 24 C 25 A
Audioscripts
Int: This morning we have Rob Stevens with us. Rob is the manager of the new shopping centre
just outside the city. Hello Rob, welcome to the show.
Rob: Thank you.
Int: (20) Rob, the new shopping centre has been open for six months now, hasn’t it? How popular
is it?
Rob: (20) Actually we have been open since February, to be exact, so that adds a couple of
months, and it has been really busy all this time, to tell you the truth.
Int: Why do you think so many people are visiting it even though it is not in the city centre? I
mean, it’s a ten-minute drive out of the city, isn’t it? Doesn’t that put people off a bit?
Rob: No, not at all. In fact, a lot of people like the fact that it is in an area with easy parking and
lots of space. (21) Also, if you don’t drive or don’t want to use your car there is a very good bus
service that is free to and from the city centre. (22) The car park is also free, which is a big
advantage, as parking in the city is usually limited to one hour before you have to move your car.
Int: I see. But there are a lot more facilities apart from shops, too, aren’t there?
Rob: Yes, of course. There are nearly 20 cafes and restaurants offering many different kinds of
food. (23) Also, there is a play area for young children and you can leave your kids there while you
go and do your shopping in peace.
Int: (23) There must be someone there to look after them, though.
Rob: (23) Yes, of course. We have a wonderful team of play leaders who are all very experienced
in childcare and first aid, just in case there are any little accidents. You know what children are
like!
Int: Sure! Now, could you tell us a bit about the gardens?
Rob: (24) In the summer, this is the big attraction. The gardens are beautiful. There is a lake that
you can go on in little boats. I must say though that fishing is strictly forbidden at all times. There’s
also a cafe next to the lake with its own play area and even a small zoo.
Int: Really? I didn’t know that. Does it have dangerous animals in it?
Rob: No, not really – just animals like horses, goats, pigs, sheep, ducks etc. (25) It’s just perfect for
little children as they are allowed to feed the animals at certain times of the day, with the help of
the zookeepers.
Int: Well, I have to say it does sound like a special place. I will have to take my children there
soon.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 197


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-159:
20 A 21 B 22 B 23 C 24 A 25 C
Audioscripts
Int: Today, we are talking to Karen who is a blogger. Karen, most people have heard of blogging
but a lot of people don’t really understand what it is.
Karen: (20) You’re right, Tim. This is a whole older generation who doesn’t know anything about
blogging, although one doesn’t have to be a tech freak to understand the basics of it. My parents
have no idea what I do, for example. However, for my generation and young people, in general,
blogging is very much a part of their life.
Int: So, can you tell us why people become bloggers and why it has become so popular?
Karen: There are so many reasons. Many people start blogging as a hobby. They’re interested in
something, such as cooking, and they start to write about their interest on the internet. (21) They
share ideas, give advice to people and make friendships through blogging. It has to be said,
blogging is a very sociable activity and a blogger can easily get many followers, or people that read
their blogs regularly.
Int: This must make it useful for businesses, then.
Karen: (22) Exactly. Blogging is extremely important in business. A good blogger can advertise
their business in a way that impresses people. They can talk about what they do or make and
answer questions from people who may then become a customer. When people are looking to buy
something new, especially if it is connected to technology and gadgets, they often need to decide
the right thing to buy. This is where blogging can be very helpful.
Int: Is it true that some people become successful writers through blogging?
Karen: (23) Oh yes, absolutely. These days, more and more writers start off as bloggers.
Magazines and newspapers read blogs and often invite writers to write stories or articles which
they will then be paid for. Also, many bloggers have ended up writing books that have been very
successful. (24) Serious blogging can allow people to become known as an expert in a particular
subject, and this can even lead to getting a good or better job. The more you blog, the more
people will respect you and the more opportunities will come your way.
Int: Finally, Karen, can you tell us a little bit about how blogging can be used to help people?
Karen: Every good blog helps its readers. It might give advice about money, how to lose weight or
be healthier or even be a way to raise money for charities; any of these or all of these. (25) But
what is always important is that bloggers are honest and at the same time sensitive; and that blogs
are not used for manipulation or to hurt people in any way.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 198


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-160:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 A 13 C
Audioscript
Int: I’m talking to Nick Parker, the singer with the band called Krispy. Nick your
sister, Mel, plays guitar in the band too, doesn’t she?
Nick: Yeah. Mel’s a year younger than me. We’ve been playing and singing
together since we were … eight, nine. Dad is a guitarist and took us to hear the
great bands playing live. Mel and I put on shows at school, which was a lot of fun.
Mum thought we were good, but she didn’t want us to get too serious about our
music because of the hard lives professional musicians have.
Int: When did you start writing music?
Nick: I’ve been writing since I was ten. And later Mel started working with me. We
didn’t have the same influences – I liked rock music and she loved world music,
especially bands from Africa. But we found good ways of mixing the styles.
Int: Your band, Krispy, has two guys and two girls in it. How was it formed?
Nick: Mel and I were playing in a concert at our college and there were two students
from music school in the audience. They came to see us after the show and asked if
we’d like to form a band with them. We weren’t sure at first because we were much
younger than them. But we agreed to try it out, and it was brilliant.
Int: Was the band an immediate success?
Nick: Well, we spent the first year practising and writing music. During that time we
all had studying to do. We played in local concerts, and the audiences enjoyed what
we did. Then during one holiday we recorded two songs and sent them to a music
company. They offered us a contract, but our parents said we had to finish college
first.
Int: You’ve been together a few years now and you’re one of the top bands. What’s
that like?
Nick: Hard work. We travel to concerts all round the world and are never in one
place for more than a few nights. The others are like an older brother and sister to
me and Mel, which is good. They help us relax on our days off, and make sure we
eat well. They’re strict about practising too.
Int: Have you had any disappointments?
Nick: Everything we’ve recorded has done well. Three singles have gone to number
one, and our first album has sold over a million copies. Our second album was due
out this winter, but I’ve been ill recently so we’ve started recording late, which is a
pity. But for the rest, everything’s fine.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 199


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-161:
8 A 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Woman: Hello, everyone! Today we’re discussing adventure activities, and I’m
talking to Simon Benito, who recently went with his mum to an indoor climbing
centre. Simon, what gave your mum the ideas to take you there?
Simon: Well, last year my school had a trip to the centre, but I missed it because I
was sick. Then recently she went with a friend and tired it herself – and she loved it!
So after that she wanted to take me, too.
Woman: And what did you think when your mum suggested going to the centre?
Simon: Well, I knew I was OK at climbing – we’ve been climbing on holidays – and I
thought we’d do something similar at the centre. I was really looking forward to it.
But then my mum explained that the wall was inside. I wasn’t so interested when I
heard that – I prefer being outside.
Woman: But did you meet lots of people there?
Simon: Well, yes – that was great! It was early morning when we arrived and the
centre had just opened, so it was quiet, but lots of people came later in the morning
– and for once I wasn’t the youngest! I’d expected it’d be mainly young people there,
but there were people of all ages – serious climbers, mums with five-year olds …
and teenagers like me!
Woman: So what was the climbing wall like?
Simon: Well, luckily it had rocks of different sizes to help you climb. So there was
little chance of falling off. And I’d imagined it would look high before you started to
climb, but actually it didn’t seem that far to the top. There were lots of really useful
holes all over it, too, to put your feet in – green ones for an easy climb, red for more
difficult.
Woman: So what was your first climb like? Was it easy?
Simon: No! The instructor showed us what to do and I thought I’d soon get to the
top, but I was the last to get there, so I was annoyed with myself. The instructor
warned us it can be painful for your arms, too, but I didn’t notice. And I did improve.
Woman: So what did you learn from your visit?
Simon: Well, it was great to be with other people who all like doing the same thing!
And when I was climbing I had to think carefully where to put my feel before I moved
– so that’s helped me to think first before I do things. It’s shown me that I am fitter
than my friends who spend too much time on their computers.
Woman: Well, thanks, Simon!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 200


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-162:
8 B 9 C 10 A 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Man: Today, I’m talking to teenage surfer Abby Fielding. Abby, welcome. Tell us
about how you started surfing.
Abby: Well, my family have always loved going to our local beach, and my dad
became keen on surfing. He wasn’t very good, but he really wanted to show me how
to do it, and my mum offered to buy me a board. I still wasn’t keen, but then I started
watching surfing competitions near home, and when I saw the standard of the
surfers, I just felt I could do better!
Man: Very confident! How easy was it to get started?
Abby: Well, it’s free to practise, once you’ve got the equipment. But it can cost quite
a lot to buy what you need. I went to the local surfing school for a bit too. I was lent
some boards before I bought one, to see which type I liked best – that was useful.
Man: So do you go surfing all year round now?
Abby: Yes – even in winter when it’s cold! The sea is actually warmer than the land.
I just wear the same wetsuit as I do in the summer – although sometimes I do add
gloves! You’d be surprised how many people are out there surfing with me.
Man: And your biggest achievement was surfing an enormous wave!
Abby: Yeah! That kind of wave only comes along a couple of times a year. I
borrowed a large board, as mine wasn’t big enough, and I was nervous – the waves
were a lot bigger than they look from the beach. People say it hurts if you fall off in
those conditions – but I didn’t have time to think about that!
Man: So – any advice for other teenagers taking up surfing?
Abby: Well, you’re never too young to start – not on big waves, of course, in case
you have to swim back to the beach. But in many places, you need to know how to
surf whatever the waves are like – good and bad. And surfing schools are OK, but
watching other surfers is just as useful – and practising yourself, of course!
Man: So … you’re still young – what next?
Abby: Well, I’m going to miss the next big competition, as I’ve injured my ankle, but
my future’s definitely in surfing, so I need to investigate what opportunities there are.
There’s a course in surfing science you can do at the university here, but I’m not
sure that’s the right path for me at the moment.
Man: Well, thank you Abby.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 201


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-163:
8 A 9 C 10 A 11 B 12 A 13 C
Audioscript
Man: I’m talking to Maria Anderson, a 16-year old champion gymnast. Maria, have
you always dreamed of being a gymnast?
Maria: I got interested when I was eight. I loved running, and jumping, and my
teacher said I’d be good at sports. I read a book about a gymnast who took part in
the Olympics and her life seemed very hard. Then I went to watch a gymnastics
event with my Dad and saw gymnasts in action and I thought, ‘I’d like to do that’.
Man: Did you realise immediately you’d be a champion?
Maria: I tried too hard in the beginning – I’m very competitive – and was in a hurry to
learn the moves. I made so many mistakes, I nearly gave up. Even when I won
prizes at events in my town I didn’t think I’d ever be really good. But a famous coach
saw me doing floor exercise and said he’d give me lessons, and then I knew I could
get to the top.
Man: You’ve done amazingly well since then. Has success changed you?
Maria: I hope not. I’m growing up, getting experience, but basically I think I’m the
same. My coach says the best athletes are sensible, they don’t let success make a
difference to them as people, and I think that’s true of me. It’s just my mum and dad
worry about me and wish I could lead a more normal life.
Man: What about school? Can you keep up with the other children?
Maria: I go to the sports centre at 5.30 every morning to practise, so I’ve been
working for three hours before I even get to school. It was hard at first, I felt really
tired. But I’m used to it now. I rest during the lunch break, instead of being with my
friends. Lessons are all right, but I can’t stay up late or go to parties.
Man: Do you have time for hobbies?
Maria: Well, I travel a lot to events in other countries and listen to music on the
plane. I hope I get a chance to go to a concert some day and I like movies, but not
cartoons. My dad films me when I’m performing in a competition, and I put together
videos for my website, which is fun.
Man: What does your room at home look like?
Maria: I’ve got posters covering every wall, mostly of singers and bands. The best
thing is a photograph of me shaking hands with my hero, a fantastic Russian
gymnast I met last year. Oh, and I’ve got all my cups and prizes in a glass case – a
bit embarrassing.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 202


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-164:
8 C 9 B 10 B 11 A 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Presenter: … and now if you’re a regular listener to this programme, you’ll
know that it’s time for our weekly competition. Last week’s prize of two
theatre tickets was won by Bill Martins. Congratulations, Bill. I hope
you’ve received your tickets by now.
This week we’re offering a classical CD to the first listener who can name
the piece of music and the person who wrote it. I’m going to play the
piece in a few minutes, but before I do, you need to get a pencil and a
piece of paper, as I’m going to give you some help which should make
your job a little easier. Are you ready? Right. Now, listen carefully, as you
might be this week’s lucky winner.
Although the person who wrote this piece of classical music was born in
Italy, his parents were French and he spent most of his life in Spain. Have
you got that? On to the second point: there is also a famous play which
has the same title as this music and which is usually performed in the
open air – in the summer. Any idea yet? I should warn you that it’s not
that easy.
Anyway for the next point. When this piece of music was first performed,
many people in the audience got up and walked out. At the end they say
there was complete silence, which I’m sure wasn’t very pleasant for the
writer. People thought the music was terrible and complained about
wasting their money. It’s amazing really, when you think how popular it is
today.
And now for the last point. Part of this music has been used for an
advertisement which you can see on television. I’m sure when you hear
the music, you’ll know what the advertisement is for. I’m not going to tell
you what product it advertises, as that would almost certainly give you the
answer! You can also see the advert in a lot of magazines and I think
from next month this advert will also be on your cinema screens.
So that’s four things to remember. And the phone number to ring if you
can give us the title of the music and the name of the man who wrote it is
0018 937 224. And the piece of music is coming up now …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 203


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-165:
8 C 9 B 10 B 11 A 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Message: This is the Arts Festival Box Office. There is no one here to take your call,
but do not hang up, as further information follows.
The Festival begins on the 12th of May and continues to the 28th. There are things
happening in several parts of the town itself, and outside it.
At the Theatre Royal, there will be a series of concerts, starting with jazz singer
Elaine Delmar on the 12th of May. George Melly brings his own special kind of jazz
and fun to the theatre on the 13th of May. On Thursday the 19th of May, there is the
opera Faust. For classical music fans, the Brodsky String Quartet appear on the 23rd
of May.
There are also concerts at the Corn Exchange. For people who prefer dance music,
we have the London All Stars Steel Band on Sunday the 15th of May. On Thursday
the 19th of May we welcome back the Viennese Gala Orchestra, who are regular
performers at the Festival. Finally, also at the Corn Exchange, there will be a series
of jazz concerts each Friday at 1 o’clock. During these lunch-time concerts a bar will
be open for the sale of wine and we are offering free sort drinks. Sandwiches will
also be on sale. Light meals can be bought in the restaurant afterwards.
There are various other musical performances in the cathedral, and poetry readings
in one of the town’s churches. The Film Society has arranged to show a film of
Mozart’s opera Don Giovanni at the theatre. Our programme has full details.
Ickworth House, just outside the town is joining in the Festival as usual. There is a
guided walk around Ickworth Park on Sunday the 15th, which will last about two and
a half hours. Also, on the 19th of May, we have a special concert of piano music,
given by Oliver Davies in the beautiful Ickworth Library. The price of tickets includes
coffee and biscuits and you are advised to book early, as this is always especially
popular.
For more information, send for our Festival programme or visit the Box Office from
10.00 a.m. to 8 p.m. Mondays to Fridays, or 12.00 to 8 p.m. on Saturdays. Bookings
can be made in person (cash, cheque or credit card), by post (cheques only), or by
telephone (credit cards only). We also accept credit card bookings by fax, on 0284
706035. For these bookings, you must use our booking form.
Thank you for calling.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 204


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-166:
8 C 9 A 10 C 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Presenter: Hi there. On last week’s programme we interviewed the man behind the
idea of the International Camps. So I thought that this week you’d be interested to
hear more about one of the Camps which will be held later this year. Over to you,
Michael …
Michael: Thank you. Yes, the Camp is open to everyone between the ages of 18 to
23. You don’t have to be a student – you don’t even have to be employed, but you
must be able to speak one foreign language in addition to your mother tongue.
Presenter: OK. And what about accommodation?
Michael: Well, the International Camp organisers supply tents which sleep up to four
people but you are unlikely to know the people who you’ll be sharing a tent with. The
nationalities are mixed, so you’ll be sharing with people who may not even speak
your language?
Presenter: Sounds interesting. Who does the cooking at the Camp?
Michael: Everybody is expected to help with the running of the Camp. That means
helping to prepare food, keeping the camp site clean and tidy, and so on. The Camp
organisers are looking for people who can get along with others whatever happens.
Presenter: And is there anything you need to take?
Michael: Well as I’ve said, tents are provided but you’ll need to bring your own
pillow, knife, fork and spoon. If you get chosen, you’re also asked to bring along
photographs, postcards – anything that shows some of the traditions and customs of
your own country. Everything goes into an exhibition at the start of the Camp,
together with a huge map of the world showing the different countries people come
from.
Presenter: And is there any entertainment?
Michael: Yes, there is. Everyone helps to provide the Camp entertainment. You are
expected to sing, dance or play something musical – it doesn’t matter how good or
bad you are. There is a space on the form to write down what you cand do.
Presenter: Sounds great fun. And what does it all cost?
Michael: Well, you have to find your own way to the Camp, so it’s up to you whether
you fly, cycle, walk, hitch-hike or whatever. The charge for a week’s Camp is 300
dollars, but you’ll have to change that into your own currency to get a better idea of
the cost. You have to pay the full cost before you arrive, but you can pay in any
currency you want or you can use a credit card if you have one. Right. Now for the
phone number to ring …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 205


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-167:
8 C 9 A 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
Guide: Welcome, ladies and gentleman, to the Morecambe Museum of Fashion.
Before we go up to the fashion exhibition ‘Clothes of the Future’, I would like to show
you some slides on the screen, and say a few words about the history of fashion. I
will also mention some of the important people in fashion. This will provide an
introduction for you and will prepare you for the clothes that we’re going to see in the
exhibition.
As I’m sure you know, nowadays fashion is something that almost everybody
enjoys. People of all age groups and all incomes usually have an interest in what
they wear. But this has only recently happened, and I will tell you why.
Until the beginning of this century, it was only the rich who could afford to follow
fashion. There were no factories to make many copies of the same article, as there
are today. Rich men and women wore trousers, jackets and dresses which were
made especially for them. This picture here shows a young lady being measured for
a dress that she will have made by hand, exactly how she wants it to be. Ladies’
clothes in those days were long and usually tight-fitting and made of heavy material.
However, the new century – the 1900s – brought new ideas. The important person
at this time was Coco Chanel, who started making clothes in 1908, in Paris. Many
people think she was the 20th century’s most important influence on fashion. Chanel
loved to wear loose-fitting clothes and produced jackets and skirts which everyone
admired. Here’s a picture of one of her ladies’ suits. Even today people still wear
styles like this when they want to look smart. Young Paris designers all began to
produce simple clothes, and skirts started to get shorter.
The idea of special clothes for playing sports also became popular in the early
1920s. Things like long shorts and tennis clothes started to become fashionable.
Soon factories produced these new styles more cheaply, and then many more
people were able to enjoy fashion.
In 1947, after the second world war, Christian Dior used all the new materials
available to produce a fashion which was known as the ‘New Look’. As you can see
in this picture, he made skirt lengths longer again.
Later, in the 60s, ‘flower power’ and student fashion were popular. In London, Mary
Quant introduced short skirts. These were worn with boots that went up to the knee.
Look at the white, shiny boots in this picture!
And now we come to today’s exhibition. Some of the clothes you will see today will
be very different from anything which you have seen before. The exhibition aims to
take a look at the sort of clothes that we might wear in the next 50 years.
Let’s go inside and have a look at the exciting clothes that are waiting for us …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 206


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-168:
8 B 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Man: And that’s the weather forecast. And now we know what the weather’s going
to be like, let’s have a look at what we’ve got for you tomorrow on TV31.
Most of the morning is taken up with children’s television. As it’s Saturday, we’ve got
programmes for children from the under fives to teenagers. We start the day at 7.00
with cartoons and programmes for the very young. These go on until 9.00 when we
have a film specially made for television called The Railway Princess. It was first shown
about six months ago and we’ve had lots of requests to show it again. The film is
based on Jenny Johnson’s best-selling children’s book. Then from 10.30 until 12.00,
we continue with a magazine programme for 5- to 12-year-olds. There’s something
for everyone – animals, art, sport, the countryside. At lunchtime, from 12.00 till 2.00,
we have something for teenagers – Here and Now – our music programme with all the
latest groups and singers, and the results of last week’s competition.
After lunch there’s half an hour of news and that’s followed at 2.30 by sport. This
afternoon you can watch the match between Brazil and Ireland. The winner of that
match will go on to play Italy or Spain in the final next week.
Football is followed at 4 o’clock by tennis. We’ll be watching part of the Macmillan
Tennis Tournament. If the tennis is cancelled because of rain we’ll be going over
early to Japan to see some of the skiing. Let’s hope Angus Burns has recovered
from yesterday’s fall. At 5 o’clock we’ll be bringing you the end of the Round Britain
Cycle Race.
At 6 o’clock it’s time for our new quiz programme Your guess is as good as mine with Nigel
Parsons. Each team is shown picture of people who were in the news in one
particular year, or important things that happened in that year. The teams guess
when that was.
That’s followed by more news and at 7.00 it’s time for our Saturday evening film I
Could Live Forever, a sad story with a happy ending. You’ll recognise the songs, now
well known, made famous by the film and sung by Julia Jones. And of course there’s
some wonderful dancing.
Our evening carries on with plenty of entertainment for all the family. At nine o’clock
there’s a chance to see …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 207


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-169:
8 A 9 B 10 C 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Presenter: In today’s programme, David Green has come along to tell us all about
Waterside Shopping Centre near Northport. Good morning, David.
David: Good morning. Well, I visited Waterside last week and I think it has
something for everyone and I would recommend it for a day out. It’s taken three
years to build and finally opened three weeks ago, two months later than planned.
Firstly, getting there; there are organised coach trips from most towns in the area
but they leave early and come home very late, so I drove. There are 12,000 free
parking spaces, so parking is no problem. You can also get there by train, but the
station is 15 minutes from Waterside by bus, and the buses are really crowded so
you sometimes have a long wait.
Presenter: And what about opening times?
David: Well, one thing to remember is that the shops don’t open till 10.00 in the
morning except on Saturday when they open at 9.00. So don’t get there too early on
a weekday. They close at 8 o’clock every day except Friday when they’re open until
9 pm.
Presenter: Can you tell us some more about the facilities at the shopping centre?
David: Yes, it’s arranged on three levels. You’ll find all your favourites here. In fact if
you want to buy a pair of shoes there are 15 different shops to choose from on
levels one and two. When you run out of money there are seven different banks, but
collect your money before you get to the third level as there aren’t any banks up
there. On that level, however, there are several restaurants as well as a cinema with
seven screens. And don’t get lost like I did, go to the information desk on the first
level and get a map.
Presenter: What else can you do at Waterside?
David: Before you go back to your car or the bus – and in fact it might be better to
do this before you go shopping and have too much to carry – go and see the late.
Take a walk or have a go at fishing, sailing or wind surfing if you have time. Or you
can rest your tired feet and watch the birds and ducks, but you are asked not to feed
them.
Presenter: Was there anything you didn’t like about the shopping centre?
David: Oh. Well, although I had a good day I would complain about one thing, but
not the usual thing – the service in the shops was good and I had an excellent lunch
in a café. No, the silly thing was that everywhere was quite clean but people were
dropping their sweet papers and empty drink cans on the ground because there
wasn’t anywhere else to throw them. Apart from that I would recommend it.
Presenter: And so that’s all for today’s programme …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 208


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-170:
8 B 9 B 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Presenter: And that was a lovely song especially for Sandra. I hope you
were listening Sandra. Now, it’s time for our ‘What’s on around Carlisle’,
this weekend. There are lots of things happening. First of all, Lambly
school has contacted us to tell us all about the concert they are giving on
Saturday evening, that’s the 8th. The music starts at 7.30 not at 7 o’clock
as advertised, and will finish about 8.30 after which coffee will be
available. They say it’s an evening of songs and dances for everyone.
There’ll be light refreshments afterwards in the library. That will be
included in the cost of the ticket. Do go along to this concert as the school
will use all the money to buy some new sports equipment for the children.
Last year’s concert was a great success and the school was able to buy a
new computer for the children to use and also pay for a trip to London.
Next, I have some details of a regular weekend activity. The Walking Club
are going for a long distance walk around the lake this Sunday. Everyone
should meet at 10 am in the car park by the lake. Don’t forget you can get
a bus from the market square if you don’t have any transport. Take a
packed lunch and some warm clothes with you. If the weather’s nice you’ll
be able to have a picnic by the side of the lake. Have fun!
On Saturday evening, there’s a talk for the International Club by a well-
known local writer, Sarah Jones, who teaches at the university. You may
have read her latest novel, it’s in all the bookshops at the moment. Well,
she’s giving a talk at 8 pm on Saturday evening in the library. That’s the
building next to the theatre, in the centre of town. I’m sure you’ll find it
very interesting. Sarah has just returned from Africa and will talk about all
her experiences there. She travelled through three different countries and
met lots of interesting people, including a famous actor. Now, the
International Club would like to remind you that the talk is for everyone,
not just members. They say it’s a family evening and under 16s get in
free. They also say it’s best to make sure you book a ticket first. I’m sure
the evening will be very popular, so take their advice and have a great
time.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 209


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-171:
8 C 9 B 10 A 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Woman: Right, everyone – about the trip to the Jubilee Arts Centre next
Wednesday.
As you know, we have tickets for the Centre’s two theatres and the concert hall.
Those of you with concert tickets will hear piano music by Chopin and Schumann.
Those with tickets for the main theatre will see Shakespeare’s Twelfth Night, while
people going to the smaller theatre will see The Wild Duck by Ibsen. Although all the
theatre and concert tickets have gone, if anyone else would like to join us on the trip
I can get tickets for the Arts Centre cinema to see the Australian comedy film, Spider
and Rose.
The shows begin at half past seven, but we’ll leave early so you can spend time
looking round the Arts Centre. The coach will leave here at 3.30 and arrive at the
Arts Centre at about a quarter to five. Let me tell you what you can do there.
The Centre has a lot for art-lovers. In the Art Gallery there’s an exhibition of the
history of Russian ballet. It has dresses and shoes worn by famous dancers and
photos of past performances. With your student card, you can get in very cheaply.
There are also some interesting free exhibitions. On the ground floor you can see
prize-winning paintings from a children’s competition, and gold jewellery made by
Scottish artists. On the first floor there’s an exhibition of South American
photographs, and there’s no charge for that either.
I know some of you hope to do some shopping. The Centre has a bookshop on the
first floor and there’s a souvenir shop by the ticket office. If you’re more interested in
clothes and shoes there’s a large shopping centre five minutes’ walk from the Arts
Centre.
You’ll probably want to eat before the show. The Balcony Restaurant has a menu
with a wide range of meals and waiter service, but it is rather expensive. Or there’s
the Fountain Restaurant whose special three-course dinner is good value for
money. There’s also Charlie’s coffee bar which serves coffee, sandwiches and
cakes. You can get fruit juices and ice cream from the cinema kiosk.
After the shows the coach will pick us up at the Bridge Street exit. Everyone should
be there by twenty past ten. The two plays will finish at around 10.10 or 10.15. I’m
afraid concert-goers will have to wait, as the concert finishes earlier, at ten to ten.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 210


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-172:
8 B 9 B 10 C 11 A 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
Man: And today I’m talking to Angela Morgan. Angela, what made you decide to fly
round the world in a helicopter?
Woman: People often ask me why I decided to do it but I’m surprised they don’t ask
‘Why did you wait so long?’ because I’m 57 now! I’m sorry I didn’t do it years ago,
because it was such a wonderful experience. But the main purpose for going was to
collect £500,000 for sick children by getting different companies to pay us money for
each kilometre that we flew.
Man: And now everyone calls you the flying grandmother!
Woman: Yes, the thing about growing older is that you don’t feel any different inside,
so you have to do as much as you can while you can. I’m healthy, and my own
children are grown up, so I was free to go.
Man: And what about preparing for the trip?
Woman: Well, it took five months to plan. I was going to go with my husband, but he
couldn’t take time off work. Instead I made the trip with my flying teacher who
became a great friend while she was teaching me to fly three years ago. I passed
my flying test after two weeks; found it quite easy.
Man: And what was the trip like?
Woman: It was really exciting flying over so many different countries. The only thing
was that we weren’t able to spend much time sightseeing because we only stopped
to get water and to camp. We took very little with us, but we did have tents and
cooking things to use at night. We had to spend two days in Thailand because of an
engine problem, but that was the longest we spent anywhere. Fortunately nothing
else went wrong, so we just kept on going after that.
Man: What did you enjoy most about the trip?
Woman: The most wonderful thing about flying was seeing the differences in the
countryside as we flew across 26 countries in 97 days. We flew over oceans and
close to mountains; sometimes it was quite frightening, but we didn’t travel when it
was dark. We spent several nights camping in the desert and the sky was just full of
stars. I made a video of the trip; you’ll see it in a minute.
Man: Was there anything that you missed while you were away?
Woman: Well, to my surprise I didn’t miss going to work or going out to restaurants
or films. The most difficult thing was sitting still all the time; I normally play tennis
and swim several times a week, so I started to feel very unfit. I missed hot water and
proper showers sometimes too, but not as much as I thought I would!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 211


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-173:
8 A 9 C 10 C 11 A 12 A 13 C
Audioscript
Woman: Well, good evening everyone. I’ve come along to talk to you about my
painting. It was just a hobby but it’s really more than that now. I used to paint in the
evenings after work, but now I work four days a week instead of five. That means I
spend Friday, Saturday and Sunday on my painting. I have pictures in local
exhibitions at least once a month.
I’d love to give up my job and spend all my time painting, but I work with computers
and I earn more that way! I do make some money from selling my pictures, enough to
pay for all my paint, brushes and paper and a few art lessons. I’d love to go to art
college full-time for three years, but I’ve got all the rent on my flat to pay and a car to
run.
I first became interested in art when I was at primary school. I used to go out with
some paper and a few pencils during break time and draw anything I saw: houses,
gardens, people. Then at secondary school we had art classes twice a week, and I
learnt how to use chalk and then different kinds of paint: water colours, oils and so
on.
Those classes were really useful for me, and ever since then I’ve had lessons of
some kind. I’ve attended evening classes and been on what they call painting
‘holidays’, where you go out into the countryside and paint during the day and then
sit and discuss your work with a teacher and the other artists after dinner. Those
holidays are great; you learn so much talking to other people studying with you.
I’ve enjoyed painting in lots of different countries. I’ve been to Morocco and painted
desert scenes with beautiful sunrises. I’ve been to Greece and Spain and painted
pictures of the local people working in the fields near their homes. My favourite
place is still Scotland. I love walking in the Scottish mountains, and there are so
many different birds to see, especially in spring.
Well, I’m going to finish now by showing you a video of the places I’ve visited. After
that there’ll be a chance to relax with a cup of coffee and then there’ll be time for
some questions. Oh, and I’ve got some information about my next art exhibition for
you. It’s going to be at the Queen’s Gallery. Now, if someone would turn off the
lights …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 212


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-174:
8 C 9 B 10 A 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Woman: Welcome to this week’s book programme. We’ve got lots of great new
books to tell you about.
My life, by Joe Wrigley, will keep all fans of Joe’s stories happy for hours. It explains a
lot about where his ideas come from and gives a picture of what was happening in
his life when he was working on his most successful books. I must say, though, that
some of it is difficult to understand if you haven’t read his other books.
Now, for those of you who like a good cry, Goodbye to the fields, by Susan Marks, tells
the sad story of John, a small boy who has to leave the countryside he loves when
the family move to London because of his father’s job. John and his mother would
prefer to stay where they are. It’s a long time before the family begins to feel
comfortable living in the big city.
There are plenty of books with helpful advice this week. First, the A-Z of
photography would make a great present for anyone just starting out with a camera. It
has everything you need to know to take really good photos, and learn about
cameras, film, lighting and so on. This is not one for the experienced photographer,
though – there’s not much advanced information here.
Turning to the kitchen, Cooking for one, by Adrian White, says on its cover that even
people who hate cooking will find it useful. A month ago, I couldn’t even boil an egg,
but now I’m producing all sorts of dishes, some quite difficult, and, yes, they taste
quite good, too. I’m actually enjoying cooking now. I’m now going to try a new book
about cooking Italian food.
The last book this week is Holidays in Europe, by Mary Curtis. This is an enjoyable read,
which will start your imagination working as you plan for next year’s holiday. It
doesn’t matter that the writer doesn’t talk about the famous places everyone visits,
but describes lots of small places away from the main tourist areas. The maps are
too small to be useful but the book is still good value for money.
That’s it for the week, then. Next week, there’s a special report on giving books as
presents, so if you’ve saved up your money and you’re wondering what to get for a
friend or relation for their birthdays, you might get some good ideas … I’ll look
forward to talking to you then …

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 213


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-175:
8 C 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Man: People always ask me why I only travel the hard way! A lot of television travel
programmes are about relaxing holidays on the beach, but I’ve only ever made
documentaries about really long trips. The last trip I did was a 50,000-mile journey
around the Pacific Ocean, and it took 12 months. But then my very first trip was a
‘round the world’ journey, and the most difficult one was probably a car journey from
the North Pole to the South Pole!
As you can imagine, I’ve seen a lot of the world! I’m lucky to be in really excellent
health, but life is very short and I’ve done so much travelling that I want a change.
Travelling long distances makes you extremely tired, and although it’s still a great
pleasure for me, I want to so something more relaxing now.
I think my next television series might be made nearer England. There’s some really
interesting work going on in Wales, where they’ve just found what remains of a
2,000-year-old town. Or I might do something about farms in France, or even cycling
in Holland. There’s always something to film if you look hard enough!
But I hope the programmes I’ve made about the really long trips will encourage
other people to get on a plane and have some adventures. Some people seem to be
afraid of going to a strange country and perhaps being ill there, but maybe they
realise now that if I can do these trips, so can they. I’m only a very ordinary person.
And obviously, you don’t have to travel on your own as I always have.
I must say that until recently I hadn’t ever worried about being so far from home
even when the children were very small. But while I was filming in Borneo last year
my wife had to have an emergency operation, and it really frightened me because I
couldn’t get back to England. Everything was fine in the end – but I wouldn’t want to
be so far away if anything like that happened to my family again.
Perhaps if I spend more time at home I can do more writing. I’ve done two books so
far. I write about places I’ve seen and my feelings about them. I don’t think I’ll ever
write fiction or poetry, but I’d be interested in writing newspaper articles. My family
says I’m very difficult to live with when I’m writing at home … perhaps that’s why
they’ve never complained about me travelling!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 214


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-176:
8 A 9 C 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Man: Britta, you’re English, but you live in Berlin. Have you lived here for a long
time?
Woman: Well, I was born in England, but I’ve lived in Germany for the past twenty
years. I arrived in Berlin about four years ago. Before that, I lived in Bonn for six
years, but I work as a journalist, and when the newspaper moved to Berlin, I moved
with them.
Man: Were you pleased to come to Berlin?
Woman: Yes, I was. I was looking forward to being in a big city like Berlin. Bonn was
quite a lot smaller, so I love the busy atmosphere and all the culture entertainments
here: museums, theatres and so on. the only thing I don’t like is the traffic; it’s a bit
noisy in the mornings. It wakes me up about 6.30, but most days I have to get up
early anyway!
Man: Where do you live in Berlin?
Woman: I have a flat in the old part of the city. It’s right in the centre, and it’s not too
expensive – it costs me about £500 a month. My street is becoming very popular:
there are lots of new art galleries, and small cafés and friendly restaurants
everywhere. Eating out in Berlin is fun, and it’s cheap, so it’s something I do quite
often.
Man: How do you find transport in Berlin?
Woman: Well, the transport system here is very good, so I have a tram and bus
ticket, but in fact, most of the time I cycle. Travel here is much cheaper than in other
countries I know – perhaps that’s why people don’t walk very much!
Man: What do you like to do in Berlin at the weekends?
Woman: Well, I like art, so sometimes I go to one of the galleries. I have a nephew
called Philippe. He’s only three but he likes coming with me. He likes the café best, I
think. And it’s a change from going to the park – that’s something he does very
often. He usually comes out with me while his parents go shopping.
Man: Do you miss your friends and family in England?
Woman: I don’t really miss England – most of my friends are here. I don’t see much
of my work colleagues socially, but I’ve got some very good friends who live in the
same street as me. I enjoy meeting people, and I find Berlin is a very friendly city.
Man: Thank you for talking to us, Britta.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 215


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-177:
8 C 9 C 10 B 11 A 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Woman: Frank, tell us about some of the ships you’ve discovered.
Man: Well, there’s nothing quite like finding your first old ship – it was 300
years old. It was just lying at the bottom of the sea, so it wasn’t difficult to
find. Most are covered in sand and rocks – but this one wasn’t.
I’m actually a teacher, not a full-time diver – I dive in my free time but I
often get to them before the professional divers, because I have good up-
to-date equipment. Another thing that helps is talking to fishermen who
tell me about their local area. I’ve even written a book about some of their
experiences.
At the moment, I’m looking for the gold from a ship called The Seabird. It
was an enormous well-built ship and it was coming from Australia on a
winter night in 1859. Everything was going fine until the ship reached the
English coast, when it crashed into some rocks in a very strong wind and
sank to the bottom of the sea. It was carrying gold from Australia, and
most of it is still at the bottom of the sea.
My wedding ring is actually made from gold which I found on an
eighteenth-century sailing ship. A friend of mine, another diver, has
already found £88,000 worth of gold from different ships. He’s now
decided to give up his job and become a full-time diver.
My house is full of things like coins, bottles and old guns. My wife is
always complaining about the number of objects around the house – she
says I should open an antiques shop – but I love all these old things.
Anyway, in the end, I gave some things from my collection to museums,
because I didn’t want to sell them. But my wife still wasn’t very pleased,
I’m afraid.
As diving is a dangerous hobby, it’s not a good idea to try to teach
yourself. I’d advise anyone interested to do what I did. There are some
excellent diving clubs like the one I joined, which run courses for
beginners. It is best to do one of these before you go on a diving holiday

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 216


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-178:
8 B 9 A 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Man: Rachel, tell us how your shows for children started. You studied art at college,
didn’t you?
Woman: That’s right. But I gave up my career as an artist when my twin daughters
were born. Painting took up too much time when I was looking after them. I thought
about teaching art classes part-time, but instead I started making dolls for my
daughters. I love acting, so I often invented little plays for the dolls, doing the voices
myself.
Man: And when did you start doing shows for other people?
Woman: When our daughters were five, my husband suggested using the dolls to
entertain the children at their birthday party. I wrote a little show and he built a dolls’
theatre. My daughters and their friends loved it. As a result, other parents asked me
to come and do the show at their children’s parties. That’s how it all began.
Man: It must be a lot of work for you?
Woman: Yes. I love making the dolls, but I decided that I needed someone to help
me with the shows. Luckily my neighbour, Lena, was keen to perform with me. Her
husband records the music to go with the shows. It would be impossible to do
everything on my own.
Man: Have you ever had any problems?
Woman: Only once. I did a show for a group of three-year-olds, and I’d written a
story about a lion. Unfortunately, the children were really afraid of the lion and
started crying. I was worried the parents might complain, but luckily they were all
able to laugh about it afterwards.
Man: And what did you learn from that?
Woman: The experience taught me that I had to find out beforehand just what
children enjoy. Like me, Lena has two daughters, so whenever we’ve invented a
new story, we show it to our four girls first. They always tell us exactly what they
think of it. And sometimes I take new dolls to the local primary school to check that
children like them.
Man: And the shows continue to be successful?
Woman: They do. I have a range of different shows for five to nine-year-olds. In fact,
the shows have become so successful I could do one every day, but I don’t want to
do that. The reason the shows have become popular, I think, is because I love every
minute of every show, and so other people love them too. I certainly didn’t realise
when I organised that birthday party for my daughters all those years ago that it
would change my life so much!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 217


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-179:
8 B 9 A 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Woman: With us today, to tell us about his trip across Africa, is the
biologist Paul Hart.
Man: We started on the east coast and travelled on foot across Africa to
Gabon in the west, collecting plants and flowers along the way. It wasn’t
easy, but my route crossed a region rich in plants and I chose it because
it won’t stay that way for long when more roads are built. It was my only
chance to get important information about the natural life of the sea.
I had a team of eleven scientists. We walked from six in the morning, but
the forest was so thick it took hours to cut our way through it, and some
days we only walked one kilometre before dark. Fortunately, we carried
special equipment that was very light and we took as little food as
possible. But we were always tired when we put the tents up at night.
Sometimes we saw elephants or lions. They were amazing to watch and
never attacked us. Every day, I collected plants and added to my notes.
There was so much new information to write down. There were, of
course, some low points, especially when I got anxious about the team. It
was my job to make sure everyone got home safely.
Towards the end of the trip, I suddenly discovered one day that the food
had nearly all gone. It was strange because we’d brought enough dried
food with us to last the trip – food that wouldn’t ever go bad – and we’d
stopped at villages for fresh food too. But then I found that some of the
team had eaten much more than they were supposed to. I was angry with
them because it was a silly thing to do.
Then we started walking again. There were no maps for the area, but we
had a local guide. Then one of the team got sick and we couldn’t go any
further. We let him rest, but he got much worse. Thankfully his life was
saved by a fisherman who came along the river in a boat and took him to
a doctor in the nearest village.
Finally, I returned home, and I’m back with my family and friends. I really
missed them while I was away. But I learnt so much on the trip and I’m
really glad I went. I was asked to go on another trip – this time to Australia
– but I said that I couldn’t because I’m busy here in London. And I think
I’ve done enough travelling.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 218


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-180:
8 A 9 C 10 C 11 A 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Interviewer: And today in the studio we have a familiar face on television, Angela
Bond, the news reporter. Angela, your job has taken you all over the world, hasn’t it?
Angela: Yes. I’ve reported from a number of countries in Asia and I’ve just returned
from the United States. I must say, it’s good to be able to unpack my suitcase now
that the job has brought me to Britain for at least six months.
Interviewer: Is the travelling what you enjoy about the job?
Angela: It’s certainly interesting, but it can be annoying never knowing where I’m
going to be next week! For me, the really exciting thing is being somewhere when a
big news story is taking place and seeing it develop. Sometimes that can be quite
dangerous, but all jobs have their disadvantages! And travelling gives me the
chance to collect souvenirs.
Interviewer: What kind of things?
Angela: Mostly things for my flat. I’m mad about anything Chinese and so when I
was in Hong Kong, I got a really nice table and some chairs – and in Turkey I spend
a lot of money on carpets. Then I’ve got pictures and other bits of art from Thailand
and India. The flat’s getting a bit crowded!
Interviewer: It sounds colourful! Do you have a regular working day?
Angela: Not really. At the moment I’m one of the team that reads the evening news,
so sometimes I’m on at six thirty, and sometimes at ten o’clock. But that’s at the end
of the day. It all starts in the morning at eight thirty when I phone the office to see
what has happened and what they want me to go and report on.
Interviewer: So you don’t have much time for a social life?
Angela: It’s better now I’m in London and can see my boyfriend more often. My
sister introduced us. he came round for dinner when I was staying with her a year
ago. We have a lot in common. He’s a lawyer and I studied law at university. Also
we’ve found that we lived in Hong Kong at the same time, although we never met.
Interviewer: What do you like to do in your free time?
Angela: Well, cooking is something new I’m trying because I can’t do it when I’m
travelling. But I’m not very good at it yet so I find it a bit stressful. One of the best
things I’ve bought recently was a boat and when I want to feel calm and peaceful I
go for a sail on the river. It never fails!
Interviewer: Angela – thanks.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 219


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-181:
8 A 9 A 10 C 11 B 12 B 13 A
Audioscript
Interviewer: Oh, what a wonderful view! I’m here with Jack Williams, who’s telling me
about his home town of Swanton.
Jack: Yes, the top of this hill is the best place to see the area. Swanton is on the
coast – you can see the harbour from here – but in fact the town is built along the
river Dean. This river comes from a lake in the mountains, over there in the
distance, then flows down to the flat land below us where the town is built.
Interviewer: What do you most like about living here?
Jack: About Swanton? Oh, it’s an important industrial town and a port, so there’s
lots of activity. And there’s a forest behind the town with interesting wildlife. But the
most exciting thing for me is the mountains. I go climbing whenever I get the
chance.
Interviewer: What about entertainment?
Jack: There’s plenty of entertainment. A big centre was built last year to encourage
the arts – very modern. It’s got a cinema, a theatre and an art gallery. And there’s
football. The local team hasn’t done so well lately. A few years ago we nearly won
the Cup. And our area is famous for music – not in Swanton itself, but there’s a well-
known music festival in the next town.
Interviewer: But there are problems with the environment.
Jack: We’re working on that. The river was a great place for fish, but the water got
so polluted by the factories that most of the fish disappeared. Well, we’ve cleaned
the river up now, and the fish are starting to come back. But I’m unhappy about
Swanton woods. The trees are quite healthy, but if you look, there are no birds
there, and that’s because pollution has reduced the number of insects.
Interviewer: Swanton’s growing fast. Are you pleased about the way it’s changed?
Jack: You’ve got to move with the times. It was completely different when I was a
boy. In those days everybody worked in the factories, and the families all knew each
other. Maybe it was a little boring. Today there are hundreds of different companies,
and so many few houses that some people don’t even know their neighbours. There
are disadvantages, but it’s impossible to be bored with all the things going on.
Interviewer: And what about Swanton’s future?
Jack: Education is important to us. We have a fine university, which specialises in
advanced technology. And a huge shopping centre, just built, which is bringing in
double the number of visitors – good news for us. And last year we improved our
airport, so more planes can come in.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 220


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-182:
8 B 9 C 10 A 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Interviewer: My guest today is the star of the London Ballet Company, twenty-two-
year-old Elena Karpov. Elena, you were born in Bulgaria. Did you always want to be
a dancer?
Elena: Well, I was a very lively little girl, so at the age of seven my mother sent me
to gymnastics classes. When I was nine, I went on to ballet lessons and from that
moment I knew that I wanted to spend my life dancing. Two years later, when I was
eleven, I won a place at the New York Ballet School.
Interviewer: So you had to move to the United States. Did you miss your family?
Elena: Oh yes. At first it was difficult being away from home and not knowing a lot of
English. But it taught me how to look after myself and not to depend on others.
There were other Bulgarian students there, and we actually found it quite easy to
learn enough English to take part in the lessons with the other students.
Interviewer: Tell us about your latest role with the London Ballet Company.
Elena: I’m going to dance the part of Cinderella. It’s a story about a poor girl who
marries a handsome prince. My parents used to read it to me when I was little. I’d
never seen the ballet before, but I already knew the music really well. I’m sure
children will love the ballet.
Interviewer: What do you do when you’re not practising or performing?
Elena: Before I joined this company I spent two weeks going round London as a
tourist. I don’t have time for sightseeing now, but I love trying on the latest fashions
with my friends. I’m always buying new jeans and trainers! I’m not too keen on
discos and nightclubs – I dance enough during the day!
Interviewer: You must have lots of fans.
Elena: Quite a few! They always ask for a photograph of me, but unfortunately I
don’t have many to give away. I sometimes sign their programmes instead, and if I
can I give them one of the flowers I’ve received from the audience. They always ask
for tickets, but of course that’s not possible.
Interviewer: What’s been the best thing that’s happened in your career so far?
Elena: Well, I’ve been a guest dancer with ballet companies in Moscow and Vienna,
and I appeared twice on television in Bulgaria and met the president! I shall never
forget that! But the most satisfying thing for me is that I’m paid for doing what I really
enjoy – dancing!
Interviewer: Elena, thank you for talking to us.
Elena: Thank you.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 221


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-183:
8 A 9 A 10 A 11 C 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
Woman: Hello, I’m Sarah Brown, and I’m here to tell you about my job as
a weather forecaster.
I’ve been a weather forecaster for a television company for seven years,
and two years ago I became the head of the weather department. Now, I
divide my time equally between presenting weather forecasting on
television and managing the weather department which has a staff of
eleven. At thirty years old I’m the youngest ever head of weather and the
first woman to do the job.
Since our news and weather service goes out all round the world, we all
take turns to work at night. I prefer that to doing the show when I have to
get up at four in the morning. I normal work an eight-hour day and in that
time I do ten or twelve forecasts.
Before doing a weather forecast, I study data on the computer. This is the
information I use in my forecasts. There isn’t much time to learn what I
have to say, but fortunately I’ve never forgotten my words so I don’t get
nervous.
My husband and I try to have the same free days, but neither of us has a
regular pattern of work. He’s a pilot on long-distance flights, so although
he works hard he has a lot more time at home than I do. We moved to our
present house about a year ago, and he’s enjoying painting it.
I took up flying as a hobby five years ago. I hope to get my pilot’s licence
this year, but because of the job, I haven’t been to the flying school for
ages. For exercise I swim and ski and I like running. I’m really proud of
myself for running in the London Marathon – it’s a forty-kilometre race
and I never thought I could manage it! My husband plays tennis, and we
sometimes play together, but he’s better than me so I never win.
Because I’m on world news, people sometimes recognise me in really
distant places. Once, in an Indian village, and old man took me to have
my photo taken with all his family. I get some lovely letters – one person
wrote to say that my smile made her feel happy all day. People
occasionally even write and ask me to marry them!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 222


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-184:
8 C 9 B 10 A 11 A 12 C 13 C
Audioscript
Int: Today I’m with Robin Marshall, who has just written a book about travelling in
Argentina. Robin, tell us about yourself …
Robin: Well, I’ve travelled to South America a lot for my work and I know Argentina
well now. So well that I could be a tour guide if I wanted! I speak fluent Spanish, so I
don’t need anyone to translate for me. My job involves travelling around selling
products for my company. I meet a lot of people doing that, and I wanted to share
those experiences with others, so I decided to try writing.
Int: So, tell us about your last visit to Argentina. What was the weather like?
Robin: Well, it was winter there, so mornings were cold, but I’d expected that. Every
day they said on the radio that it would be sunny later and sure enough, it was! I
wanted to go sightseeing, and the weather was perfect for that.
Int: And where did you go when you went sightseeing?
Robin: Well, I went to a wonderful market that sold everything from modern art to
old records of traditional music, which I collect. I came home with a beautiful
painting of the area. I also saw a wonderful antique chair, but unfortunately it was
too big to bring back.
Int: Now, Argentina is famous for its dancing. Did you see any performances during
your trip?
Robin: I did, yes. It reminded me of when I used to attend dance classes. I enjoyed
them although I was never very good. I’m sure my teacher was pleased when I said
I wasn’t going to continue! But these dancers made it look so easy that at that
moment I felt like joining in and dancing with them.
Int: It sounds wonderful! And what else did you do?
Robin: Well, I went to a small village on the coast. I took the bus there, and got a
room in a small hotel. The hotel owner was very friendly. He took me down the river
in his boat. It was very beautiful – you could see the forest in the distance.
Int: Do you have a favourite place in Argentina?
Robin: Definitely. It’s a mountain near Buenos Aires. It’s famous for its spectacular
scenery. But when I went there it was very misty and the sun was just rising. You
couldn’t see much: there were no birds or animals about. It was totally quiet, and I
loved that. I shall go back one day.
Int: We look forward to reading your book. Thank you, Robin.
Robin: Thank you.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 223


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-185:
8 C 9 A 10 B 11 C 12 A 13 B
Audioscript
Int: Harry Park, you run a travel company which organises adventure holidays in
some difficult places. How did you first become interested in ‘adventure travel’?
Harry: Well, my father worked in an insurance company once he had a family. But
before that he’d spent several years traveling the world, and he never stopped
telling us about it. His stories were much more exciting than the books I read, and
they made me want to travel and have adventures of my own.
Int: And what made you decide to start an adventure travel company?
Harry: Well, when I was in my twenties, I travelled a lot in different countries. I went
exploring and climbing in mountains and deserts. I wanted to show other people
how wonderful these things were. The business has been very successful, but when
I started it I didn’t know if I’d make any money.
Int: You company’s called Far and Wide. How did you choose the name?
Harry: Well, I just called it Park Travel at first. But everyone thought that was terribly
boring! My wife kept suggesting different things, but in the end it was a customer
who gave me the idea. Far and Wide is also the title of a book that a friend wrote, so it
reminds me of him, too.
Int: Great … The places you visit are usually very unspoilt, Harry. Some people
think it’s not a good idea to take tourists there. What would you say to them?
Harry: Well, most of the places we visit have no inhabitants, so we aren’t going to
spoil people’s way of life, or bring in things like television and fridges! And I make
sure that we always take care of the environment. We are careful not to cause
pollution, so we take all our rubbish away.
Int: Some of the things you do are also dangerous. Do you enjoy danger?
Harry: Well, it’s not a question of enjoying it – it’s just that you can’t do what I do
without thinking about the possible dangers. I’m never frightened though. If I’m
taking a group up a mountain or something like that, I just concentrate on what I
have to do and get on with it.
Int: You’ve been to some fascinating places, Harry. What’s your favourite?
Harry: It’s in India. You travel along a river through spectacular scenery and up into
the mountains in Madhya Pradesh. In the valley on the other side there’s a
wonderful old castle. It’s magical. The mountains hide it, so few people know it’s
there …
Int: Thanks for talking to us, Harry …
Harry: Thank you.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 224


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-186:
8 A 9 B 10 B 11 C 12 B 13 C
Audioscript
Int: Now Linda, let’s talk about your first job.
Linda: Well, I was an assistant in an expensive cake shop in the small town where I
lived. It was my last year at school, before I went to college. I wanted to earn extra
money for myself because I come from a family of seven and my parents couldn’t
afford to give us much pocket money.
Int: Did you like your first boss?
Linda: He was always polite, never shouted at us, even when we dropped things;
and that was good for a young girl like me who wasn’t very confident. He knew
everything about the business. I had no proper training, but it was good experience
working for someone with so much knowledge. He didn’t pay us well, but I didn’t
expect to earn much in my first job.
Int: And what about the shop? Was it a nice place to work?
Linda: As I say, it was an expensive shop, and the cakes were beautiful. Then in the
morning there was this wonderful smell of bread baking. The first week was difficult
because I just wanted to eat the cakes, which wasn’t allowed, but then I lost interest
in them. We had to keep everything clean, and that was hard work.
Int: Did you do any of the baking yourself?
Linda: There were two chefs who were specialists in making cakes for celebrations,
and creating new bread recipes. I loved watching them at work, but I wasn’t allowed
to touch the ones on display in the windows. We sold sandwiches at lunchtime –
again, very luxurious ones, and the shop assistants had to make those. I learnt to
put in really generous fillings, much more than I used at home.
Int: How did you get on with the other shop assistants?
Linda: One of them was my best friend, which was great, but the full-time staff
sometimes treated us like silly schoolgirls because we couldn’t cook. But I was
surprised because the full-time assistants couldn’t add up in their head. I was good
at it, but they used calculators if there was anything difficult to work out.
Int: Did you enjoy serving customers in the shop?
Linda: The best part of the day was lunchtime, when we were busy. Time just flew.
Then it was interesting when people came in to plan a party or a wedding. One of
the chefs would come through to discuss the design of the cake. Some customers
thought the prices were too high, but usually ended up buying the cakes anyway.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 225


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-187:
8 A 9 C 10 B 11 C 12 C 13 A
Audioscript
Int: Today we have with us in the studio Lucy Rainbow, who earns her living as a
painter. Good morning, Lucy. Can you tell us about your job?
Lucy: Well, I don’t paint pretty pictures you can hang on your walls at home. Mainly,
I work in a theatre, painting the background scenery for plays. I’ve also done a
couple of CD covers. That was great, because I got to meet my favourite pop stars.
Int: So how did all this start?
Lucy: Well, I always intended to become a proper artist. But I couldn’t sell any of my
paintings, and anyway I got bored working alone! I was offered a job in an
advertising agency, but the idea of working in a theatre attracted me more. I get the
chance to paint something different every day, I get paid reasonably well, and I work
with a team of wonderful people.
Int: So you enjoy your work, but doesn’t it have any disadvantages?
Lucy: Mostly, I love it. The only thing that causes me stress is that often I have too
many things to do at the same time, while at other times I have nothing to do. It’s
difficult to organise my time, but I always make sure I stop for lunch.
Int: How many hours do you work on an average day?
Lucy: There’s no such thing as an average day! But generally, I start work at eight
in the morning, and go through until seven. That makes it an eleven-hour day, which
is much longer than the eight hours that most people work.
Int: Is your journey to work difficult?
Lucy: Not really. My dream job would be one where I could walk to work, but that
hasn’t happened yet. I could drive to the theatre, but that makes me tired and I get a
lot of my best ideas when I’m on my way to work, on the bus or train.
Int: Do you have time for any hobbies?
Lucy: Not as much as I’d like. I used to play a lot of tennis until I hurt my ankle, and
I was a regular visitor to an art gallery near my home until it closed down. In the little
spare time I have, I’m doing a course in computer graphics. I hope what I learn will
help me in my job.
Int: Well, thank you, Lucy. It’s been interesting talking to you.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 226


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-188:
8 C 9 A 10 A 11 B 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
Woman: My guest today is Tim Jones, who organises an international summer
course for young musicians. Tim, tell us all about it.
Tim: Well, I’m lucky to have such a great job. Basically, young musicians come from
all over the world and learn to play together as an orchestra. By the end of the six-
week course, they’re really good and hearing them play is what gives me most
pleasure. Unfortunately, I don’t get to know them all that well, as organising every
single detail of the course keeps me busy.
Woman: So, how do you find the young musicians?
Tim: We advertise on the Internet. Anyone between the ages of sixteen and twenty
can complete the application form and email it to us, along with a short recording of
their playing. We’re not looking for perfect performances or the stars of tomorrow –
just people good enough to play in an orchestra. The course is in English, but only a
basic level of spoken language is necessary.
Woman: And the teachers?
Tim: The teachers are well-known musicians. Because they want to help young
people, they do this work for a very low salary, which is very kind of them. But it’s
my job to take care of them and make sure they’re happy with their accommodation
and so on. They generally have a great time, but some of them can be a bit difficult
and sometimes complain about things.
Woman: So where is the course held?
Tim: In different places each year, actually, but it’s usually a university during the
summer holidays. They have large halls for practising, plus plenty of bedrooms and
dining-rooms. Most importantly, though, the place has to have good rail road and air
connections, so somewhere in the middle of the countryside’s no good.
Woman: Do the students bring their own instruments?
Tim: Mostly, yes. So, another thing to consider is security. Storing instruments in a
locked room when they’re not being used is essential. Can you imagine a hundred
or more musical instruments lying around – violins, trumpets, flutes, cellos – all
worth a lot of money. It would be terrible if one got damaged, or even worse stolen!
Woman: And at the end of the course, there’s a concert tour.
Tim: That’s right. I book concert halls and work out the programmes months in
advance. It’s important to get it right. Ticket prices aren’t high, because we’re not a
professional orchestra, but lots of people buy them. We don’t make a profit, but take
enough money to pay for the students’ travel and living expenses. It’s a fantastic
experience for them.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 227


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-189:
8 B 9 A 10 C 11 C 12 C 13 B
Audioscript
Man: Today I’m talking to Marta Stanston, who runs her own ‘mobile’ restaurant.
Marta, how did you get into the restaurant business?
Marta: Well, I learnt to cook at college. I always wanted to open my own restaurant
– but had no money. So I got a job as a chef. I had all sorts of ideas for new dishes,
which the staff thought would sell, but the guy who owned the place wasn’t
interested. That’s when a friend told me about the ‘mobile restaurant’ idea. It
sounded great.
Man: Tell us about it.
Marta: Well, it works like this: you decide on a menu – obviously you have to be
able to cook – then you advertise it so people can book a meal. The most amazing
thing is all the advertising’s done through social-networking websites. People set up
tables in their sitting-room, or in a city car park, an empty factory – anywhere in fact.
And because you know how many people you’re cooking for, food doesn’t get
wasted.
Man: So why was it good for you?
Marta: Well, various reasons. Like, I could buy all the ingredients without risk
because you make customers pay in advance. The greatest advantage, though, is
by having a maximum of ten customers, I didn’t need to hire a waiter. Then, of
course, I could prepare everything at home – just take a camping gas cooker with
me, plus some plates, glasses, knives and forks.
Man: Do you never run into problems?
Marta: The whole experience is fun. People watch you cook and the atmosphere’s
relaxed. I did one meal on a beach which almost went wrong because I didn’t think
about the wind blowing sand into people’s food. Fortunately, I’d brought a large
umbrella to protect myself from the sun, so I put it around their table instead!
Man: And you sometimes use your own flat?
Marta: If the weather’s bad, people come to my home instead, but it gets very
crowded. Even though I’ve actually got enough chairs and a big table, it’s not ideal. I
was worried we might disturb the neighbours, but they’ve been alright about it. I love
the temporary feel of the mobile idea, so home’s not really what it’s about.
Man: So, what’s the future of mobile restaurants?
Marta: Well, it’s rather uncertain. Lots of new ones are popping up because it’s
become fashionable. I think health inspectors will want to check them out. That
doesn’t worry me, because I’m a trained chef. But if someone got ill in a less serious
one, we might all get a bad name. So I guess inspections are a good thing.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 228


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-190:
8 B 9 C 10 C 11 A 12 B 13 A
Audioscript
Int: Jack Salter is a young Canadian who has just won the young photographer of
the year competition. Jack, is that right – you started out taking photos of street
signs?
Jack: That’s right. I’ve been serious about photography for about a year, maybe a
year and a half, but I’ve been taking photos ever since I was little. I probably first
picked up a camera when I was about seven, and went around talking photos of
street signs of all shapes and sizes. My mother tells me it was all down to my being
attracted to the bright colours. I guess she’s right.
Int: Can you tell me a little about the winning photograph?
Jack: It was the first day of dry weather for a while, and I decided to go out and play
around with some new kit for my camera. I started off in my own yard. There wasn’t
much to photograph though until this butterfly happened to land on a large flower,
and fortunately I was able to get what turned out to be the prizewinning photo.
Int: Were you happy with the photograph?
Jack: I was lucky actually, because on the camera screen the butterfly didn’t look
terribly amazing. I could see that it was in a great position and the background
scene was nice and clear, but you couldn’t see the pattern on its wings because of
the size of the screen. It was only when I saw the picture on the computer that I
realised how good it was.
Int: What do you think of the other photos from the competition?
Jack: I’ve seen the work on display with mine and the standard is hard to believe.
There are photos of animals and plants from all over the world, and you can see the
work of photographers from places as far apart as Russia and Australia.
Int: Has anything changed for you since winning the competition?
Jack: That’s a hard question. Before winning I’d been concentrating mainly on
taking photos of people, although after coming to London for the exhibition and
talking to all the other photographers, I intend to get more into doing shorts of
landscapes in different countries.
Int: Do you have any advice for young people starting out in photography?
Jack: Don’t make excuses. My entry was taken with an excellent camera, but that’s
not everything. My method is just to get out there, and do it, and you don’t have to
go far to get the shot, you’ll find something. You’ll start to love it.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 229


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-191:
8 B 9 C 10 C 11 B 12 A 13 A
Audioscript
Int: My guest today is Amy Rowntree, who’s a fashion designer. Amy, when did you
decide you wanted a career in fashion?
Amy: Well, I started experimenting with the clothes I wore myself while I was still at
school. It wasn’t until I left school and worked as an assistant in a big store though,
that I knew I wanted a career in fashion. It was after that I got involved in running
fashion shows.
Int: So, that skills does a fashion designer need?
Amy: Well, you need to know how to turn your first idea into clothes that are ready
for someone to wear. It’s useful to know about materials like wool and cotton. The
essential thing though is a knowledge of the techniques used in creating clothes.
You also have to be patient, especially at the start of your career!
Int: What do you find most enjoyable about working in fashion?
Amy: It’s pleasing to see an idea come to life when you see the clothes in a show.
It’s also great to go from being completely unknown, to fashion stores knowing
exactly who you are when you ring up – that’s the best thing about it for me. It’s hard
work selling my designs, but it’s good to earn money doing something you love.
Int: And what about the current fashion scene?
Amy: I feel that the main aim now is to make clothes easy for people to wear. I
understand that’s important. And actually sports clothes are what make the most
money for the fashion industry. But I think you need to design really beautiful clothes
too. I’d like to see more of fashion as a kind of art.
Int: Do you find it easy to think of new designs?
Amy: Oh yes. I get ideas all the time, and I draw them so that I don’t forget them.
And I take photos too. I often get my ideas from things I see when I’m out in streets
and parks. I don’t get many ideas from clothes in museums, although I know other
designers do.
Int: And are you working on any new projects at the moment?
Amy: Well, my big ambition is to put on a fashion show in New York, but no luck
yet! I’ve been asked to design the clothes for a film though, so I’m working on that.
It’ll be out next summer. And I’m talking with a big store in London about the
possibility of doing a special range of suits for men.
Int: Really!

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 230


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-192:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a c c b a c a

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Can you play the piano?
Can you play the piano?
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
I love sunny weather.
I love sunny weather.
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
What kind of room do you want?
What kind of room do you want?
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
Happy Birthday! Here’s your present.
Happy Birthday! Here’s your present.
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
What’s this called? - I can’t remember the word.
What’s this called? - I can’t remember the word.
(10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Sorry, is that Cambridge or Pembridge Road?
Sorry, is that Cambridge or Pembridge Road?
(10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
I’m really sorry I can’t come this evening.
I’m really sorry I can’t come this evening.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 231


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-193:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer c a c c a b b

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


What’s the date?
What’s the date?
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
I’m sorry I’m late.
I’m sorry I’m late.
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
Can you repeat that please?
Can you repeat that please?
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
May I have the sugar please?
May I have the sugar please?
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
This is my friend, David.
This is my friend, David.
(10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Doctor, I’ve got a bad foot.
Doctor, I’ve got a bad foot.
(10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
Would you like some more coffee?
Would you like some more coffee?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 232


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-194:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a b c a a c b

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


How are you today?
How are you today? (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
I’m very sorry.
I’m very sorry. (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
Thank you so much!
Thank you so much! (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
Goodbye, then.
Goodbye, then. (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
Can you say that again, please?
Can you say that again, please? (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Can you come with me?
Can you come with me? (10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
It’s first on the left, sir.
It’s first on the left, sir.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 233


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-195:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer b c a b a b c

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Where is the English class?
Where is the English class?
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
When’s your birthday?
When’s your birthday?
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
Isn’t it warm today?
Isn’t it warm today?
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
Can I have a cup of coffee please?
Can I have a cup of coffee please?
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
What cake do you want?
What cake do you want? (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Oh! I don’t understand the homework.
Oh! I don’t understand the homework.
(10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
I’m very sorry I’m late, Miss Green.
I’m very sorry I’m late, Miss Green.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 234


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-196:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a c b c b c a

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


That’s your favourite restaurant, isn’t it?
That’s your favourite restaurant, isn’t it? (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
No…, this isn’t my book.
No…, this isn’t my book. (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
[male speaker] Two cups of coffee, please.
[male speaker] Two cups of coffee, please. (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
This is my teacher, Mr Jones.
This is my teacher, Mr Jones. (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
[as if not sure heard correctly first time]
Did you say he’s your neighbour?
Did you say he’s your neighbour? (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
[counting/adding up]
So, six pounds and three pounds, that’s nine altogether.
So, six pounds and three pounds, that’s nine altogether. (10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
Excuse me. Is this train going to London?
Excuse me. Is this train going to London? (10 seconds)

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 235


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-197:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer b c a c b b a

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Could I use your pen, please?
Could I use your pen, please? (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
I failed my driving test yesterday.
I failed my driving test yesterday. (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
So your cousins come from Australia?
So your cousins come from Australia? (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
What does your new boyfriend look like?
What does your new boyfriend look like? (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
How about going to the museum tomorrow?
How about going to the museum tomorrow? (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Could I speak to Mr John Perkins, please?
Could I speak to Mr John Perkins, please? (10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
You can take my umbrella.
You can take my umbrella.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 236


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-198:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer b c a a b a c

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Please, have my seat.
Please, have my seat. (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
You must be careful!
You must be careful! (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
See you at nine o’clock!
See you at nine o’clock! (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
You look really nice in that new suit.
You look really nice in that new suit. (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
I’m sorry I’m late.
I’m sorry I’m late. (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Excuse me. Can you help me?
Excuse me. Can you help me? (10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
[telephone conversation]
Hello, this is Jenny. Can I speak to Mary?
Hello, this is Jenny. Can I speak to Mary?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 237


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-199:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer c b b a c a b

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Your new bag’s better than mine!
Your new bag’s better than mine!
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
When’s the party?
When’s the party?
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
Oh! I just can’t understand this homework!
Oh! I just can’t understand this homework!
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
May I speak to Mr Smith?
May I speak to Mr Smith?
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
You’ve got a new job! Well done!
You’ve got a new job! Well done!
(10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Er? What did he say?
Er? What did he say?
(10 seconds)
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
What does Peter look like?
What does Peter look like?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 238


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-200:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a c b c b a b

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


What a pity the party’s over so soon.
What a pity the party’s over so soon. (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
Could I possibly use your computer to check my flight?
Could I possibly use your computer to check my flight? (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
What was her name again?
What was her name again? (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
This is my favourite song of all time.
This is my favourite song of all time. (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
So, what are you doing these days?
So, what are you doing these days? (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
Why is he leaving?
Why is he leaving?
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
Could you come back a little later?
Could you come back a little later?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 239


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-201:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a c b c b a a

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


That was a lovely meal! Thank you.
That was a lovely meal! Thank you.
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
Are you certain she’s not coming?
Are you certain she’s not coming?
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
I’m afraid I can’t stay any longer.
I’m afraid I can’t stay any longer.
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
Could you help me with this table?
Could you help me with this table?
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
Can I give you a lift?
Can I give you a lift?
(10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
I’ve got that new job I went for.
I’ve got that new job I went for
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
How would you like your tea?
How would you like your tea?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 240


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-202:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer b c b a a b c

Number one. Number one. (6 seconds)


Could you come back a little later?
Could you come back a little later? (10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
Here’s that DVD I borrowed from you.
Here’s that DVD I borrowed from you. (10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
What did you think about the film?
What did you think about the film? (10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
You don’t know where I can get batteries, do you?
You don’t know where I can get batteries, do you? (10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
I’m so glad that we’ve finally met in person.
I’m so glad that we’ve finally met in person. (10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
How did your Maths test go?
How did your Maths test go?
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
I’m so sorry I didn’t call last night.
I’m so sorry I didn’t call last night

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 241


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-203:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Answer a c b a c b c

Number one. Number one.


(6 seconds)
Hello. Mrs Collins? It’s Amy. Is Jo there, please?
Hello. Mrs Collins? It’s Amy. Is Jo there, please?
(10 seconds)
Number two. Number two. (6 seconds)
Hi. Did you sleep well? You look much better now.
Hi. Did you sleep well? You look much better now.
(10 seconds)
Number three. Number three. (6 seconds)
Sorry. It’ll cost more than twenty pounds to mend that.
Sorry. It’ll cost more than twenty pounds to mend that.
(10 seconds)
Number four. Number four. (6 seconds)
[boss to PA] Err … Do you think you can finish by Monday, Ms Marwin?
[boss to PA] Err … Do you think you can finish by Monday, Ms Marwin?
(10 seconds)
Number five. Number five. (6 seconds)
So, why would you like a job with our company?
So, why would you like a job with our company?
(10 seconds)
Number six. Number six. (6 seconds)
I think you should wear something stylish but comfortable.
I think you should wear something stylish but comfortable.
Number seven. Number seven. (6 seconds)
Excuse me, do you have this in another colour?
Excuse me, do you have this in another colour?

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 242


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-204:
Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Answer a b b c a c

Conversation One
M Oh good afternoon, Can you help me?
F If I can; what’s the problem?
M I’ve got the wrong bus ticket - I mean, right ticket but wrong date. It’s for
tomorrow but I need to travel today.
F Your ticket is only good for tomorrow, sir. Sorry about that.
M Oh it’s my fault. I didn’t check at the travel agent’s.
F Let me see if there are spaces on today’s service.
M Oh no. It’s going to be a very expensive mistake. Why didn’t I check?
F There are seats remaining.
M But do I have to pay the full fare?
F No, sir. Just a fee of five dollars.
M Seriously? That’s great, I can’t thank you enough! Thank you so much!
F Not at all, sir.
Conversation Two
F Sorry to keep you waiting.
M No problem, I’ve finished college for the day. Good to see you so busy.
F It’s unbelievable! Everyone in town seems to want their hair cut.
M I know, I tried to get an appointment earlier.
F So how would you like it this time?
M I’ve got an interview for an office job so I want to look smart. Quite short, please.
F Covering the ears, or shall I cut it shorter?
M Shorter. It’ll soon be summer.
F Don’t remind me. No lazy holiday by the sea for me this year.
M You’re not working all summer!
F No, my sister’s going to Australia and I’m looking after her three children and two dogs!
M I hope they all behave for you.
Conversation Three
M It’s good of you to help me.
F Not at all, I promised your mother I would.
M I’ve got this visa application form to fill in.
F Well, I’m no expert but let’s have a look.
M Thanks. It says I have to give the name of a person to contact ... can I use yours?
F Er ... no, it has to be someone in your family.
M Oh fine, I’ll put Mum’s name. My teacher said I needed to give details of my study
programme.
F Yes. What course are you taking?
M A one year course in tourism.
F A whole year! You must be so excited. I would be myself.
M I’ve never been so far away from home ever.
F Don’t worry. You’ll be all right.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 243


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-205:
Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Answer a b a b c c

Conversation One
M: I’m sorry, I wonder if it would be possible to change my room.
F: Oh, I’m not sure Sir; we’re very full at the moment. Is there a problem?
M: Well it’s very noisy. I’ve been seriously ill recently and need to be somewhere quiet.
F: Let me see. Yes, there’s another room but it’s smaller than the one you are in now.
M: But is it quiet?
F: Yes, it’s on the third floor and overlooks the park.
M: That’s perfect. I’ll take it. When can I change?
F: You can change later this morning. They’re preparing the room at the moment.
M: Thank you very much.
F: My pleasure.
M: My doctor’s told me to rest, you see.
F: I understand. I’m sure you will find this very suitable sir.

Conversation Two
M: Hi! How was your holiday?
F: I just got back last night. The holiday was great, but the journey home was terrible.
M: Why? Did you get delayed?
F: Well to begin with, I left my passport in the hotel and had to go back to get it.
M: Oh dear. Did you miss your flight?
F: No, I made it back on time, but we were delayed for two hours.

Conversation Three
M: Hi, come in. Thanks for coming.
F: Oh my goodness, what’s happened?
M: Somebody broke in. Just look at the mess.
F: Oh, how awful. What a terrible shock.
M: Yes. I was working late. When I got home the door was open. I knew something was wrong.
F: Was anything taken?
M: Just my lap top computer and a few other bits and pieces. I think they were looking for money
or jewellery.
F: And you don’t keep any here?
M: Well, yes, a bit, but they didn’t find it.
F: Have you called the police?
M: Yes. They’ve been and gone. Not much they can do really.
F: Look. Sit down and I’ll make us a drink. You must be shocked. I’m so sorry.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 244


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-206:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Answer b a c a c b
Conversation One
F Have you stayed here before?
M I used to come here as a child, now I’m here with my grandchildren.
F Well! So you came here in the days before I bought the place; over thirtyyears ago.
M I’m so glad you are taking guests again, just like the old days.
F Yes, when I bought the place it needed lots of work.
M What was it, a hotel, when you bought it?
F No, a language school. The owners sold it and left.
M In bad condition?
F No, but the rooms were classrooms so we needed to decorate and change all the furniture.
M You’ve done a fantastic job.
F Thank you. If you would like to check in I’ll show you to your room.
Conversation Two
F How’s Jeanie doing at school?
M She’s a university student these days.
F Studying Chemistry or Biology, for sure. She was always so good at sciences wasn’t she?
M Yes she was. We hoped she’d study to be a doctor. But no, she decided to study modern languages. We were
astonished.
F Modern languages, why? To become a teacher?
M No, because she loves languages and it gave her the chance to travel.
F Where is she now? Some far away foreign country?
M She’s just come back from South America and is having a few days with us before she goes back to university next
month.
F It must be lovely to have her with the family for a while. Give her my regards.
M I will.
Conversation Three
M I’d like to send this packet please.
F How would you like to send it?
M I’m afraid I don’t understand. Don’t I just buy stamps and post it?
There are several different possibilities. It depends what’s important to you:
F
how long it takes, the cost and so on.
M They’re all important. Sorry, could you explain?
F There’s standard delivery. That’s the cheapest. It can take up to five days.
M I’d prefer it to arrive sooner.
F We have a special 24 hour delivery service.
M That sounds perfect.
Insurance is extra but it’s a good idea if you’re sending something valuable or
F
important.
M They’re only photos, but important to me, so yes, I’d like insurance please.
F Certainly, sir.

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 245


B1 Level answers By Nozimjon Mamadaliyev

Test-207:

Question 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Answer a b c c b a
Conversation One
M: OK, we can start here … it’s a nice quiet place. Ready?
F: [uncertain, sounding nervous] Well… you know, I’ve never driven before. My dad taught my
brother, and they both wanted to teach me last year but I thought an instructor’d be better.
You know… someone confident and professional.
M: I agree, it’s better to keep fathers and brothers out of it, or anyone you know, actually – too
easy to get into arguments, otherwise [pause] Now, don’t worry. We’ll start with the basics.
Err… just before we change seats, make sure it’s safe to open the door. What do you think
you’re looking for?
F: [uncertain] Ummm… perhaps other cars, cyclists…? [even more uncertain] Is it safe to get
out…?
M: That’s right. OK, so let’s change over then I’ll show you how to set the mirrors, start the car
and use the brakes.
Conversation Two
F: How many languages do you speak?
M: Well, I speak French and Spanish. I can read and understand German but I can’t speak it at all.
F: [impressed] Wow, and now you want to study Italian? Why did you choose it?
M: Well …, it’s similar to Spanish so it will be quite easy for me. But most importantly, I’m mad
about Italy - everything, Rome, the history, the food ... [sighing contentedly] Aah. I was
thinking about coming here for a six-week course but then I decided to stay longer. I’m going
home at the end of the year now.
F: That’s eight months, right? Where’re you staying here in Rome?
M: The college offered to find a hotel or an apartment but I didn’t fancy those. I’m going to stay
with a host family – I’ll practise the language more …
Conversation Three

Telegram channel: @Progresslistening Page 246

You might also like